Product Index

Corrosion Protection

  • INDUSTRIES






  • PRODUCTS











- OR -
PRODUCT
INDEX SEARCH

No. 21C

 

FURAN RESIN MORTAR GROUT

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

Mortar
Grout
Bond strength
1000 psi
900 psi
Compressive strength - C579 (7 day)
8000 psi
5400 psi
Density - C905 (7 day)
95.7 pcf
93.4 pcf
Flexural strength - C580 (7 day)
3100 psi
2400 psi
Maximum service temperature
450°F
450°F
Modulus of elasticity - C580 (7 day)
1.5 x 106 psi
8.75 x 105 psi
% Shrinkage - C531 (7 day)
0.18%
0.09%
Tensile strength - C307 (7 day)
1100 psi
1000 psi
Water absorption - C413 (7 day)
1.18%
1.45%

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data are subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen Furan Resin Mortar/Grout No. 21C is a two-component, 100% carbon- filled bonding material for chemical resistant masonry units and quarry tile. No. 21C and chemical-resistant masonry units used with a suitable membrane form a complete system to protect concrete and steel substrates from attack by corrosive chemicals and physical abuse.

No. 21C is used in the construction of floors, sumps, trenches, tanks, vessels and bleach towers in chemical processing; food & beverage plants; dairies; laboratories; textile, steel and pulp & paper mills. No. 21C has excellent resistance to a wide range of acids (including hydrofluoric), alkalies and most solvents up to 350°F. No. 21C is not recommended for exposure to hypochlorites or oxidizing agents such as nitric, chromic acid or sulfuric acid greater than 60%. Refer to Sauereisen's Chemical Resistance Chart for specific service conditions.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Low-odor Furfuryl Alcohol Polymer.
  • Resists a wide range of acids, alkalies and most solvents.
  • 100% carbon filled.
  • Withstands temperatures to 450°F.
  • Authorized by USDA for use in federally inspected meat & poultry plants.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
For optimum application conditions, maintain a temperature of 60° - 80°F on air, substrate, Powder, Liquid, and masonry units during mixing, application, and cure. Maintain materials and substrate between 60°F - 80°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 65°F, the viscosity increases and application becomes more difficult. No. 21C can be applied at temperatures as low as 50°F. Consult Sauereisen for specific recommendations for environments colder than 50°F.

Above 80°F, working time of the material decreases. In higher temperatures it is recommended that the Liquid be cooled by placing the pail in a large container filled with water and ice or storing in a cool area.

Surface Preparation
All surfaces in contact with No. 21C should be clean, dry, and free of dust, dirt, grease, oil, and other contaminants. Surface prep should be in accordance with membrane requirements.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Empty correct proportion of Liquid into a clean mixing vessel. Gradually add measured amount of Powder while mixing continuously with a trowel or hoe until mortar is uniformly blended to a workable consistency. After mixing do not allow mortar to remain in the mixing vessel, spread mortar in a thin layer in a mortar pan to ensure maximum working time of 30 minutes at 73°F. Recommended mix ratio, parts by weight, is as follows:
Powder Liquid

parts by weight
Mortar 1.9 1
Grout 1.5 1

Material which has begun to set cannot be retempered and must be discarded. Never add Liquid or other materials to mixed material or any component part.

Installation
Bricklayer's Method - Trowel an average 1/8-inch thick bed joint of No. 21C directly on top of the membrane or preceding course of brickwork. Apply the mortar by buttering one side and one end of each brick with a pointing trowel. Set the masonry units in place and position by tapping to form an average 1/8-inch wide vertical joint.

Tilesetter's Method - The masonry units or quarry tile must have waxed faces. Place a quantity of the grout onto the surface of previously set masonry units or quarry tile. Spread and work grout across surface of the tile at a 45° angle to the joints using an American Olean K&R trowel. When filling the joints in this manner, take special care to work the grout to full depth of the joint.

FINISHING

Bricklayer's Method - Strike extruded mortar off face of masonry unit with a trowel. For floors where appearance is a factor, waxed units are recommended.

Tilesetter's Method - After filling the joints, remove the excess mortar from the surface of the masonry units or quarry tile using the trowel as a squeegee. After masonry units or quarry tile have achieved a full cure - 3 days at 73°F - remove wax using a steam lance with 60psi (minimum) pressure at the nozzle.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with acetone or MEK before No. 21C cures. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

COVERAGE

Estimating Table - material quantities per square foot

Common floor and tank brick quarry tile sizes
Length (in) 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 6 6
Width (in) 3 7/8 3 7/8 4 4 3 3/4 2 1/4 4 1/2 3 3/4 4 1/2 4 1/2 2 1/2 3 6 6
Thickness (in) 1 3/16 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 1/2 2 1/4 3 3/4 3 3/4 4 1/2 2 1/2 4 4 1/2 4 1/2 1/2 3/4
No. of Brick with 1/8" joints 4.43 4.43 4.3 4.3 4.58 7.47 3.83 4.58 3.42 3.42 6.02 5.05 - -
No. of Brick with 1/4" joints 4.23 4.23 4.11 4.11 - - - - - - - - 3.69 3.69
Lbs Mortar for1/8" side joints 0.44 0.51 0.50 0.55 0.86 2.03 1.27 1.71 0.82 0.98 2.21 1.93 - -
Lbs Grout for 1/4" joints 0.85 0.98 0.96 1.05 - - - - - - - - 0.31 0.47
Lbs Mortar for 1/8" setting bed or back joint 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02

The above quantity requirements are based upon physical dimensions of chemical-resistant masonry units and actual weight of mortar as determined by ASTM C-905. Actual usage rate will vary dependent upon scope of installation, experience of workmen, field conditions and other contingencies. Personnel using the above chart should, therefore, add an appropriate wastage factor.

SETTING/CURING

No. 21C is self-hardening due to a chemical reaction which occurs when the Powder and Resin are mixed together. An initial set occurs in 4 to 4 1/2 hours at 70° F - the material is ready for service after a 24-hour cure at 70°F. Brickwork should not be subject to water, steam, or chemical environment before the mortar is completely cured.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be provided on 20-foot centerlines, around all fixed objects, peripheries of rooms and all points of movement in the base slab. Consult Sauereisen for product recommendation.

PACKAGING

No. 21C Furan Resin Mortar/Grout
Liquid: 42.1 lbs. in a 5-gal pail
Powder: (2) 40 lb. bags

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen Furan Resin Mortar/Grout
No. 21C Liquid and Powder have a shelf life of one (1) year when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 25/25 LT

 

Epoxy NovolaK Mortar/Setting Bed

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

 
No. 25
No. 25 LT
Absorption (ASTM C-413)
<0.25%
<0.12%
Application time
 
 
Initial set at 70°F
16-18 hours at 73°F
5 hours at 35°F
Working time at 70°F
30 minutes at 73°F
30 minutes at 35°F
Color
Black/Gray/Red
Black/Gray/Red
Compressive strength (ASTM C-579)
16,500 psi
6,500 psi
Density (ASTM C-905)
120.6 pcf
120.6 pcf
Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)
6,400 psi
4,900 psi
Maximum service temperature (ASTM D-648)
180°F
180°F
Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)
4.12 x 105 psi
5.27 x 105 psi
Shrinkage (ASTM C-531)
<0.20%
<0.05%
Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)
3,000 psi
2,100 psi

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data are subject to reasonable deviation. Properties for the cold curing formulation vary by time and temperature.

Sauereisen Epoxy NovolaK Mortar/Setting Bed is a three-component material used for bonding chemical-resistant masonry units. No. 25 is available in 3 versions. The standard grade is combined with brick or tile to protect concrete and steel substrates from attack by corrosive chemicals and physical abuse. The cold-curing version, No. 25 LT, is specified for similar applications and accommodates installation temperatures as low as 35°F. Because of its fast setting nature, No. 25 LT is ideal for quick turnaround projects in refrigerated areas.

The water wipeable version No. 25 WW is especially designed for tile setters when the ability to clean the tile with water is a benefit. See separate product data sheet for more detailed information.

Nos. 25 and 25 LT are used to construct floors, sumps, trenches, tanks and bleach towers in chemical processing, food & beverage plants; dairies; laboratories; textile, steel and pulp & paper mills. These Sauereisen mortar/setting beds have excellent resistance to strong oxidizing environments, sulfuric acid and some solvents up to 180°F.

All formulations of the NovolaK Epoxy Mortar/Setting Bed provide a strong bond to concrete, brick, tile and other substrates. Used with or without an underlying membrane, these products are an important element of an impermeable system of protection.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Resists sulfuric acid and strong oxidizing environments.
  • Withstands temperatures to 180°F.
  • Authorized by USDA for use in federally inspected meat and poultry plants.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
For optimum application conditions, maintain a temperature of 60° - 85°F on air, substrate and No. 25 Powder, Liquid, Hardener, and masonry units during mixing, application, and cure. Maintain materials and substrate between 65°F and 80°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 65°F, the viscosity increases and application becomes more difficult. No. 25 can be applied at temperatures as low as 50°F; however cure time will lengthen. Above 80°F, working time of the material decreases. In higher temperatures it is recommended that the Liquid be cooled by placing the pail in a large container filled with water and ice or storing in a cool area.

Cold Room Applications
For best results, maintain temperatures of 35° - 70°F on air, substrate and No. 25 LT material. Avoid storage or applications below 35°F to ensure proper curing. Above 70°F, working time rapidly decreases.

Surface Preparation
Surfaces must be free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning.

Concrete - Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of Concrete" for detailed guidelines.

New Concrete - All structures must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Surface must be floated free of ridges or depressions and all voids filled with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120 or No. 209 Filler Compound. The choice of underlayment will depend on the severity of the voids to be filled. Surfaces should be sloped a maximum 1/4 inch per foot for drainage.

Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate resembling coarse sandpaper. Acid etching is only recommended for areas where no alternative means of preparation are viable.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry and firm and possess the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Ideal surface preparation requires mechanical methods to remove laitance, old paints and previously applied protective coatings.

All structural cracks should be repaired. All slopes should be reestablished with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120.

All prepared surfaces must be allowed to dry prior to monolithic application. Regardless of preparation method used, all surfaces must be vacuumed to remove any loose deposits or contamination.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Packaging consists of premeasured unitized containers of Hardener Part A, Liquid Part B, and Powder Part C. Remix Part A and B before combining.

Pour Liquid Part B into a clean mixing container. Add Hardener Part A to Liquid Part B. Using a slow speed 1/2-inch drill motor affixed with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix thoroughly for two minutes. Slowly add 2/3 of Powder Part C and mix until all material is wetted out. Then add remainder of Powder and continue mixing until uniform in consistency. Material which has begun to set cannot be retempered and must be discarded.

Installation
Bricklayer's Method - trowel a minimum 1/8-inch thick bed joint of No. 25, or 25 LT, directly on top of the substrate or preceding course of brickwork. Apply the mortar by buttering one side and one end of each brick with a pointing trowel. Set the masonry units in place and position by tapping to form an average 1/8-inch wide vertical joint.

Tilesetter's Method - Using a 1/8-inch notched trowel, apply 1/8-inch setting bed directly to the substrate. Set the tile, pavers or splits directly into the wet bed joint. Align the tile while applying pressure to the tile. Once the setting bed has cured enough to allow foot traffic without dislodging or moving tile, grouting may begin. Apply grout by straight edged rubber trowel, taking care to strike all joints at a diagonal rather than parallel or perpendicular.

Estimating Table - material quantities per square foot

Common floor and tank brick quarry tile sizes
Length (in) 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9
Width (in) 3 7/8 3 7/8 4 4 3 3/4 2 1/4 4 1/2 3 3/4 4 1/2 4 1/2 2 1/2 3
Thickness (in) 1 3/16 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 1/2 2 1/4 3 3/4 3 3/4 4 1/2 2 1/2 4 4 1/2 4 1/2
No. of Brick with 1/8" joints 4.43 4.43 4.3 4.3 4.58 7.47 3.83 4.58 3.42 3.42 6.02 5.05
Lbs Mortar for1/8" side joints 0.55 0.64 0.62 0.68 1.07 2.53 1.58 2.13 1.04 1.22 2.74 2.40
Lbs Mortar for 1/8" setting bed or back joint 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.26

The above quantity requirements are based upon physical dimensions of chemical resistant masonry units and actual weight of mortar as determined by ASTM C-905. Actual usage rate will vary dependent upon scope of installation, experience of workmen, field conditions and other contingencies. Personnel using the above chart
should, therefore, add an appropriate wastage factor.

FINISHING

Strike extruded mortar off the faces of masonry units with a trowel. For floors where appearance is a factor, waxed brick or tile is recommended.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK before the Epoxy NovolaK Mortar/Setting Bed cures. If removal is required after the cure, consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

SETTING/CURING

No. 25 - An initial set occurs in 16-18 hours at 73°F. The material is ready for service after a three-day cure at 73°F. Brickwork should not be subject to water, steam, or chemical environment before the mortar is completely cured.

No. 25 LT - Do not expose to water or chemicals for a minimum of 8 hours at 70°F or 17 hours at 35°F. For harsh service environments, cure a minimum of 36 hours at 35°F prior to exposure.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be provided on 20-foot centerlines around all fixed objects, peripheries of rooms and all points of movement in the base slab. Consult Sauereisen for product recommendation.

PACKAGING

No. 25 is supplied as a 48.8-lb. unit which includes three components nested within a six-gallon plastic pail:

Part A Hardener 2.1 lbs./1 - qt. can
Part B Liquid 9.1 lbs./1 - gallon can
C Powder 37.6 lbs./poly. bag

No. 25 LT is supplied as a 30-lb. unit which includes three components nested within a six-gallon plastic pail:

Part A Hardener 1.66 lbs./1 - qt. can
Part B Liquid 6.07 lbs./1-gallon can
C Powder 22.5 lbs./poly. bag

These are packaged to give a mortar consistency. A suggested grout mix ratio by weight is shown below:

25 25 LT
Resin/Hardener 1 1
Powder 3.0 2.7

SHELF LIFE

Epoxy NovolaK Mortar/Setting Bed No. 25 Liquid, Hardener, and Powder have a shelf life of one (1) year when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 25 WW

 

NOVOGROUT

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • ColorRed
  • Compressive strength (ASTM C-579)4,865 psi (342 kg/cm2)
  • Density (ASTM C-905)119.6 pcf (1.92 gm/cm3)
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)8.8 x 104 psi (4.8 x 103 kg/cm2)
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)1,787 psi (125.6 kg/cm2)
  • Shrinkage (ASTM C-531)0.16%
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)1,033 psi (726.3 kg/cm2)
  • Water absorption (ASTM C-413)< 0.1%

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data are subject to reasonable deviation. Properties for the cold curing formulation vary by time and temperature.

Sauereisen NovoGrout No. 25 WW is a three-component water washable epoxy novolak grout for bonding chemical resistant masonry units. The No. 25 WW combined with brick or tile offers rapidinstallation and clean up with potable water.

The water washable capabilities of NovoGrout No. 25 WW is especially designed for tile installations where aesthetics and non-odor materials are critical.

No. 25 WW is used to construct floors, sumps and trenches in chemical processing, food & beverage plants and dairies. This tile grout/setting bed has excellent resistance to food stuffs and cleaning compounds commonly found in these types of plants.

No. 25 WW provides a strong bond to concrete, tile and other substrates. Used with or without an underlying membrane, this product is an important element of an impermeable system of protection.

If your chemical environment or construction requires a more suitable material, Sauereisen offers Epoxy Novolak/Mortar Setting Bed No. 25 and Low Temp No. 25 LT. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Resists food stuffs and cleaning compounds common in food & beverage and dairy plants.
  • Authorized by USDA for use in federally inspected meat and poultry plants.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
For optimum application conditions, maintain a temperature of 60° - 85°F on air, substrate and No. 25 WW Powder,
Liquid, Hardener, and masonry units during mixing, application, and cure. Maintain materials and substrate between 65°F and 80°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 65°F, the viscosity increases and application becomes more difficult. No. 25 WW can be applied at temperatures as low as 50°F; however cure time will lengthen. Above 80°F, working time of the material decreases. In higher temperatures it is recommended that the Liquid be cooled by placing the pail in a large container filled with water and ice or storing in a cool area.

Surface Preparation
Surfaces must be free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by
chemical cleaning.

Concrete - Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of Concrete" for detailed guidelines.

New Concrete - All structures must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and
operation. Surface must be floated free of ridges or depressions and all voids filled with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120 or No. 209 Filler Compound. The choice of underlayment will depend on the severity of the voids to be filled. Surfaces should be sloped a maximum 1/4 inch per foot for drainage.

Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate resembling coarse sandpaper. Acid etching may be used as an alternative method of surface preparation.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry and firm and possess the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Ideal surface preparation requires mechanical methods to remove laitance, old paints and previously applied protective coatings.

Abrasive blasting and high-pressure water blasting are preferred methods of mechanical surface preparation. Acid etching is only recommended for areas where no alternative means of preparation are viable.

All structural cracks should be repaired. All slopes should be reestablished with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120.

All prepared surfaces must be allowed to dry prior to application. Regardless of preparation method used, all surfaces must be vacuumed to remove any loose deposits or contamination

APPLICATION

Mixing
Packaging consists of premeasured unitized containers of Hardener Part A, Liquid Part B, and Powder Part C. Remix Part A and B before combining.

Pour Liquid Part B into a clean mixing container. Add Hardener Part A to Liquid Part B. Using a Kohl or bucket type mixer, mix thoroughly for two minutes. Slowly add 2/3 of Powder Part C and mix until all material is wetted out. Then add remainder of Powder and continue mixing until uniform in consistency. Material which has begun to set cannot be retempered and must be discarded.

Installation
Tile Setter's Method - Using a 1/8 inch notched trowel, apply 1/8 inch setting bed of Epoxy Setting Bed No. 26 or No. 25 WW directly to the substrate. Set the tile directly into the wet bed joint.

Align the tile while applying pressure to the tile. Once the setting bed has cured enough to allow foot traffic without dislodging or moving tile, grouting may begin.

Apply grout by straight edged rubber trowel, taking care to strike all joints at a diagonal rather than parallel or perpendicular.

FINISHING

Dampen the freshly grouted tile with a small amount of clean tap water. Immediately wipe the excess grout from
the face of the masonry, taking care not to gouge the joints. Wipe off excess water and allow grout to cure.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with water followed by a wipe down with MEK before NovoGrout cures. If removal is required after the cure, consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

SETTING/CURING

An initial set occurs in 18-24 hours at 72°F. A final set is achieved at 96 hours. Do not expose to water, steam, or chemicals before grout is fully cured. Temperatures below 65°F will slow set and cure. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be provided on 20 foot centerlines around all fixed objects, peripheries of rooms and all points of movement in the base slab. Consult Sauereisen for product recommendation.

PACKAGING

No. 25 WW is supplied as a 37.68-lb. unit which includes three components:
Part A: Hardener 2.66 lbs./1-gallon can
Part B: Liquid 6.825 lbs/1-gal. can
Part C: Powder 28.2 lbs. poly. bag/5-gal. pail

Bulk packaging is available. Consult Sauereisen for details.

This is packaged to give a tile grout consistency. The suggested grout mix ratio by weight is shown below:
25 WW
Resin/Hardener 1
Powder 2.97

SHELF LIFE

NovoGrout No. 25 WW Liquid, Hardener, and Powder have a shelf life of one (1) year when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Material Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

Estimating Table - material quantities per square foot

Common quarry tile sizes
Length (in) 6 6 8 8 8 8
Width (in) 6 6 3 7/8 3 7/8 4 4
Thickness (in) 1/2 3/4 1 3/16 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 1/2
No. of Brick with 1/4-in joints 3.69 3.69 4.43 4.43 4.3 4.3
Lbs Mortar for 1/4-in side joints 0.35 0.082 0.94 1.09 1.06 1.16
Lbs Mortar for 1/8-in setting bed or back joint/ft2 1.11 1.11 1.11 1.11 1.11 1.11

The above quantity requirements are based upon physical dimensions of chemical-resistant masonry units and actual weight of mortar as determined by ASTM C-905. Actual usage rate will vary dependent upon scope of installation, experience of workmen, field conditions and other contingencies. Personnel using the above chart should, therefore, add an appropriate wastage factor.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 26

 

EPOXY SETTING BED

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Absorption (ASTM C-413)
  • Application time
  • Working time at 70°F35 minutes
  • Initial set at 70°F18-24 hours
  • ColorBlack/Gray
  • Compressive strength (ASTM C-579)5,266.24 psi
  • Density (ASTM C-905)118.75 pcf
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)2,553 psi
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)5.7 x 104 psi
  • Shrinkage (ASTM C-531)0.01%
  • Shore D Hardness74
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)1,365 psi

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data are subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen Aguapoxy No. 28 is a three component, water cleanable, general purpose epoxy grout for bonding chemical resistant masonry units. The No. 28, combined with brick or tile, offers rapid installation and clean up with potable water.

The water cleanable feature of Aguapoxy No. 28 is designed for tile projects where aesthetics are critical. The benefit is a more user friendly and visually appealing application since uncured No. 28 can be removed easily from the face of unwaxed tile without leaving an
unsightly stain.

Sauereisen's No. 28 is used to construct floors, sumps and trenches in chemical processing areas, food & beverage plants and dairies. This tile grout/setting bed resists food stuffs and cleaning compounds commonly found in these types of plants. Aguapoxy also provides a strong bond to concrete, tile and other substrates.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Resists food stuffs and cleaning compounds common to food & beverage environments and dairies.
  • Conforms to USDA standards for use in federally inspected meat & poultry plants.
  • Environmentally friendly - no VOCs or HAPs

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Prior to beginning work, maintain materials and substrate between 65°F and 80°F for 48 hours.

For optimum application conditions, maintain a temperature of 65°- 85°F on air, substrate, masonry units and No. 28 components during mixing, application, and cure.

At temperatures below 65°F, the viscosity increases and application becomes more difficult. At temperatures below 50°F, curing may not occur, or at the very least, cure time will lengthen. Above 80°F, working time of the material decreases. In higher temperatures it is recommended that the Liquid be cooled by placing its pail in a large container filled with water and ice or storing all components in a cool area.

Surface Preparation
Concrete - Surfaces must be free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This may require chemical cleaning.

Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of Concrete" for detailed guidelines.

All structures must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Surface must be floated free of ridges or depressions. Slope or re-established surfaces to a maximum 1/8 to 1/4 inch per foot for drainage. All voids and structural cracks must be addressed with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120 or No. 209 Filler Compound depending on the severity of the voids to be filled.

Ideal surface preparation requires mechanical methods to remove laitance, old paints and previously applied protective coatings. Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast to obtain uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate resembling coarse sandpaper.

Ultimately, concrete must be dry, firm, and possess the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation.

Prepared surfaces must be allowed to dry prior to application. Regardless of preparation method used, all surfaces must be vacuumed to remove any loose deposits or contamination.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Packaging consists of premeasured unitized containers of Hardener Part A, Liquid Part B, and Powder Part C. Remix Parts A and B before combining. Pour Liquid Part B into a clean mixing container. Add Hardener Part A. Using a Kohl or bucket type mixer, mix thoroughly for two minutes. Slowly add 2/3 of Powder Part C and mix until all material is wetted out. Then add remainder of Powder and continue mixing until uniform in consistency. Material which has begun to set cannot be retempered and must be discarded.

Installation
Tilesetter's Method - Using a 1/8-inch notched trowel, apply 1/8-inch setting bed of No. 28 directly to the substrate. Set the tile directly into the wet bed joint. Align the tiles while applying pressure. Once the setting bed has cured enough to allow foot traffic without dislodging or moving tile, grouting may begin.

Apply grout with a straight-edged rubber trowel, taking care to strike all joints at a diagonal rather than parallel or perpendicular orientation to the joint.

Finishing
Dampen the freshly grouted tile with a small amount of clean tap water. Immediately wipe the excess grout from the face of the masonry using undyed burlap or a white plastic scrub pad. Take care not to gouge the joints. Wipe off excess water and allow grout to cure.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with water followed by a wipe down with MEK before Aguapoxy cures. If removal is required after curing, consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

SETTING/CURING

An initial set occurs in 18-24 hours at 70°F. A final set is achieved at 96 hours. Do not expose to water, steam, or chemicals before grout is fully cured. Temperatures below 65°F will delay set and cure. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be provided on 20-foot centerlines around all fixed objects, peripheries of rooms and all points of movement in the base slab. Consult Sauereisen for product recommendation.

SHELF LIFE

Aguapoxy No. 28 components have a shelf life of one year when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing.

PACKAGING

Regular
One Gallon Unit:

Part A Hardener: 0.8 lbs. in 1 Quart Can
Part B Resin: 2.42 lbs. in 1 Gallon Can
Part C Powder: 12.67 lbs. in Poly. Bag contained in a 5-Gallon Pail.

Large
Three Gallon Unit:

Part A Hardener: 2.3 lbs. in 1/2 Gallon Can
Part B Resin: 7.2 lbs. in 1 Gallon Can
Part C Powder: 37.6 lbs. in a Poly. Bag contained in a 6-Gallon Pail.

Estimating Table - material quantities per square foot

Common quarry tile sizes
Length (in) 6 6 8 8 8 8
Width (in) 6 6 3 7/8 3 7/8 4 4
Thickness (in) 1/2 3/4 1 3/16 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 1/2
No. of Brick with 1/4" joints 3.69 3.69 4.43 4.43 4.3 4.3
Lbs. Mortar for 1/4" side joints 0.38 0.573 1.03 1.19 1.16 1.27
Lbs. Mortar for 1/8" setting bed or back joint/ft2 1.21 1.21 1.21 1.21 1.21 1.21

The above quantity requirements are based upon physical dimensions of chemical-resistant masonry units and actual weight of mortar as determined by ASTM C-905. Actual usage rate will vary dependent upon scope of installation, experience of workmen, field conditions and other contingencies. Personnel using the above chart should, therefore, add an appropriate wastage factor.

CAUTION

Consult Sauereisen Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 28

 

AGUAPOXY

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Absorption (ASTM C-413)
  • Application time
  • Working time at 70°F35 minutes
  • Initial set at 70°F18-24 hours
  • ColorBlack/Gray
  • Compressive strength (ASTM C-579)5,266.24 psi
  • Density (ASTM C-905)118.75 pcf
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)2,553 psi
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)5.7 x 104 psi
  • Shrinkage (ASTM C-531)0.01%
  • Shore D Hardness74
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)1,365 psi

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data are subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen Aguapoxy No. 28 is a three component, water cleanable, general purpose epoxy grout for bonding chemical resistant masonry units. The No. 28, combined with brick or tile, offers rapid installation and clean up with potable water.

The water cleanable feature of Aguapoxy No. 28 is designed for tile projects where aesthetics are critical. The benefit is a more user friendly and visually appealing application since uncured No. 28 can be removed easily from the face of unwaxed tile without leaving an
unsightly stain.

Sauereisen's No. 28 is used to construct floors, sumps and trenches in chemical processing areas, food & beverage plants and dairies. This tile grout/setting bed resists food stuffs and cleaning compounds commonly found in these types of plants. Aguapoxy also provides a strong bond to concrete, tile and other substrates.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Resists food stuffs and cleaning compounds common to food & beverage environments and dairies.
  • Conforms to USDA standards for use in federally inspected meat & poultry plants.
  • Environmentally friendly - no VOCs or HAPs

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Prior to beginning work, maintain materials and substrate between 65°F and 80°F for 48 hours.

For optimum application conditions, maintain a temperature of 65°- 85°F on air, substrate, masonry units and No. 28 components during mixing, application, and cure.

At temperatures below 65°F, the viscosity increases and application becomes more difficult. At temperatures below 50°F, curing may not occur, or at the very least, cure time will lengthen. Above 80°F, working time of the material decreases. In higher temperatures it is recommended that the Liquid be cooled by placing its pail in a large container filled with water and ice or storing all components in a cool area.

Surface Preparation
Concrete - Surfaces must be free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This may require chemical cleaning.

Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of Concrete" for detailed guidelines.

All structures must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Surface must be floated free of ridges or depressions. Slope or re-established surfaces to a maximum 1/8 to 1/4 inch per foot for drainage. All voids and structural cracks must be addressed with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120 or No. 209 Filler Compound depending on the severity of the voids to be filled.

Ideal surface preparation requires mechanical methods to remove laitance, old paints and previously applied protective coatings. Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast to obtain uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate resembling coarse sandpaper.

Ultimately, concrete must be dry, firm, and possess the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation.

Prepared surfaces must be allowed to dry prior to application. Regardless of preparation method used, all surfaces must be vacuumed to remove any loose deposits or contamination.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Packaging consists of premeasured unitized containers of Hardener Part A, Liquid Part B, and Powder Part C. Remix Parts A and B before combining. Pour Liquid Part B into a clean mixing container. Add Hardener Part A. Using a Kohl or bucket type mixer, mix thoroughly for two minutes. Slowly add 2/3 of Powder Part C and mix until all material is wetted out. Then add remainder of Powder and continue mixing until uniform in consistency. Material which has begun to set cannot be retempered and must be discarded.

Installation
Tilesetter's Method - Using a 1/8-inch notched trowel, apply 1/8-inch setting bed of No. 28 directly to the substrate. Set the tile directly into the wet bed joint. Align the tiles while applying pressure. Once the setting bed has cured enough to allow foot traffic without dislodging or moving tile, grouting may begin.

Apply grout with a straight-edged rubber trowel, taking care to strike all joints at a diagonal rather than parallel or perpendicular orientation to the joint.

Finishing
Dampen the freshly grouted tile with a small amount of clean tap water. Immediately wipe the excess grout from the face of the masonry using undyed burlap or a white plastic scrub pad. Take care not to gouge the joints. Wipe off excess water and allow grout to cure.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with water followed by a wipe down with MEK before Aguapoxy cures. If removal is required after curing, consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

SETTING/CURING

An initial set occurs in 18-24 hours at 70°F. A final set is achieved at 96 hours. Do not expose to water, steam, or chemicals before grout is fully cured. Temperatures below 65°F will delay set and cure. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be provided on 20-foot centerlines around all fixed objects, peripheries of rooms and all points of movement in the base slab. Consult Sauereisen for product recommendation.

SHELF LIFE

Aguapoxy No. 28 components have a shelf life of one year when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing.

PACKAGING

Regular
One Gallon Unit:

Part A Hardener: 0.8 lbs. in 1 Quart Can
Part B Resin: 2.42 lbs. in 1 Gallon Can
Part C Powder: 12.67 lbs. in Poly. Bag contained in a 5-Gallon Pail.

Large
Three Gallon Unit:

Part A Hardener: 2.3 lbs. in 1/2 Gallon Can
Part B Resin: 7.2 lbs. in 1 Gallon Can
Part C Powder: 37.6 lbs. in a Poly. Bag contained in a 6-Gallon Pail.

Estimating Table - material quantities per square foot

Common quarry tile sizes
Length (in) 6 6 8 8 8 8
Width (in) 6 6 3 7/8 3 7/8 4 4
Thickness (in) 1/2 3/4 1 3/16 1 3/8 1 3/8 1 1/2
No. of Brick with 1/4" joints 3.69 3.69 4.43 4.43 4.3 4.3
Lbs. Mortar for 1/4" side joints 0.38 0.573 1.03 1.19 1.16 1.27
Lbs. Mortar for 1/8" setting bed or back joint/ft2 1.21 1.21 1.21 1.21 1.21 1.21

The above quantity requirements are based upon physical dimensions of chemical-resistant masonry units and actual weight of mortar as determined by ASTM C-905. Actual usage rate will vary dependent upon scope of installation, experience of workmen, field conditions and other contingencies. Personnel using the above chart should, therefore, add an appropriate wastage factor.

CAUTION

Consult Sauereisen Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 33

 

ACID-ALK CEMENT MORTAR GRADE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Bond strength (ASTM C-321)300 psi (21.1 kg/cm2)
  • ColorOff white
  • Compressive strength (ASTM C-579)3,500 psi (246.1 kg/cm2)
  • Coefficient of thermal expansion12.4 x 10-6 in/in/°F (22.3 x 10-6 cm/cm/°C)
  • Density (ASTM C-905)130 pcf (2.08 gm/cm3)
  • Maximum service temperature (ASTM D-648)1,750°F (954°C)
  • Mix ratio (Powder:Water, by weight)5.5:1
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)1.4 x 106 psi (9.84 x 104 kg/cm2)
  • Recommended pH range for use0.0-9.0
  • Shrinkage (ASTM C-531)1.25%
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)300 psi (21.1 kg/cm2)
  • Thermal conductivity (C-1117)4.8-3.7 BTU•in/ft2•hr•°F
    (1.27 x 10-3 - 1.65 x 10-3 Cal•cm/cm2•sec•°C)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data are subject to reasonable deviation. Data should not be used for specification purposes.

Sauereisen Acid-Alk Cement No. 33 - Mortar Grade is the original one-part, chemical-setting, inorganic, modified silicate base cement. Supplied in powder form, No. 33 - Mortar Grade is mixed with potable water.

Acid-Alk Cement Mortar Grade is specifically formulated to be used as a mortar in acid brick construction but may be placed as a castable in monolithic applications. No. 33 - Mortar Grade resists most acids (except hydrofluoric and acid fluoride salts) and some alkalies from pH 0.0 to 9.0. It also resists water, steam and weather without any special post cure treatment or acid washing.

No. 33 - Mortar Grade cures with an internal chemical-setting action, developing a final set in 36 to 48 hours at 70°F. It does not have the fast initial set characteristic of most chemical-setting cements and permits economical and efficient construction.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Resists most solvents, oil and acids (except fluorides) over a pH range of 0.0 to 9.0.
  • Resists water, steam and weather without special treatment.
  • Withstands temperatures to 1,750°F (954°C).
  • Single component, simply mix with potable water - does not require any special binder.
  • Noncorrosive - may be used in direct contact with steel, iron, lead and most other materials.
  • Highly resistant to sulfation, blooming and efflorescence.
  • Bonds to steel, concrete, brick and most other surfaces that are structurally sound, clean and free of oil and grease.
  • Safe to use - does not emit noxious or hazardous fumes or odors during mixing, application or setting.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 70° - 100°F on air, substrate, potable water for mixing, No. 33 - Mortar Grade, and masonry units during mixing, application, and cure.

At temperatures below 70°F, the viscosity increases, application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. No. 33 - Mortar Grade can be applied to surfaces at temperatures as low as 60°F; however, curing is retarded. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

Above 80°F, working time of the material decreases. This can be overcome by mixing in a cooler area, cooling the mortar mixing equipment with ice water and/or cooling the potable water prior to mixing.

Surface Preparation
All surfaces in contact with No. 33 - Mortar Grade should be clean, dry, and free of dust, dirt, grease, oil, and other contaminants. Surface preparation should be in accordance with membrane requirements.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Mixing should be done mechanically with a slow-speed mortar mixer. The mixing equipment must be clean and free of Portland cement or other contaminants. The size of the batch will be governed by the area to be covered, the number of workers applying the material, and the speed with which it can be placed.

Powder: Water (Parts by weight) - 5.5:1

Weigh a convenient amount of No. 33 - Mortar Grade Powder into a container and the appropriate amount of potable water into a second container. Mark the levels of each container so that succeeding measurements can be made by volume; thus eliminating the necessity of weighing each batch.

Pour the entire amount of potable water into the mortar mixing equipment. Add the No. 33 - Mortar Grade Powder slowly to the water, mixing continuously to reduce the entrapment of air. Mix thoroughly for at least 5 minutes until cement is a uniform, smooth consistency.

Material which has begun to set cannot be retempered and must be discarded. Never add water or other materials to mixed material or any component part.

Installation
Trowel on an average 1/8-inch thick bed joint of No. 33 - Mortar Grade directly on top of membrane or preceding course of brickwork. Apply the mortar by buttering on side and one head joint of each masonry unit. Set the masonry units in place and position by tapping to form an average 1/8-inch wide vertical joint.

COVERAGE

QUANTITIES* REQUIRED PER 1000 BRICKS (1/8" JOINTS)
Brick Sizes (Inches) Without Bed Joint (lbs.) With Bed Joint (lbs.)
8 x 4 x 1 3/8 157 471
8 x 3 3/4 x 2 1/4 252 547
9 x 4 1/2 x 2 1/2 320 715
9 x 4 1/2 x 4 513 908

* Quantities do not include losses incurred during application or normal density variations.

FINISHING

Strike extruded mortar off the face of the masonry unit with a trowel.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned by scrubbing with a stiff brush and water at the end of each working period, or when
buildup becomes pronounced. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

SETTING/CURING

No. 33 - Mortar Grade is self-hardening due to a chemical reaction which occurs when the Powder and water are mixed together. An initial set occurs in 30 to 45 minutes; the final set is achieved in 24 to 36 hours depending on temperature. No acid wash is required. Brickwork should not be subjected to water, steam or chemical environment before mortar is
completely cured.

Temperature (°F) Working Time (Minutes) Final Set (Hours)
70-80 45 36
80-90 30 24
90-100 15 24

For installations that will be exposed to temperatures above 200°F, a controlled drying cycle is required to ensure that all moisture is forced out of the lining prior to placing the unit in service. This controlled drying cycle requires that No. 33 – Mortar Grade be allowed to dry for a 24-hour period after completion of the application.
Temperature on the surface of the No. 33 - Mortar Grade should be raised to 120°F and held for a period of 6 hours. At the end of the 6-hour period, the temperature should be raised to a maximum of 220°F, and held at that temperature for a 12-hour period. The temperature should be then be elevated to the unit's maximum temperature, at a rate not to exceed 100°F per hour. The unit can then be placed in service.

PACKAGING

50 lb. moisture-resistant bags on plasticwrapped pallets.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen No. 33 - Mortar Grade Powder has a shelf life of six (6) months when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 35

 

CHEMICAL-RESISTANT CASTABLE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Compressive strength (ASTM C109)-modified3,000 psi (211 kg/cm2)
  • Coefficient of thermal expansion
  • 68° - 1040°F (20° - 560°C)1.21 x 10-5/F° (2.18 x 10-5/C°)
  • 1085° -1832°F (585° - 1000°C)2.4 x 10-5/F° (4.33 x 10-5/C°)
  • Density (ASTM C-905)131 pcf (2.1 gm/cm3)
  • Flexural Strength (ASTM C580)1000 psi (70.3 kg/cm2)
  • Maximum service temperature (ASTM C 24)2100°F (1149°C)
  • Mix ratio (Powder:Liquid, by weight)9:1
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)2.5 x 105 psi (1.72 x 105 kg/cm2)
  • Recommended pH range of use4.5-12.0
  • Thermal conductivity (C-1117)5.9-4.9 BTU•in/ft2•hr•°F
  • 200° - 1100°F (93° - 593°C)(2.05 x 10-3 - 1.5 x 10-3 Cal•cm/cm2•sec°C)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data are subject to reasonable deviation.

Typical industry applications:

Linings in fire training towers, jet engine test cells, ducts and stacks subject to dry, abrasive flue gases.

Protection of concrete floors in molten aluminum dross areas.

Sauereisen Chemical-Resistant Castable No. 35 is a gunitable, hydraulicallysetting, calcium aluminate cement. No. 35 is recommended for protection of concrete and steel surfaces from high temperatures, thermal shock, abrasion and chemical attack by mild acids or alkalies.

No. 35 can eliminate costly firebrick or tile linings and is equally effective for new construction or rehabilitation projects. With No. 35, construction proceeds rapidly. At 70 - 80°F full operation can be resumed in 48 hours.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Resists mild acids/alkalies over a pH range of 4.5 to 12.0.
  • Withstands temperatures to 2100°F (1149°C)
  • Hydraulic set, simply mix with potable water - does not require any special binder.
  • Low shrinkage, high strength.
  • Non-corrosive - may be used in direct contact with steel, iron, lead and most other materials.
  • Excellent thermal shock resistance.
  • Safe to use - does not emit noxious or hazardous fumes or odors during mixing, application or setting.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 50 - 90°F on air, substrate, potable water, and No. 35 Powder throughout mixing, application, and cure.

Surface Preparation
Where operating parameters and substrate conditions permit, No. 35 should be used with an appropriate chemical- resistant membrane applied over the substrate and anchors.

Anchoring System
When No. 35 is applied on vertical surfaces it must be anchored and applied at a minimum thickness of 1-5/8 inch. For horizontal applications, an anchoring system may be required, depending on specific project conditions. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

"T" type anchors are preferred to secure the No. 35. Anchors can be used for all operating temperature ranges. For concrete substrates, the Anchors Unlimited CA5, or similar, is preferred to wire or expanded metal mesh alternatives. Abrasive blasting should be completed before anchor and membrane installation when applying No. 35 over concrete.
When applying No. 35 over steel surfaces, abrasive blast and apply membrane after affixing the anchoring system.
The anchor specification for steel should be similar to the Anchors Unlimited CA5-Special. Consult
Sauereisen for appropriate membrane recommendations.
The anchors are to be placed in a diamond- shaped pattern. Tine direction should be randomly oriented using the following guideline for placement:

Location Distance Between Centerlines
Overheads 6 - 8 inches
Walls 8 - 12 inches
Floors 12 - 16 inches

The distance of the spread of the tines from tip to tip should be 4 to 5 inches. The centerline of the tine should be held at a minimum distance of 5/8 inch from the substrate, with this distance increased as the thickness of the applied lining increases.

The tines of the studs must have a minimum 1-inch coverage of No. 35 over their highest point. The tines shall be held together parallel to the substrate. The anchoring system should also receive a chemical-resistant membrane.

Metal
Remove oil, grease and other contaminants by chemical cleaning. Abrasive blast all surfaces employing a SSPCSP10 Near White Blast with a nominal 2.5 mil profile. All welds must be continuous, free of flux and have a smooth, rounded radius without any sharp edges.

Concrete
Concrete surfaces which do not receive a membrane must be kept damp with water at least six hours prior to installation of No. 35. Remove any standing water before application of the No. 35.

Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleansing, dry ice, or soda blasting.

New Concrete - All structures must be properly designed and capable of withstanding imposed loads. Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate resembling coarse sandpaper.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be firm and structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer. Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast to obtain uniform sound substrate with uniform surface texture similar to sandpaper.

Brick - Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast all foreign particles and attacked or unsound mortar from the joints to a depth of 1/2 inch. Loose brickwork should be regrouted with appropriate Sauereisen mortar to ensure structural integrity.

APPLICATION

Predampening
No. 35 should be predampened by adding 11/4 pints of potable water to each 50 pounds of Powder. This can be achieved by mixing in a rotating blade mixer equipped with a water meter. Mix thoroughly to distribute moisture throughout the Powder. The predampened No. 35 material must be gunited within a tenminute period after mixing. Avoid overdampening as this will cause premature set and weaken strength of the cured material.

Installation
No. 35 should be applied with a standard double-chamber or rotary-type gunite machine. Potable water should be pumped to the nozzle through a pistonprimed airless pump to assure a constant 80 psi pressure at the nozzle. Adjustments may be made to get the correct proportions for good adhesion without slipping or slumping.

No material should be placed over rebound. All rebound and other loose material on surfaces already gunited should be removed prior to application of chemical resistant lining. DO NOT REUSE REBOUND.

Consult Sauereisen for procedures for application by methods other than gunite.

COVERAGE

QUANTITIES* REQUIRED PER SQUARE FOOT
Thickness (Inches) Approximate Amount (Pounds)
1 10.9
2 21.8

* Quantities do not include losses incurred during application or normal density variations.

FINISHING

No. 35 hardens with a hydraulic-setting action. Troweling will break up the partially set material and damage the surface. Do not attempt to achieve a smooth trowel finish.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned by scrubbing with a stiff brush and water at the end of each working period, or when buildup becomes pronounced. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

SETTING/CURING

Proper curing of the No. 35 is critical to the serviceability of the completed structure. If a resin-based curing compound is used it should meet ACI 547 Standards for curing compounds; however, consult Sauereisen for applications above 200°F.

At 70°F, a minimum cure of 24-48 hours is needed. After the 24-48 hour cure, controlled drying is required to ensure that all moisture is removed to eliminate the potential of lining failure due to steam spalling when the unit is brought to operating temperature. It is recommended that the cure temperature be raised to
150°F at the end of a 24-48 hour ambient cure and held at this level for a period of six hours. At the end of the six hour period, the temperature should be increased by 50°F, and held at that temperature for an additional six hour period. Then elevate the temperature to 220°F and hold this level for an additional twelve hour period. The temperature can then be elevated to the unit's maximum temperature, at a rate not to exceed 100°F per hour. The unit can then be placed in service.

PACKAGING

50 pound moisture-resistant bags on plastic-wrapped pallets.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen No. 35 Powder has a shelf life of six (6) months when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 45

 

ASPHALT IMPREGNATED GLASS CLOTH

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

 
Test Method
Results

Weight, oz./sq. yd. (saturated)
D3776
2.0

Tensile Strength, lbf/in
 
 

Warp
D146
75

Fill
D146
75

Thread Count
 
 

Warp
D3775
20

Fill
D3775
20

Saturant-Type
N/A
Oxidized Asphalt

Color
Visual
Black

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen Asphalt Impregnated Glass Cloth No. 45 is a uniformly distributed fiberglass membrane consisting of continuous fiberglass threads woven perpendicular to each other and coated with an oxidized asphalt binder.

No. 45 is a 20 x 10 thread count that provides larger mesh openings, improving bitumen saturation and penetration.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Compatible with both hot and cold (liquid) applied bitumen systems and water-based elastomeric coat.
  • Higher tensile strength and lighter weight than cotton.
  • Glass will not rot and is mold, algae and mildew resistant.
  • Uses include tennis court patches, insulation and pipe wrap, roofing, dampproofing and waterproofing.

APPLICATION

Apply a film of the hot or cold (liquid) applied bitumen adhesive to the surface, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

Embed Fortress Asphalt Glass Fabric into the adhesive using a brush or broom and enough pressure to force the adhesive through the mesh openings and around the fabric strands.

Conform the fabric uniformly to the surface, avoiding over-stretching, bridging or "fishmouths".

Apply a final coat of the hot or cold (liquid) applied reinforcements. Bitumen adhesive to the surface, in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, ensuring that no fabric weave is visible.

PACKAGING

Standard fabric is available in 150-foot lengths and a variety of cut widths. Other lengths and cut widths also available.
Consult price sheet for additional details.

SPECIFICATION COMPLIANCES

ASTM 01668, Type I and Federal Specification HH-C-466b

SAFETY AND ENVIRONMENTAL PRECAUTIONS

Consult Data Safety Sheet for detailed handling and disposal.

No. 54 SG

 

ACIDPROOF CONCRETE (Structural Grade)

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Application time
  • Working time at 70°F 40 minutes
  • Initial set at 70°F5 hours
  • Coefficient of thermal expansion, 73° to 500°F (23° to 260°C) 5.6 x 10-6 in/in/F° (10.1 x 10-6 cm/cm/C°)
  • Compressive strength (ASTM C-579)
  • 24 hours2,000 psi (140.6 kg/cm2)
  • 7 days3,500 psi (246.1 kg/cm2)
  • Density (ASTM C-905)144 pcf (2.306 gm/cm3)
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)1,000 psi (70.3 kg/cm2)
  • Maximum service temperature1400°F (760°C)
  • Mix ratio (Powder to Liquid, by Weight)6.5 to 1
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)1.97 x 106 psi (1.4 x 105 kg/cm2)
  • Moisture absorption (ASTM C-413)2.97%
  • Shrinkage (ASTM C-531)0.2%
  • Slump8 inches
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)550 psi (38.7 /cm2)
  • Thermal Conductivity (ASTM C1113) - Hot Wire Method (65°F to 1,500°F: 18°C to 817°C)19.6 - 14.4 Btu•in/hr•ft2 •°F (2.83 - 2.07 W/m-°C)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data are subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen Acidproof Concrete - No. 54 SG - Structural Grade is a potassium silicate castable refractory for chemical resistant construction of sumps, dikes, containment pads, trenches, walls and other structural support columns or bases. Since No. 54 SG is fast-setting and strong, it eliminates the requirement for a Portland cement foundation in new construction and maintenance applications.

The No. 54 SG - Structural Grade material has been specifically formulated to resemble the physical characteristics of Portland cement and should be installed with proper reinforcement, mixing, forming and casting methods. After its cure, No. 54 SG provides outstanding performance as a chemical resistant liner for the most severe acidic environments.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Resistant to most solvents, oils, acids and acid salts (except hydrofluoric) over a pH range of 0.0 to 7.0.
  • Maximum service temperature of 1400°F (760°C).
  • Potassium silicate bonded.
  • Fast chemical set - less down time

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 50° - 90°F on air, substrate, Liquid, and Powder components during mixing, application, and cure. The monolithic components and substrate should be maintained at 65°F
to 85°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 50°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded.

Above 90°F, the material working time decreases. It is recommended that the material components be stored in a cooler area prior to mixing.

Shading the substrate and using ice water to cool mixing equipment is not uncommon. In extreme temperatures it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Reinforcement
When applying No. 54 SG – Structural Grade, appropriate reinforcement similar to that used with Portland cement must be incorporated. In severely aggressive environments, corrosion resistant reinforcement should be used. Consult
Sauereisen for recommendations.

Surface Preparation
Where operating parameters and substrate conditions permit, No. 54 SG - Structural Grade should be applied in conjunction with an appropriate chemical resistant membrane. Consult Sauereisen for specific membrane recommendation.

Foundation Construction - The foundation base should be constructed with appropriate materials to support load of the engineered design. No. 54 SG must not be applied over standing water or loose soil. When No. 54 SG is poured as a slab at grade elevation, consideration should be given for placement of a water stop material in expansion joint design.

Concrete - Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of Concrete" for detailed guidelines.

Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning.

New Concrete - Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer. All structural cracks must be repaired. Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform sound substrate.

Brick - Remove oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. Abrasive blast or hydroblast mortar joints to a depth of 1/2 inch to remove all loose material and provide a clean, firm surface.

If chemical cleaning is utilized to remove contaminants, substrate must be neutralized. If abrasive or high-pressure water blasting is used as the method of surface preparation, all sand and/or debris must be removed by thoroughly vacuuming the area with an industrial vacuum cleaner. If surface does not have desired conditions, repeat surface preparation procedure.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be provided on 14-foot centerlines around all fixed objects, peripheries of rooms and over all points of movement in the base slab. The joint should then be filled with the appropriate expansion joint filler. Consult Sauereisen for recommendation.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Mixing should be done mechanically with a slow speed mortar mixer. The mixing equipment must be clean and free of Portland cement or other contaminants. The size of the batch will be governed by the area to be covered, the number of workers applying the material, and the speed with which it can be placed.

Mixing No. 54 SG at 6.5 parts Powder to 1 part Liquid by weight will produce a slump of approximately eight inches.
Weigh a convenient amount of No. 54 SG Powder into a container and the appropriate amount of No. 54 SG Liquid in to a second container. Mark the levels in each container so that succeeding measurements can be made by volume, thus eliminating the necessity of weigh each batch.

Pour the entire amount of Liquid into the mixer and add the Powder slowly, mixing continuously to avoid entrapped air. Mix slowly and thoroughly for at least five minutes until cement is a uniform consistency. Do not add sand, gravel,
Portland cement or other additives to No. 54 SG. Remove entire batch from the mixer when mixing is completed to prevent build-up in the equipment. While pouring one batch, another should be mixed in order to eliminate delays and permit continuous operation.

A continuous mixer can be used for an alternative method of mixing. This is advisable for installations requiring the quickest placement of material over a large area. Consult Sauereisen for details.

Installation
When casting No. 54 SG, forms should be constructed of firmly braced wood or metal, which has been given a light coating of release agent. The release agent will prevent No. 54 SG from adhering to the screeds or forms, but should not leave a residue on the freshly cast material.

The forms are to be completely sealed and rendered watertight with heavy consistency pliable caulking. Seal forms placed over horizontal rough surfaces. Do not apply over any standing water.

All form and screed systems should be strong enough to retain No. 54 SG in place without deformation. Tamping methods or pencil vibration are suitable for distributing the material. Use a trowel or screed board to level the polymer concrete flush with the top of the form. If necessary, trowel finish within 15 minutes after mixing.

Cold joints require a liberal priming with No. 54 SG Liquid at the termination of previously placed material.

Do not impose loads until final set has been achieved. Lower temperatures will require longer cure periods before removing forms.

COVERAGE

Quantities* required per square foot.
Thickness Amount
2 inches (minimum) 24 pounds
Each additional inch 12 pounds

*Quantities do not include losses during application or normal density variations.

SETTING/CURING

The No.54 SG - Structural Grade will take an initial set in five hours at 70°F. Proper curing of No. 54 SG is critical to the serviceability of the completed structure; therefore the substrate and the material temperatures should not be allowed to fall below 50°F until final cure has been achieved. Do not allow water or chemicals on the material surface for a minimum of 48 hours. For temperatures below 70°F, cure a minimum of 72 hours prior to water or chemical exposure.

PACKAGING

Powder 55 lb. moisture resistant bags on plastic wrapped pallets; 2,250 lb. bulk bags.
Liquid 50 lb. pails; 600 lb. drums.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned by scrubbing with a stiff brush and water at the end of each working period or when build-up becomes pronounced.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen No. 54 SG - Structural Grade Powder has a shelf life of six (6) months; No. 54 SG Liquid has a shelf life of one (1) year, when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 54 & 54 LW

 

ACIDPROOF CONCRETE/LIGHTWEIGHT ACIDPROOF CONCRETE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

 
No. 54
No. 54 LW

Color
Off White
Gray

Density
 
 

Gunite
126 pcf (2.0 gm/cm3)
98 pcf (1.57 gm/cm3)

Flexural Strength
690 psi (48.5 kg/cm2)
650 psi (45.7 kg/cm2)

Maximum service temperature
1,250°F (677°C)
1,600°F (871°C)

Mix ratio (Powder to Liquid, by weight)
 
 

Gunite
6 to 1
4.5 to 1

Modulus of elasticity
3.1 x 106 psi
1.5 x 105 psi

 
(2.18 x 105 kg/cm2)
(1.0 x 104 kg/cm2)

Thermal conductivity
 
 

(65°F to 1500°F; (18°C to 817°C))
5.4 - 6.3 BTU • in/ ft2 • hr • °F
3.7 - 4.6 BTU • in/ - ft2 • hr • °F

ASTM C1113 Hot Wire Method
2.17 - 1.86 x 10-3 Cal • cm/cm2 • sec • °C
1.56 - 0.66 W/m -°C

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data are subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen Acidproof Concrete No. 54 - with almost a half century of successful, varied service - is the original acid-resistant material for gunite construction. For those applications that require a lower K factor, lightweight materials, or higher temperature resistance, No. 54 LW is available.

No. 54 and 54 LW are potassium silicate, acid-resistant refractories for use as monolithic linings in chimneys, stacks, ducts, breechings, scrubbers, precipitators, tanks, process vessels, floors and sumps. These two-component materials
consist of Powder and Liquid which are mixed together on the job.

Benefits of No. 54 and 54 LW include the capability to protect or restore acidattacked areas while avoiding the costs of brick or tile construction. Downtime will be reduced. (At 70° to 80°F, full operation can be resumed in 24-30 hours, depending on application). The acidproof concrete system typically incorporates an impervious, chemical-resistant membrane such as Sauereisen High Temperature Membrane No. 89.

The No. 54 is not formulated for cast applications. For cast application refer to Sauereisen No. 54SG.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Potassium silicate-bonded.
  • Resists most solvents, oil, acids and acid salts (except hydrofluoric) over a pH range of 0.0 to 7.0.
  • Withstands water and vapor without special treatment.
  • Applied by guniting.
  • Fast chemical set - less construction delay.
  • Safe to use - nonflammable; will not support combustion.
  • Specially recommended for all concentrations of sulfuric, hydrochloric, nitric, and phosphoric acids.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 50°-100°F on No. 54 and 54 LW Powder, Liquid, airand substrate during mixing, application
and cure.

Anchoring System
When No. 54 and 54 LW are applied by gunite method on vertical surfaces, they must be anchored and applied at a minimum thickness of 15/8 inches. For horizontal applications, an anchoring system may be required, depending on specific project conditions. Anchors should also be coated with a chemical-resistant membrane.

"T"- type anchors are preferred to secure the No. 54 and 54 LW. Anchors can be used for all operating temperature ranges. The anchoring system must be completed before abrasive blasting and membrane application when installing over a steel substrate. For concrete or brick substrates, prepare the surface before installing anchors and membrane. The anchor design for steel should be similar to Anchors Unlimited CA5 Special; for concrete it should be similar to Anchors Unlimited CA5. A Sauereisen representative should be consulted before wire or expanded metal mesh options are considered.

Anchors should be placed in a diamondshaped pattern. Tine direction should be randomly oriented using the following
guideline for placement:

Location Distance Between Centerlines
Overheads 6" - 8"
Walls 8" - 12"
Floors 12" - 16"

The distance of the spread of the tines from tip to tip should be 4-5 inches. The centerline of the tine should be held
at a minimum distance of 5/8 inch from the substrate, with this distance increased as the thickness of the applied lining increases. The tines of the studs must have a minimum 1 inch coverage of refractory over their highest point. The
tines should be essentially parallel to the substrate.

Surface Preparation
Where operating parameters and substrate conditions permit, No. 54 and 54 LW should be used in conjunction with an appropriate chemical-resistant membrane.

Proper surface preparation is critical to the acidproof concrete application. All surfaces in contact with the corrosion-resistant system must be clean and free of dust, dirt, water, grease, oil or other contaminants.

Metal - All welds must be continuous and free of flux. Welds should have a smooth, rounded radius without any sharp edges. Metal surfaces should be abrasive blasted in accordance with membrane requirements.

Concrete - Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of concrete" for detailed guidelines.

New Concrete - The surface must be dry, firm, free of laitance and structurally sound as specified by the architect or engineer.

Old Concrete - Chemical cleaning is suggested to remove oil, grease and other contaminants. Abrasive blast or hydroblast surfaces to remove attacked concrete. Assure that concrete is dry, firm and structurally sound prior to application.

Brick - After removal of oil, grease, and other contaminants by chemical cleaning, hydroblast or abrasive-blast mortar joints to a depth of 1/2 inch to remove all loose material and to provide a clean, firm surface. Loose brickwork must be regrouted with appropriate Sauereisen mortar to ensure structural integrity.

The Graph above illustrates the thermal transmission of No. 54 and 54 LW through various thicknesses.* Properties were obtained at an ambient temperature of 80°F and 10 mph wind velocity.

GUNITE APPLICATION

Predampening
The acidproof concrete Powder component should be predampened. Add 11/4 pints of either No. 54 or 54 LW Liquid or potable water to each 50 lbs. of Powder. This can be achieved by mixing in a rotating blade mixer equipped with a water meter. Mix thoroughly to distribute moisture throughout the Powder. The predampened refractory must be gunited within a 10-minute period after mixing. Avoid overdampening as this may cause premature set to occur within gunning equipment.

Installation
No. 54 and 54 LW should be applied with a standard double chamber or rotary-type gunite machine. The potassium silicate liquid should be pumped to the nozzle through a piston-primed airless pump to assure a constant 80 psi pressure at the nozzle. Normal adjustments may be made to get the correct proportions for good adhesion without slipping or slumping.

Consult a Sauereisen representative for a recommendation on the required material thickness to protect the substrate against service conditions.

No material should be placed over rebound. All rebound and other loose material on surfaces already gunited must be carefully removed without damage to the membrane or lining. DO NOT USE REBOUND.

Cold joints should be primed liberally with No. 54 or 54 LW Liquid. Gunite application should continue while the primer Liquid is still tacky.

INSERT CHART HERE
The Graph above illustrates the thermal transmission of No. 54 and 54 LW through various thicknesses.* Properties were obtained at an an ambient temperature of 80oF and 10 mph wind velocity.

COVERAGE

QUANTITIES* REQUIRED PER SQUARE FOOT (GUNITE)
Thickness (inches) Approximate Amount (Lbs.)
No. 54 No. 54 LW
1
10.5 8.25
2
21.0 16.50

*Quantities do not include losses incurred during application or normal density variations.

FINISHING

Gunite - The acidproof concretes harden rapidly by a chemical-setting action. Troweling will break up the partially set
material and damage the surface. For this reason, finishing is not suggested.

CLEAN-UP

Gunite - All equipment must be cleaned with soap and water before the material cures. If removal is required after cure,
consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

SETTING/CURING

No. 54 and 54 LW are self-hardening due to a chemical reaction which occurs when the Powder and Liquid are mixed
together. Proper curing is critical to the serviceability of the completed structure; therefore, the substrate and material temperatures should not be allowed to fall below 50°F until final cure has been achieved.

The completed application should not be cured with water, curing membranes or covered with any type of material. No. 54 and 54 LW should not be subjected to chemicals, water, steam, or allowed to freeze until final cure has been achieved. If the material will be exposed to freezing temperatures immediately after set, call Sauereisen for force cure procedures.

Refer to the following table for working and final set times:

Temp (°F) Final Set Gunite (Hours)
50 24
60 24
70 24
80-100 24

For installations that will be exposed to temperatures above 200°F, a controlled drying cycle is required to ensure that all moisture is forced out of the lining prior to placing the unit in service. The controlled drying cycle requires that the No. 54 and 54 LW be allowed to dry for a 24-hour period after completion of the application.

The force cure may begin at a temperature of 150°F. Hold at this temperature for a period of 6 hours. After 6 hours, the
temperature should be raised to a maximum of 220°F, and held at that temperature for a 12-hour period. The temperature should then be elevated to the unit's maximum operating temperature at a rate not to exceed 100°F per hour. At this point, the unit can be placed into service.

PACKAGING

Acidproof Concrete No. 54
Powder: 50-lb. moisture-resistant bags on plastic-wrapped pallets.
Liquid: 50-lb. pails or 600-lb. drums.

Lightweight Acidproof Concrete No. 54 LW
Powder: 50-lb. moisture-resistant bags on plastic-wrapped pallets or 1,800 lb. moisture-resistant bulk bags.
Liquid: 50-lb. pails or 600-lb. drums.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen No. 54 and 54 LW Powder have a shelf life of six (6) months; No. 54 and 54 LW Liquid have a shelf life of one (1) year when stored unopened in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing the potassium silicate Liquid component. If there is doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 65

 

CORROSION-RESISTING MORTAR

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Bond strength (ASTM C-321)170 psi (11.9 kg/cm2)
  • ColorOff white
  • Compressive strength (ASTM C-579)>3,000 psi (>211kg/cm2)
  • Coefficient of thermal expansion7.4 x 10-6 in/in/ºF (13.3 x 10-6 cm/cm/ºC)
  • Density (ASTM C-20)123 pcf (1.97 gm/cm3)
  • Maximum service temperature (ASTM D-648)1250ºF (677ºC)
  • Mix ratio (Powder: Liquid by weight)7:3
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)5.6 x 104 psi (3.9 x 103 kg/cm2)
  • Recommended pH range for use0.0-7.0
  • Shrinkage (ASTM C-531)1.0%
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)400 psi (28 kg/cm2)
  • Thermal conductivity (C-1117)4.8-5.80 BTU·in/ft2·hr·ºF (1.65 x 10-3 - 1.99 x 10.-3 Cal·cm/cm2·sec·ºC).

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data are subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen Corrosion-Resisting Mortar No. 65 is a completely inorganic, potassium silicate base mortar for bonding acidproof brick or tile used in the construction of industrial chimneys, stacks, tanks, kilns and floors. No. 65 is a two-component material, consisting of a Powder and a Liquid, which are mixed together as used on the job. Mortar No 65 is applied by troweling in the same manner as ordinary bricklaying.

No. 65 is particularly recommended for installations handling all concentrations of sulfuric acid and strong oxidizing acids such as nitric and chromic. The mortar is highly resistant to sulfation, which may develop in other types of silicate base cements when brickwork is subjected to alternate wetting and drying, fluctuating dewpoints or acid mist conditions.

No. 65 is preferred as a mortar for bonding brick linings in large industrial chimneys handling combustion gases from sulfur bearing fuel. With the trend towards lower operating temperatures in these chimneys, there is considerably stronger acid condensation and increasingly higher moisture present in the gases. As a consequence, moisture can be as great a problem as acids, and it is extremely important that the materials used to line the chimneys are both acid and water resistant.

When fully cured, No. 65 is resistant to water and acids (except hydrofluoric) throughout the complete width of the joint. In flue gas systems, No. 65 may be safely exposed to weak alkaline salts alternating with acid exposures. The improved chemical resistance of No. 65 permits use in higher pHs - depending on the alkali, its concentration and temperature. Consult Sauereisen for a specific recommendation.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Resists most solvents, oil and acids (except hydrofluoric) over a pH range of 0.0 to 7.0. Not recommended for alkalies.
  • Rapid setting - permits continuous construction without brickwork slipping out of line.
  • Noncorrosive - may be used in direct contact with steel, iron, lead and most other materials.
  • Highly resistant to sulfation, blooming and efflorescence.
  • Develops lineal shrinkage of less than 1.0% as compared with lineal shrinkage of 3.0% or more developed by other potassium silicate cements.
  • Safe to use - does not emit noxious or hazardous fumes or odors during mixing, application or setting.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 50° - 80°F on air, substrate, No. 65 Powder, No. 65 Liquid, and masonry units during mixing, application, and cure.

At temperatures below 50°F, the viscosity increases, application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. No. 65 Liquid should not be subjected to freezing temperatures. Consult Sauereisen for specific recommendations.

Above 80°F, working time of the material decreases. This can be overcome by mixing in a cooler area, cooling the mortar mixing equipment with ice water and/or cooling the No. 65 Liquid prior to mixing.

Surface Preparation
All surfaces in contact with No. 65 should be clean, dry, and free of dust, dirt, grease, oil, and other contaminants. Surface prep should be in accordance with membrane requirements.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Mixing should be done mechanically with a slow-speed mortar mixer. The mixing equipment must be clean and free of Portland cement or other contaminants. The size of the batch will be governed by the area to be covered, the number of
workers applying the material, and the speed with which it can be placed.
Powder: Liquid (Parts by weight) 7 : 3

Weigh a convenient amount of No. 65 Powder into a container and the appropriate amount of No. 65 Liquid into a second container. Mark the levels of each container so that succeeding measurements can be made by volume, thus eliminating the necessity of weighing each batch.

Pour the entire amount of No. 65 Liquid into the mortar mixing equipment. Add the No. 65 Powder slowly to the No. 65 Liquid mixing continuously to reduce the entrapment of air. Mix thoroughly for at least 5 minutes until cement is a uniform, smooth consistency.

Material which has begun to set cannot be retempered and must be discarded. Never add Liquid or other materials to
mixed material or any component part.

Installation
Trowel on an average 1/8-inch thick bed joint of No. 65 directly on top of membrane or preceding course of brickwork. Apply the mortar by buttering one side and one head joint of each masonry unit. Set the masonry units in place and position by tapping to form an average 1/8-inch wide vertical joint.

COVERAGE

QUANTITIES* REQUIRED PER 1000 BRICKS (1/8-inch JOINTS)
Brick Sizes (Inches) Without Bed Joint (lbs.) With Bed Joint (lbs.)
8 x 4 x 13/8 148 448
8 x 33/4 x 21/4 237 519
9 x 41/2 x 21/2 303 680
9 x 41/2 x 4 486 863

1.28 lbs. of No. 65 covers 1 sq. ft. 1/8" thick
* Quantities do not include losses incurred during application or normal density variations.

FINISHING

Strike extruded mortar off the face of the masonry unit with a trowel.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned by scrubbing with a stiff brush and water at the end of each working period, or when buildup becomes pronounced. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

SETTING/CURING

No. 65 is self-hardening due to a chemical reaction which occurs when the Powder and Liquid are mixed together. An initial set occurs in 30 to 45 minutes; the final set is achieved in 24 to 48 hours depending on temperature. No acid wash is required except in the event of mortar being exposed to water before final cure. Brickwork should not be subjected to water, steam or chemical environment before mortar is completely cured.

Temperature (°F) Working Time (Minutes) Set (Hours)
50 60 48
60 45 36
70 30 24
80 10 24

PACKAGING

No. 65 Liquid 50 lbs. in 5-gal pail.
600 lb. drum.
No. 65 Powder 50 lb. moisture resistant bags on plasticwrapped pallets.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen No. 65 Powder has a shelf life of six (6) months; No. 65 Liquid has a shelf life of one (1) year when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. F-88

 

MANHOLE CHIMNEYSEAL

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Abrasion Resistance ASTM (D-4060)534 mg/1,000 cycles
  • Elongation ASTM (D-638)126.4 %
  • Shore A durometer Hardness ASTM (D-2240)48
  • Tensile strength (ASTM D-638)54.1 lb./in2
  • Water Absorption ASTM (D-570)0.05%
  • Hydrostatic Pressure (ASTM C 497)80-ft water head (35psi)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen Manhole ChimneySeal No. F-88 is an elastomeric lining composed of fiber-reinforced, asphalt-modified urethane. ChimneySeal is used as a chemical-resistant membrane or gasket seal for the prevention of water infiltration.

Manhole ChimneySeal has excellent adhesion to most substrates. As a high solids elastomer, it is recommended when movement from temperature change or other causes will be encountered.

Manhole ChimneySeal maintains excellent elasticity and adhesion over a temperature range of -30°F to 250°F. The flexible barrier resists freeze/thaw stresses and movement. When subjected to mechanical stress, the lining has nearly 100% recovery. Manhole ChimneySeal also resists alkalies, salts and acid.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Outstanding chemical resistance to acids and alkalies.
  • Remains flexible from -30°F to 250°F.
  • Easy to apply by hand.
  • Urethane-based elastomer.
  • Suitable for application on steel, brick or concrete substrates.
  • Excellent elasticity.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain an optimum temperature of 60°- 85°F on air, substrate and material during mixing, application, and cure. Store material in the range of 65°- 80°F for at least 48 hours before use.

Surface Preparation
Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning.

Brick - The working substrate must be dry and firm enough to withstand imposed loads during normal operation.
Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove old paints, coatings, and deteriorated mortar or brick.

Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast brick to obtain a uniform, sound substrate. All prepared surfaces must be allowed to dry prior to the Manhole ChimneySeal application.

Concrete - The working substrate must be dry and have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal operation. For applications where Manhole ChimneySeal is recommended. All voids should be filled with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120 or Filler Compound No. 209. The choice of underlayment will depend on the severity of the voids to be filled.

Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast concrete to remove laitance and to obtain a uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate resembling coarse sandpaper.

Regardless of preparation method used, all surfaces must be free of any loose deposits or contamination.

Metal - Abrasive blast or mechanically abrade the metal surface to a nominal 2.5mil profile employing a SSPC-SP 6
Commercial finish. All protrusions should be ground smooth to eliminate sharp edges.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Packaging consists of premeasured, unitized containers of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B. Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B. Using a slow-speed ½-inch drill motor affixed with a "Jiffy" type blade,
mix for 5 minutes. Thorough mixing of this material is very important.

Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not add any adulterants to either component or mixed material.

Installation
Manhole ChimneySeal is self-priming and applied at various thicknesses depending upon specification design parameters. Manhole ChimneySeal is easily applied by gloved hand (neoprene or rubber). The most practical method of applying the product within small diameter structures is to wipe the material on with a gloved hand or trowel.

SETTING/CURING

Curing of the ChimneySeal lining is by chemical reaction. While Manhole ChimneySeal has an approximate working time of 45 minutes, initial set occurs in about one hour at 70°F. Manhole ChimneySeal cures to a semi-soft, elastomeric state. Protect the installation site from water or chemicals prior to cure for 48 hours.

TESTING

For specific applications, a holiday detector can be utilized to ensure a continuous, pinhole-free lining. Pinhole testing should occur after 24 hours at 70°F using a Tinker & Rasor Holiday Detector or similar model. Voltage will be dependent on coating thickness. Consult a Sauereisen representative for details.

COVERAGE

Following is typical coverage of No. F-88:

1-Gallon Unit
12.8 ft2 at 1/8-inch (125 mils) thick

Actual coverage may vary depending on jobsite conditions and surface irregularities.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with a general orange solvent or mineral spirits within one (1) hour after use and after each day's use. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

PACKAGING

1-Gallon Unit
Hardener Part A-.65 lbs in a pint container
Resin Part B - 6.9 lbs in a 2-gal. pail

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen Manhole ChimneySeal has a shelf life of one (1) year when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 88T & 88S

 

FIB-R-THANE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Components2 parts
  • Elongation32 %
  • Impact resistance @ 125 mils (D-2794)140 in.-lbs.
  • Resistance to abrasion by sandblastExcellent
  • Service temperature range-30°F to 250°F (-34°C to 121°C)
  • Tensile strength (ASTM D-638)58 psi (4.1 kg/cm2)
  • Weight solids100%

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data are subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen Fib-R-Thane is an elastomeric lining composed of fiber-reinforced, asphalt-modified urethane. Fib- R-Thane is used as a chemical-resistant membrane or gasket seal for the protection of concrete, block and steel. Available in two formulations, Fib-RThane No. 88T is applied by trowel, while No. 88S is the sprayable grade.

Fib-R-Thane has excellent adhesion to most substrates. As a high solids elastomer, it is recommended when movement from temperature change or other causes will be encountered. Nos. 88T & 88S resist acids, alkalies, and salts associated with flue gas immersion environments. The urethane content of Fib- R-Thane allows it to exhibit an improved resistance to oil, grease and solvents in comparison to standard asphalt.

Fib-R-Thane maintains excellent elasticity and adhesion over a temperature range of -30°F to 250°F. When subjected to mechanical stress, the lining has nearly 100% recovery.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Outstanding chemical resistance to acids and alkalies.
  • Permanently flexible from -30°F to 250°F.
  • Easy to apply by trowel or spray.
  • Interlocking fiber matrix.
  • Urethane-based elastomer.
  • Suitable for application on steel, block or concrete substrates.
  • Excellent elasticity.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 60° - 85°F on air, substrate and material during mixing, application, and cure. Dew point of air must also be monitored and substrate temperature must be maintained at least 5°F above dew point. Store material in the range of 65° - 80°F for at least 48 hours before use.

Surface Preparation
Metal - Surfaces should be dry and made free of grease, oil, and other contaminants that may inhibit the bond of Fib- R-Thane. Chemical cleaning is recommended. Abrasive blast to a nominal 2.5 mil profile employing SSPC-SP5 White Metal Blast for immersion and SSPCSP10 Blast for other service conditions. All welds must be continuous, free of flux and either ground flat or smoothed to eliminate sharp edges.

Concrete: Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of Concrete" for detailed guidelines.

New Concrete - All structures must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. For thin applications where Fib-R-Thane is used as a membrane, it is recommended that surfaces be floated free of ridges or depressions and all voids filled with Sauereisen
Underlayment No. F-120 or No. 209 Filler Compound. The choice of underlayment will depend on the severity of the voids to be filled. Surfaces should be sloped a maximum 1/4 inch per foot for drainage.
Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and to obtain a uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate resembling coarse sandpaper.

Old Concrete or Block - The working substrate must be dry, firm and strong enough to withstand imposed loads during normal operation. Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove old paints, coatings, and deteriorated concrete. Chemical clean to eliminate oil, grease and other contaminants that may inhibit bond.

Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and to obtain a uniform, sound substrate. All prepared surfaces must be allowed to dry prior to the Fib-RThane application.

Regardless of preparation method used, all surfaces must be vacuumed to remove any loose deposits or contamination.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Packaging consists of premeasured, unitized containers of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B.

Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B. Using a slow speed ½-inch drill motor affixed with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix 3 - 5 minutes until thoroughly blended. Thorough mixing of this material is very important.
Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not add any adulterants to either component or mixed material.

Installation
Fib-R-Thane is self-priming and applied at various thicknesses depending on the end use. The formulation for No. 88T must be trowel applied while the No. 88S version can be spray or trowel applied.

Working time of Fib-R-Thane is approximately 45 minutes. All mixing and placement of material should occur within this period. When multiple coats are installed, a minimum of one hour at 70°F should be maintained between applications. To assure intercoat adhesion, successive coats should be applied no later than the next day.

Trowel application of No. 88T – Deliver material to finishers and spread a thin layer onto mortar pans immediately after mixing. Do not let mixed material remain in the mixing vessel. Spread No. 88T with a trowel to the specified thickness.

Spray application of No. 88S - Application should be done with a 50% overlap in a "cross hatch" pattern to reduce the possibility of pinholes and to assure complete coverage. Generally, two coats will be required to achieve a ¼-inch thickness.

The following equipment is typically used for spray application:

Mastic pump - Fib-R-Thane may be sprayed with a minimum 45:1 piston-primed, airless pump such as the model formerly manufactured by Graco. The current specifications for new equipment is the Graco 56:1 King Piston Primed Airless, Model 236-477. Remove filter from surge tank. Remove cage above lower ball valve located near "foot" (lower end) of pump. Other pumps may be suitable, depending on job site requirements.

Gun - Graco Pistol-Grip Flo Gun, Model 224-991.

Gun tip - Graco Reverse-a-CleanTM housing part No. 222-674 with 0.039" orifice, Model GHD-539. The diffuser should be removed prior to use.

Material hose - 6' whip end, 3/8" i.d.; working pressure 5,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

Material hose - 0-25' overall, 1/2" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

Material hose - 25-75' overall, 3/4" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 12,000 psi burst.

Air compressor - 180 ft3 per minute at 100 psi, minimum.

Air hose from compressor - 3/4" to 1" i.d.: 100' maximum length to mastic pump.

Measures such as water traps, dryers, or filters should be used to prevent pump freeze-up.

SETTING/CURING

Curing of the lining is by chemical reaction. While Fib-R-Thane has an approximate working time of 45 minutes, initial set occurs in about one hour at 70°F. Fib-R-Thane cures to a semi-soft, elastomeric state which can accept a brick or monolithic lining after 24 hours. Protect the installation site from moisture and foot traffic for 48 hours.

TESTING

For specific applications, a holiday detector should be utilized to ensure a continuous, pinhole-free lining. Pinhole testing should occur after 24 hours at 70°F using a Tinker & Rasor Holiday Detector or similar model. Voltage will be dependent on coating thickness. Consult a Sauereisen representative for details.

COVERAGE

Following is typical coverage of Nos. 88T & 88S at various thicknesses.

Thickness Area per gallon
1/8 inch (125 mils) 12.8 ft2
1/4 inch (250 mils) 6.4 ft2

Actual coverage may vary depending on jobsite conditions and surface irregularities.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with a general orange solvent or mineral spirits within one (1) hour after use and after each day's use. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

PACKAGING

Fib-R-Thane is packaged as a can of Hardener and a pail of Resin which are combined.
No. 88T - The trowelable formulation, is available in one and 2.5 gallon units.
No. 88S - The Sprayable formulation is is supplied in one or five gallon units.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen Fib-R-Thane has a shelf life of one (1) year when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 89

 

HIGH TEMPERATURE MEMBRANE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Flash point, T.O.C., minimum100°F (38°C)
  • Maximum service temperature300°F (148.88°C)
  • Moisture vapor permeability, perm. inch0.003
  • Resistance to abrasion by sandblastExcellent
  • Weight solids69%
  • Weight (approximate)9 lbs./gal.
  • Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC)388.2 g/L

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data are subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen High Temperature Membrane No. 89 is a single-component, asphaltic mastic recommended as an impervious membrane under corrosion-resistant monolithic linings or acid-resistant brick masonry for the protection of metal or concrete substrates. Spray application with airless equipment results in a flexible coating resistant to acids, alkalies and salts associated with flue gas environments and substrate movement from temperature changes or other causes. The product is not recommended for use in oil, grease and solvent environments. No. 89 is not generally recommended for continuous liquid immersion. No. 89 maintains excellent elasticity and adhesion to concrete or steel substrates over a temperature range of -60°F to 300°F.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Outstanding chemical resistance to acids and alkalies.
  • Recommended for use from -60°F to 300°F.
  • Easy to apply. Can be topcoated within 24 hours.
  • Suitable for application as a membrane on steel or concrete substrates.
  • Excellent elasticity.
  • Very low permeability

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 60°F - 90°F on air, substrate and No. 89 material during mixing, application and cure. Dew
point of air must also be monitored and substrate temperature must be maintained at least 5°F above dew point.
Store No. 89 mastic in 60° - 90°F range for at least 48 hours prior to use.

Surface Preparation
Metal - Surfaces must be dry and free of grease, oil and other contaminants that may inhibit the bond of No. 89. Chemical cleaning is recommended.

All welds must be continuous and free of flux. Welds should have a smooth, rounded radius without any sharp edges.

If sharp edges or weld splatter are present, they must be removed prior to application of the membrane. Metal surfaces
should be abrasive blasted employing an SSPC-SP6 Commercial Blast with a nominal 2.5 mil profile.

Concrete - Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of Concrete" for detailed guidelines.

Surfaces must be dry and free of oil, grease and other contaminants that may inhibit bond This can be achieved by chemical cleaning.

New Concrete - The concrete must be dry, firm, free of laitance and have attained 3,000 psi compressive strength or be structurally sound as specified by architect/engineer. All voids should be filled with Sauereisen Underlayment No.
F-120.

Old Concrete - Sandblast or hydroblast surfaces to remove attacked concrete and to obtain a firm surface. All structural
cracks should be repaired. Fill all voids with Sauereisen No. F-120 Underlayment. Concrete must be dry, firm and structurally sound as specified by the architect or engineer prior to the No. 89 application.

SPRAY EQUIPMENT

High Temperature Membrane No. 89 must be applied by airless spray equipment. The following spray equipment (or equal) is recommended for application of Sauereisen No. 89.:

Mastic pump - The membrane may be sprayed with a 45:1 piston-primed, airless pump such as the model manufactured by Graco. The current specification for new equipment is the Graco 56:1 King Piston Primed Airless, Model 236- 477. Remove the filter from the surge tank. Other pumps may be suitable, depending on job site requirements.

Gun - Graco Hydro-Mastic Gun, Airless, Model 206-718.

Gun tip - Graco Reverse-a-CleanTM tip with 0.045" orifice, Model GHD-745.

Material hose - 6' whip end, 1/2" i.d.; working pressure 5,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

Material hose - 50' overall, 3/4" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

Material hose - 100' to 150' overall, 1" i.d.; working pressure 3,000 psi, 12,000 psi burst.

Air compressor - 180 ft3 per minute at 100 psi, minimum.

Air hose from compressor - 3/4" to 1" i.d.: 100' maximum length to mastic pump.

APPLICATION

Procedure
Before spraying, Sauereisen No. 89 should be remixed for approximately 2 to 3 minutes with an air mixer and a 5-inch Jiffy blade (or equivalent).

To prevent sagging on vertical surfaces, the required coverage shall be applied in two (2) approximately equal coats.
Application shall be done with a 50% overlap in a "cross hatch" pattern to eliminate the possibility of pinholes and assure complete coverage. The second coat should be applied two (2) hours after the first.

SETTING/CURING

No. 89 cures to a soft, flexible, tack-free film in 24 hours at 65°F-85°F. After curing for 24 hours, the monolithic or brick lining may be installed over the membrane. Protect installation site from moisture until membrane has dried to a tack-free condition. Higher temperatures will hasten drying time.

TESTING

No. 89 Membrane should be tested for pinholes after a 24-hour cure at 70°F. Pinhole testing can be accomplished using a Tinker & Rasor Holiday Detector, San Gabriel, CA, Model AP/W or an approved similar model. Voltage requirements are dependent upon application thicknesses. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

To repair holidays, lightly sand the surface around the pinholes to break up the film that is produced during cure. No. 89 should then be applied by trowel or spray in a uniform coating to the affected areas.

COVERAGE

Apply in two (2) approximately equal coats of 1/16 inch each, building to a wet film thickness of 1/8 inch (125 mils). Each 5-gallon pail will cover approximately 64ft2 at the recommended wet film thickness of 1/8 inch.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with kerosene or mineral spirits within one (1) hour after use and after each days use. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

PACKAGING

Sauereisen No. 89 is packaged in either 5-gallon pails or 55-gallon drums.

SHELF LIFE

No. 89 has a shelf life of one (1) year when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. If
there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 90/92

 

SHEET MEMBRANE/MEMBRANE TAPE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

 
Primer No. 501
Membrane No. 90

Application time at 70°F

Working time
20 minutes
--

Initial set at 70°F
6 hours
--

Components
2 -Component
3'x 75' roll

Thickness
5 -10 mils
1/16" (62 mils)

Bond strength to concrete (ASTM D-4541)
Concrete failure
--

Color
Clear
Black

Maximum service temperature
--
200°F (93°C)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data are subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen Sheet Membrane No. 90 is an impervious synthetic elastomer of uniform quality and thickness for use in corrosion- resistant construction. It is a fiber-reinforced poly-tetra-fluoro-ethylene (PTFE) lining system. No. 90 replaces rubber, plastic and asphalt membranes commonly used on floors, tanks and process vessels, between substrate and acid/alkali-resistant brick.

The elastomeric sheet membrane remains flexible over a temperature range of -20° to +200°F. Thus, when the substrate moves, the membrane serves as a sheer pad between it and the brick lining. No. 90 is an easy-to-install, single-layer system which resists water, oil, most alkalies and acids. It will protect the substrate from corrosive chemical attack.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Long-term flexibility, even at temperatures as low as -20°F.
  • Resistant to tearing, puncturing and aggressive chemicals.
  • Simple installation. No melting. Just unroll, cut, & place.
  • Time saving - work can proceed immediately after installation.
  • Easy to repair - adhere patches as needed.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 50°-80°F on air, substrate, Sheet membrane No. 90, and Primer No. 501 during installation. The membrane and primer should be maintained at 50°F to 80°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work. At temperatures below 50°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing of the primer is retarded.

Above 85°F, the primer working time decreases. In higher temperatures it is recommended that the No. 501 Primer be stored in a cooler area prior to mixing.

Surface Preparation
Concrete - Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of concrete" for detailed guidelines.

New Concrete - Concrete must be clean, dry, firm, free of laitance, and have attained 3000 psi compressive strength or be structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer.Concrete should be floated free of ridges or depressions and all voids filled with Sauereisen No. F-120. Concrete should be sloped 1/8 inch to ¼ inch per foot for proper drainage.

Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture resembling coarse sandpaper.

If acid etching is utilized as the method of surface preparation, the acid should remain in contact with the concrete until bubbling stops. The concrete should then be flushed with clean water and scrubbed with a stiff bristle broom to remove acid salts and loose deposits. All acid and residue must be removed prior to placing the No. 90 system.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer. Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond.This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. All structural cracks must be repaired and slopes reestablished with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120. Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture
resembling coarse sandpaper.

If abrasive or high-pressure water blasting is used as the method of surface preparation, all sand and/or debris must be removed by thoroughly vacuuming the area with an industrial vacuum cleaner.

If surface does not have desired texture, repeat surface preparation procedure.

Steel - Surfaces should be dry and made free of grease, oil, and other contaminates that may inhibit bond of No.90 by chemical cleaning. All welds must be continuous and free of flux. Welds should be ground flat and smooth without any sharp edges. If sharp edges are present, they must be removed prior to application of No. 90. Metal surfaces should be abrasive blasted employing SSPC-SP5 (white metal) with a nominal 2.5 mil profile.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Primer 501 is packaged in premeasured containers consisting of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B which must be mixed together before use. Remix the Part A and Part B before combining.

Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B container. Using a slow speed ½-inch drill motor with a "Jiffy" type blade mix thoroughly until blended for 3 minutes. Primer is ready for use immediately after mixing.

Installation
Apply primer to concrete or steel using either a short nap adhesive roller with a nondegradable core, or a nylon bristle brush. For horizontal applications, pour primer onto the surface and spread with a squeegee before backrolling or brushing.

Primer 501 may also be sprayed using airless spray equipment. Typical application thickness is 5-10 mils. Consult Sauereisen for specific details.

COVERAGE

1 gallon unit 200 ft2 at 8 mils thick.
3 gallon unit 600 ft2 at 8 mils thick

*Coverage is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques, and project specifics.

PACKAGING

1 gallon unit

Part A Hardener 1 gallon can
Part B Liquid 1 gallon can

3 gallon unit

Part A Hardener 2 gallon pail
Part B Liquid 3 1/2 gallon pail

Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents.

SETTING/CURING

Primer No. 501 must be tack-free before the installation of sheet membrane No. 90.

Sheet membrane No. 90 - Apply No. 90 over Primer No. 501 after the latter dries to an essentially tack-free condition – but in no case sooner than 45 minutes or longer than two hours depending on temperature during Primer application. Strips of the desired length of No. 90 should be pre-cut from a roll and placed on the substrate which has been primed with Primer No. 501.

The membrane has a protective plastic release backing which must be removed as the sheet is placed. Place strips adjacent to each other and overlap. The overlap area has an adhesive surface and permits the adjacent strip to bond to it. The sheet should then be rolled with a roller to remove any air bubbles and assure a tight bond.

Pressure-Sensitive - 2 mil thick, clear Fluoropolymer Tape No. 92 should be applied over the joints between adjacent strips of Sheet Membrane No. 90 when it is cut or fabricated in the field. Final surfacing work can proceed immediately after the membrane installation is completed.

Sheet Membrane No. 90 - No. 90 is ready for surfacing work upon installation.

COVERAGE

Sheet Membrane No. 90
225 ft2 per single roll. When considering overlap of multiple rolls, actual coverage will be closer to 187 ft2.

PACKAGING

Sheet Membrane No. 90
No. 90 Roll 3'x 75' long (225 ft2)

Membrane Tape No. 92
No. 92 Roll 3" x 30' long (7.5 ft2)

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with kerosene or mineral spirits within one (1) hour after use and after each days use. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen for recommendation.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen Sheet Membrane No. 90, Primer No. 501 and Sheet Membrane Tape No. 92 have a shelf life of one year when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. F-100

 

GROUT

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Compressive strength (CRD-C-621):
  • @ 24 Hours4,700 psi (330 kg/cm2)
  • @ 7 Days5,600 psi (394 kg/cm2)
  • @ 28 Days8,000 psi (562 kg/cm2)
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-293)600 psi (42 kg/cm2)
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-190)400 psi (28 kg/cm2)
  • Volume Change, Unconfined (CRD-C-621):
  • @ 24 Hours+0.0074%
  • @ 14 Days+0.0094%
  • @ 28 Days+0.0180%
  • @ 1 Year+0.0380%

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation. The above properties were obtained using the plastic mix ratio of 4.125 quarts of water to a 50 pound bag of powder.

Sauereisen Grout No. F-100 is a nonmetallic, inorganic grout offering significant advantages for structural and machine placement.

Engineers and architects concerned with a structural and machine placement that requires grouting are aware of the need for a nonmetallic, inorganic, premixed and dimensionally stable material. Sauereisen's high-early strength Grout No. F-100 meets this need. Sauereisen No. F-100 is composed of inorganic materials of the highest purity -- a coarse quartzite aggregate of 99.6% pure silica screened to size for ultimate density. Continuous quality control of raw materials and the finished product results in a grout that is COMPLETELY STABLE.

Sauereisen Grout No. F-100 will remain volume stable in both wet and dry conditions. It remains stable without cracking or lamination from compressive loading, severe impact, lateral thrust, high heat or continuous vibration.

Metallic grouts contain metal filings which corrode and expand unpredictably under normal conditions. When subjected to wet and dry cycles, metallic grouts expand, crack and stain. Sand and cement grouts mixed from materials of variable quality are known to have different properties from batch to batch, resulting in unpredictable shrinkage. Some grouts contain gas-forming chemicals which expand to compensate for the shrinkage that occurs in the plastic state before hardening. No. F-100 contains no materials which produce corrosion or the evolution of gases. Most of the other nonmetallic and organic-based grouts are not volume stable and eventually shrink.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Nonshrinking.
  • Nonmetallic.
  • Develops high early strength.
  • Impact resistant.
  • Flows without pocketing.
  • Excellent bond to metal.
  • Nonconductive.
  • Nonstaining.
  • Safe to use/Nontoxic.
  • Provides a level bearing surface.
  • Can be pumped, vibrated or ready mixed.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
The material should be maintained at65°F to 85°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work to ensure ease of application. For optimum conditions, maintain a temperature of 60°-90°F on air, substrate, water and Grout No. F-100 during mixing, application and cure.

At temperatures below 60°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded.

Above 90°F, the material working time decreases. It is recommended that the material components be stored in a cooler area prior to mixing.

Shading the substrate and using cold water for mixing is not uncommon for warm weather installations. Special consideration should be taken when elevated temperatures or low humidity conditions are present during application. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

Surface Preparation
Grouting is a specialized job which requires early inspection of the work area; therefore, no work should commence until everything is organized for a successful grouting job.

All surfaces to receive No. F-100 Grout must be properly designed and capable of withstanding imposed loads. Surfaces must be free of dust, loose particles, laitance, oil, grease, chemical contaminants and previously applied coatings.

Concrete surfaces which are contaminated with form oils or grease must be chemically cleaned or scarified to remove contaminants prior to beginning recommended surface preparation. Likewise, oil, grease and dirt should be removed from the underside of machinery base plates, equipment and bolts.

Hydroblasting can be utilized to remove laitance, contaminants, or loose particles and to produce a clean hard surface. All standing surface water should be removed prior to applying Sauereisen Grout No. F-100. To ensure maximum
adhesion and to prevent dehydration of No. F-100 at substrate interface, the concrete should be thoroughly dampened with water prior to application. If concrete cannot be dampened or an unusual stress condition exists, a concrete bonding agent is recommended. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

Set machinery or equipment in place and align in proper position. Coat any leveling shims that will be removed after the grout has hardened with a thin film of grease or wax.

Forms
Forms should be constructed of coated wood or metal and anchored firmly. They should be strong enough to retain the grout in place, leak-proof and high enough to contain a "head" of Sauereisen Grout No. F-100 when required. Forms may be removed after 18 hours at 72°F. Lower temperatures will require longer cure periods before removing forms. If forms cannot be made leak tight, mix a "stiff mud" of No. F-100 and pack around forms where there are leaks.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Mixing should be done mechanically with a slow-speed mortar mixer or drill motor with a "Jiffy" type mixing blade to obtain a uniform consistency. The mixing equipment must be clean and free of Portland cement or other contaminants. The sizeof the batch will be governed by the area to be covered, the number of workers applying the material, temperature of the area and the speed with which it can be placed.

Place approximately 75% of the required water per mix design into the mortar mixer. Slowly add No. F-100 Grout Powder to the water while mixing. See the following chart for suggested mix ratios.

Suggested Mix Ratios
(Water Per 50 lb. Bag)
Type Water Required
Quarts Pounds
DRY PACK 2 1/ 2 6
STIFF 3 3/4 7 3/4
PLASTIC 4 1/8 8 1/2
FLOWABLE 4 3/4 9 3/4
PUMPABLE 5 10 1/2

After two (2) minutes of mixing, add remaining water to material and continue mixing for 2-3 minutes. Always weigh or measure water accurately so that each batch has the same consistency. As with all Portland cement products, it is recommended that the minimum water content be used.

Mix only as much grout as can be placed in 15 to 30 minutes. Clean mixer between each batch. Do not retemper by adding more water and remixing. Grout that has hardened due to delay in placing must be discarded. Also, refrain from adding sand, gravel or other additives.

Grout No. F-100 should be used in as stiff a consistency as possible. If an exceptionally flowable mix is needed, a specially formulated additive to improve fluidity, Sauereisen Flow-Aid, is available.

Installation
Pouring - Pour Sauereisen No. F-100 Grout into only one side of the form to avoid entrapping air. Place in a continuous operation to avoid segregation. Work No. F-100 into place with metal tools and make certain the space to be grouted is completely filled and free of air pockets or voids. In addition to rodding or strapping, the F-100 may be vibrated with a pencil vibrator or similar tool. A minimum 1-inch thickness of grout is recommended underbase plates. This thickness increases as the distance of the grout pour increases. Consult Sauereisen for guidelines on thickness versus length of pour.

Pumping - Grout No. F-100 may be pumped with conventional equipment and
echniques. Consult manufacturer for specific recommendations.

Ready-Mix Trucks - Sauereisen No. F-100Grout is satisfactory for batching in conventional ready-mix trucks on large installations.

Dry-Pack - Make the mix just damp enough to maintain cohesiveness when squeezed into a ball in the palm of your hand. A hydraulic or pneumatic ram is suggested but a wood tamper may be used. Pack from one side only. Dry-pack should be confined to retain the minimal amount of water. A dry-pack may be covered with a sand/cement mix to help hydration or a curing membrane may be used.

COVERAGE

Sauereisen Grout No. F-100 yields approximately 0.43 cubic feet per 50-pound bag for a flowable mix.

Wt./ft3 Wt./yd3 Wt./ft2 @1" thick
No. F-100 116 lbs. 3140 lbs. 9.7 lbs.

SETTING/CURING

Sauereisen Grout No. F-100 should be cured in accordance with the recommended concrete curing practices of the American Concrete Institute regarding temperature and moisture retention. The use of a resin-based curing compound meeting ASTM C-309 is recommended.

At 70°F, Sauereisen No. F-100 Grout will take an initial set in approximately thirty (30) minutes. A-24 hour cure is recommended for most applications.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned by scrubbing with a stiff brush and water at the end of each working period or when build-up becomes pronounced.

PACKAGING

Grout No. F-100 is packaged in 50 lb. moisture-resistant bags on plastic-wrapped pallets.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen No. F-100 has a shelf life of six (6) months when stored unopened in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 101

 

CONOCRETE – GENERAL PURPOSE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Application time (ASTM C-308 modified)
  • Working time at 70°F30 minutes
  • Components4 part
  • Bond strength to concrete (ASTM D-4541)Concrete failure
  • Compressive strength (ASTM C-579)5,770.7 psi (405.7 kg/cm2)
  • Density (ASTM C-905)117.6 pcf (1.89 gm/cm3)
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)4,045 psi (284.4 kg/cm2)
  • Maximum service temperature150°F (65°C)
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)1.975 x 105 psi (13.89 x 104 kg/cm2)
  • Shrinkage0.053%
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)1,745 psi (122.7 kg/cm2)
  • Thickness1/4 inch (6.35)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data are subject to reasonable deviation.

ConoCrete - General Purpose No. 101 is a chemically-resistant, 100% solids, aggregate-filled, general purpose epoxy floor system. It is ideal for resurfacing old and protecting new concrete floors from chemical and physical abuse. The physical properties of this material far exceed those of concrete, providing a more durable surface with greater chemical resistance.

ConoCrete may be used in numerous manufacturing, processing, storage, and shipping areas. This skid-resistant system has the versatility for use in both refrigeration rooms and higher temperature areas.

The ConoCrete system should be used with an appropriate Sauereisen primer to enhance bonding. Consult Sauereisen for a primer recommendation depending on the type of substrate and surface conditions.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Can be troweled or power troweled.
  • Authorized by USDA for use in federally inspected meat and poultry plants.
  • Easy to clean, skid-resistant surface.
  • Available in colors 53 gray & 63 tile red.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
For optimum conditions, maintain a temperature of 60ºF-85ºF on air, substrate, Hardener, Liquid and
Aggregate components during mixing, application, and cure.

The monolithic components should be maintained at 65ºF to 80ºF for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 65ºF, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. Above 80ºF, the material working time decreases.

Application in direct sunlight and rising surface temperature may result in blistering of the materials due to expansion of entrapped air or moisture in the substrate. In rising temperatures it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Concrete - Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of Concrete" for detailed guidelines.

New Concrete - All structures must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Surface should be floated free of ridges or depressions and all voids filled with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120 or No. 209 Filler Compound. The choice of underlayment will depend on the severity of the voids to be filled.

Surfaces should be sloped a maximum 1/4 inch per foot for drainage. Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. Abrasive blast, high pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate resembling coarse sandpaper.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove old paints, protective coatings, and deteriorated concrete. Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning.

Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and to obtain a uniform, sound substrate. All structural cracks should be repaired, and all slopes reestablished with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120.

All prepared surfaces must be allowed to dry prior to monolithic application. Regardless of preparation method used,
all surfaces must be vacuumed to remove any loose deposits or contamination.

Transition Detail "Key"
All exposed perimeter edges, including doorways, drains, traffic aisle sides, etc., must be saw cut to a minimum depth of 3/8 inch then chipped out at a 45º angle on the inside of the area to be resurfaced with ConoCrete. All saw cutting and keying should be done prior to final surface preparation. Contact Sauereisen if more detail is required.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be provided on 20-foot centerlines and over existing expansion/control joints. Joints must also be placed around all fixed objects, peripheries of room and all points of movement in the base slab. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

ConoWeld Primer No. 501 is the standard primer used under normal conditions. However, for the hard to penetrate surface, PenePrime No. 500, a water-based epoxy primer, is recommended.

Mixing
Primer - Primers are packaged in premeasured containers consisting of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B which must be mixed together before use. Remix the Part A and Part B before combining.

Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B container. Using a slow speed ½-inch drill motor with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix thoroughly for 3 minutes until blended to uniform color. Primer is ready for use immediately after mixing.

ConoCrete - Packaging consists of premeasured unitized containers of Hardener Part A, Resin Part B, Aggregate Part C, and Pigment Part D. Remix Part A and B before combining.

Regular unit - Regular units are packaged in two (2) 20-ft2 units.

Completely empty contents of Pigment Part D and Resin Part B into a clean mixing container. Using a slow speed ½- inch drill motor affixed with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix thoroughly until blended to uniform color.

Add Hardener Part A to Resin/Pigment blend and mix for two minutes. Slowly add 2/3 of Aggregate Part C and mix until all material is wetted out. Then add remainder of Aggregate and continue mixing until uniform in consistency.

Large unit - Completely empty contents of Pigment Part D into Resin Part B container. Using a slow speed ½-inch drill motor with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix thoroughly until blended to uniform color.

Completely add Hardener Part A to Resin/Pigment blend and mix for two minutes. After mixing, add total contents into a 4 - 7 ft3 mortar mixer and add four bags of Aggregate Part C. Mix for 4 more minutes assuring that all material is wetted out and uniform in consistency.

Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not add any solvent, additive, or
adulterant to any component or mixed material.

Installation
Primer - Apply primer to the concrete using a squeegee, short nap adhesive roller with a nondetatchable core, or nylon bristle brush. Prior to the application of ConoCrete, inspect the primed surface for voids, bubbles, or defects that may result in blistering or pinholes in the topcoat. Repair with Sauereisen No. 209 Fast Set if necessary.

ConoCrete - Material should be placed immediately after mixing. Do not let mixed material remain in mixing vessel. Spread ConoCrete with a spreader box, screed, or by hand to desired thickness (1/4 inch minimum). Use steel trowel to compact and finish surface. Finishing must be completed within 30 minutes from mixing. Consult Sauereisen for power trowel directions.

COVERAGE

Primers:
PenePrime 200 ft2/ gal. @ 8 mils
ConoWeld 200 ft2/ gal. @ 8 mils

ConoCrete:
Regular unit 40 ft2 / unit @ 1/4 inch
Large unit 100 ft2 / unit @ 1/4 inch
*Coverage is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and specific project conditions.

SETTING/CURING

Do not allow water or chemicals on the material surface for a minimum of 24 hours. For harsh chemical or physical environments cure a minimum of 72 hours prior to exposure.

TOPCOAT

ConoCrete systems do not require a topcoat. For specific service conditions, a topcoat may be desirable. Contact Sauereisen for a recommendation and appropriate ConoGlaze topcoat for your application.

PACKAGING

Regular Unit: 110 lbs. shipping wt.
Part A - (2) 1-gallon cans
Part B - (2) 1-gallon cans
Part C - (2) 42-pound bags
Part D - (2) 1-pint cans

Regular units are packaged in two 20-ft2 batches to facilitate mixing in a pail mixer.

Large Unit: 260 lbs. shipping wt.
Part A - (1) 2 -gallon pail
Part B - (1) 5-gallon pail
Part C - (4) 52.5-pound bags
Part D - (1) 1-gallon can
*Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK before material cures. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen for specific recommendations.

SHELF LIFE

ConoCrete and ConoWeld have a shelf life of one (1) year, when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70ºF. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 115

 

CONOCRETE – CHEMICAL & FOOD GRADE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Absorption (ASTM C-308 Modified)
  • Working time at 70°F35 minutes
  • Initial set at 70°F18 - 24 hours
  • ColorBlack/Gray
  • Compressive strength (ASTM C-579)7,000 psi
  • Density (ASTM C-905)106 pcf
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)4,300 psi
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)1.1 x 105 psi
  • Shrinkage (ASTM C-531)0.069%
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)2,300 psi

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data are subject to reasonable deviation. Properties for the cold curing formulation vary by time and temperature.

ConoCrete - Chemical & Food Grade No. 115 is a chemically-resistant, 100% solids, aggregate-filled, epoxy floor system. It is ideal for resurfacing old and protecting new concrete floors from chemical and physical abuse. The physical properties of these materials far exceed those of concrete, providing a surface that not only has greater durability, but a chemical-resistant barrier to the substrate.

ConoCrete may be used in all kinds of manufacturing, processing, storage, and shipping areas. It is specifically formulated to resist food acids, fats and oils. This skid-resistant system handles thermal shock in refrigeration areas and is resistant to harsh cleaning solutions.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Excellent resistance to food acids and by-products.
  • Conforms to USDA regulations for use in federally inspected meat & poultry plants.
  • Easily cleaned nonskid surface.
  • Available Colors: 53 gray, 63 tile red.
  • VOC compliant.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working AreaFor optimum conditions, maintain a temperature of 60°-85°F on air, substrate, and material components during mixing, application, and cure.

The monolithic components should be maintained at 65°F to 80°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 65°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. Above 80°F, the material working time decreases.

Application in direct sunlight and rising surface temperature may result in blistering of the materials due to expansion of entrapped air or moisture in the substrate. In rising temperatures it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Concrete - Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of Concrete" for detailed guidelines.

New Concrete - All structures must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Surface must be floated free of ridges or depressions and all voids filled with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120 or No. 209 Filler Compound. The choice of underlayment will depend on the severity of the voids to be filled. Surfaces should be sloped a maximum 1/4 inch per foot for drainage.

Surfaces must be free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning.

Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture
exposing fine aggregate resembling coarse sandpaper.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation.
Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove laitance, old paints, protective coatings, and attacked or deteriorated concrete.

Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to obtain uniform sound substrate.

All structural cracks should be repaired. All slopes should be reestablished with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120.

All prepared surfaces must be allowed to dry prior to monolithic application. Regardless of preparation method used all surfaces must be vacuumed to remove any loose deposits or contamination.

APPLICATION

ConoWeld Primer No. 501 is the standard primer used under normal conditions. However, for the hard to penetrate surface, PenePrime No. 500, a water-based epoxy primer, is recommended.

Mixing

Primer - Primers are packaged in premeasured containers consisting of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B which must be mixed together before use. Remix the Part A and Part B before combining.

Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B container. Using a slow-speed ½-inch drill motor with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix thoroughly for 3 minutes until blended to uniform color. Primer is ready for use immediately after mixing.

ConoCrete - Packaging consists of premeasured, unitized containers of Hardener Part A, Resin Part B, Aggregate Part C, and Pigment Part D. Remix Part A and B before combining.

Regular unit - Regular units are packaged in two 20-ft2 batches.

Completely empty contents of Pigment Part D and Resin Part B into a clean mixing container. Using a slow speed ½- inch drill motor affixed with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix thoroughly until blended to a uniform color.

Add Hardener Part A to Resin/Pigment blend and mix for 2 minutes. Slowly add 2/3 of Aggregate Part C and mix until all material is wetted out. Then add remaining Aggregate and continue mixing until uniform in consistency.

Large unit - Completely empty contents of Pigment Part D into Resin Part B container. Using a slow speed ½-inch drill motor with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix thoroughly until blended to a uniform color.

Completely add Hardener Part A to Resin/Pigment blend and mix for 2 minutes. After mixing, add total contents into a 4-7ft3 mortar mixer and add three bags of Aggregate Part C. Mix for 3 minutes before adding fourth bag of Aggregate. Continue mixing until all material is wetted out and uniform in consistency.

Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not add any solvent, additive, or
adulterant to the ConoCrete.

Installation
Primer - Apply primer to the concrete using a squeegee, short nap adhesive roller with a nondetatchable core, or nylon
bristle brush. Prior to the application of ConoCrete, inspect the primed surface for voids, bubbles, or defects that may result in blistering or pinholes in the topcoat. Repair with Sauereisen No. 209 Fast Set if necessary.

Primer cure times vary by product. ConoCrete can be placed immediately after application of ConoWeld No. 501, but must occur within 6 hours. while the primer is wet to tacky. If recoat time exceeds six hours, consult Sauereisen.

When PenePrime No. 500 is specified, the curing window prior to placement of ConoCrete is 3 to 24 hours.

ConoCrete - Material should be placed immediately after mixing. Do not let mixed material remain in mixing vessel. Spread ConoCrete with a spreader box, screed, or by hand to desired thickness (1/4 inch minimum). Use a steel trowel to compact and finish the surface. Finishing must be completed within 30 minutes from mixing. Consult Sauereisen for power trowel directions.

COVERAGE

Primers
PenePrime 200 ft2/ gal. @ 8 mils
ConoWeld 200 ft2/ gal. @ 8 mils

ConoCrete
Regular unit 40 ft2 / unit @ 1/4 inch
Large unit 100 ft2 / unit @ 1/4 inch
*Coverage is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and specific project conditions.

SETTING/CURING

Do not allow water or chemicals on the ConoCrete surface for a minimum of 24 hours. For harsh chemical or physical environments cure a minimum of 72 hours prior to exposure.

TOPCOAT

ConoCrete systems do not require a topcoat. For specific service conditions, a topcoat may be desirable. Contact Sauereisen for a recommendation and appropriate ConoGlaze topcoat for your application.

PACKAGING

Regular Unit: 110 pounds shipping weight

Part A: (2) 1 gallon cans
Part B: (2) 1 gallon cans
Part C: (2) 42 pound bags
Part D: (2) 1 pint can

Large Unit: 260 pounds shipping weight

Part A: 1) 2 gallon pail
Part B: (1) 5 gallon pail
Part C: (4) 52 pound bags
Part D: (4) 52 pound bags

*Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK before material cures. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen for specific recommendations.

SHELF LIFE

ConoCrete has a shelf life of one (1) year, when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 118

 

CONOCRETE – EPOXY NOVOLAK

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Application time (ASTM C-308 modified)
  • Working time at 70°F30 minutes
  • Components4 part
  • Thickness1/4 inch (6.35 mm)
  • Bond strength to concrete (ASTM C-478)Concrete failure
  • Compressive strength (ASTM C-579)13,200 psi
  • Density (ASTM C-905)129.9 pcf
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)5,100 psi
  • Maximum service temperature (Dry)180°F (82°C)
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)1.67 x 106 psi
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)2,700 psi

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data are subject to reasonable deviation. Data should not be used for specification purposes.

 

ConoCrete - Epoxy NovolaK No. 118 is a chemically resistant, 100% solids, aggregate- filled, NovolaK epoxy floor system. It is ideal for resurfacing old and protecting new concrete floors from chemical and physical abuse. The physical properties of these materials far exceed those of concrete, providing a surface that not only has greater durability, but a chemical-resistant barrier to the substrate.

ConoCrete may be used in numerous manufacturing, processing, storage, and shipping areas. It is specifically formulated to resist strong oxidizing environments, especially high concentrations of sulfuric acid. This skid-resistant system has the versatility for use in both refrigeration rooms and higher temperature areas.

ConoCrete - Epoxy NovolaK No. 118 meets USDA requirements for use in federally inspected meat and poultry plants.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Excellent resistance to sulfuric acid.
  • Conforms to USDA requirements for use in federally inspected meat and poultry plants.
  • Easily cleaned, skid-resistant surface.
  • Available in colors gray 53 & tile red 63.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
For optimum conditions, maintain a temperature of 60°-85°F on air, substrate, Liquid, and Hardener components during mixing, application, and cure.

The monolithic components should be maintained at 65°F to 80°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 65oF, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. Above 80°F, the material
working time decreases.

Application in direct sunlight and rising surface temperature may result in blistering of the materials due to expansion of entrapped air or moisture in the substrate. In rising temperatures it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning.

New Concrete - All structures must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Surfaces are to be floated free of ridges or depressions and all voids filled with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120 or No. 209 Filler Compound. The choice of underlayment will depend on the severity of the voids to be filled. Surfaces should be sloped a maximum 1/4 inch per foot for drainage.

Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture
exposing fine aggregate resembling coarse sandpaper.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove old paints, protective coatings, and deteriorated concrete.

Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to obtain uniform sound substrate.

All structural cracks should be repaired, and all slopes reestablished with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120.

All prepared surfaces must be allowed to dry prior to monolithic application. Regardless of preparation method used, all surfaces must be vacuumed to remove any loose deposits or contamination.

Transition Detail "Key"
All exposed perimeter edges, including doorways, drains, traffic aisle sides, etc., must be saw cut to a minimum depth of 3/8 inch then chipped out at a 45° angle on the inside of the area to be resurfaced with ConoCrete. All saw cutting and keying should be done prior to final surface preparation. Contact Sauereisen if more detail is required.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be provided on 20-foot centerlines and over existing expansion/control joints. Joints must also be placed around all fixed objects, peripheries of rooms and all points of movement in the base slab. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

ConoWeld Primer No. 501 is the standard primer used under normal conditions. However, for the hard to penetrate
surface, PenePrime No. 500, a waterbased epoxy primer, is recommended.

Mixing
Primer - Primers are packaged in premeasured containers consisting of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B which
must be mixed together before use.

Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B container. Using a slow-speed ½-inch drill motor with a "Jiffy" type blade mix thoroughly until blended for 3 minutes. Primer is ready for use immediately after mixing.

ConoCrete - Packaging consists of premeasured unitized containers of Hardener Part A, Resin Part B, Aggregate Part C, and Pigment Part D. Remix Part A and B before combining.

Regular unit - Regular units are packaged in two (2) 20-ft2 units.

Completely empty contents of Pigment Part D and Resin Part B into a clean mixing container. Using a slow speed ½- inch drill motor affixed with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix thoroughly until blended to uniform color.

Add Hardener Part A to Resin/Pigment blend and mix for 2 minutes. Slowly add 2/3 of Aggregate Part C and mix until all material is wetted out. Then add remainder of Aggregate and continue mixing until uniform in consistency.

Large unit - Completely empty contents of Pigment Part D into Resin Part B container. Using a slow-speed ½-inch drill
motor with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix thoroughly until blended to uniform color.

Completely add Hardener Part A to Resin/Pigment blend and mix for 2 minutes. After mixing, add total contents into a 4 - 7ft3 mortar mixer and add the four bags of Aggregate Part C. Mix for 4 more minutes assuring that all material is wetted out and uniform in consistency.

Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not add any solvent, additive, or
adulterant to any component or mixed material.

Installation
Primer - Apply primer to the concrete using a squeegee, short nap adhesive roller with a nondetatchable core, or nylon bristle brush. Prior to the application of ConoCrete, inspect the primed surface for voids, bubbles, or defects that may result in blistering or pinholes in the topcoat. Repair with Sauereisen No. 209 Fast Set if necessary.
Primer cure times vary by product.

ConoCrete can be placed immediately after application of ConoWeld No. 501, but must occur within 6 hours. while the
primer is wet to tacky. If recoat time exceeds six hours, consult Sauereisen.

When PenePrime No. 500 is specified, the curing window prior to placement of ConoCrete is 3 to 24 hours.

ConoCrete - Material should be placed immediately after mixing. Do not let mixed material remain in mixing vessel. Spread ConoCrete with a spreader box, screed, or by hand to desired thickness (1/4" minimum). Use steel trowel to compact and finish surface. Finishing must be completed within 30 minutes from mixing. Consult Sauereisen for power trowel directions.

COVERAGE

Primers
ConoWeld
PenePrime 200 ft2/ gal. @ 8 mils
ConoWeld 200 ft2/ gal. @ 8 mils

ConoCrete
Regular unit 40 ft2 / unit @ 1/4 inch
Large unit 100 ft2 / unit @ 1/4 inch
*Coverage is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and specific project conditions.

SETTING/CURING

Do not allow water or chemicals on the ConoCrete surface for a minimum of 24 hours. For harsh chemical or physical environments cure a minimum of 72 hours prior to exposure.

TOPCOAT

ConoCrete systems do not require a topcoat. For specific service conditions, a topcoat may be desirable. Contact Sauereisen for a recommendation and appropriate ConoGlaze topcoat for your application.

PACKAGING

Regular Unit: 110 pounds shipping weight

Part A: (2) 1 gallon cans
Part B: (2) 1 gallon cans
Part C: (2) 42 pound bags
Part D: (2) 1 pint can

Large Unit: 260 pounds shipping weight

Part A: 1) 2 gallon pail
Part B: (1) 5 gallon pail
Part C: (4) 52 pound bags
Part D: (4) 52 pound bags

*Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK before material cures. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen for specific recommendations.

SHELF LIFE

ConoCrete has a shelf life of one (1) year, when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. F-120

 

RESTOKRETE UNDERLAYMENT

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

 
Trowelable
Castable
Gunite

Abrasion Resistance (ASTM C-704)
 
 
 

Volume loss, cm3
5.14 cm3
1.66 cm3
No data

Volume loss, %
0.65%
0.16%
No data

Application time
 
 
 

Working time at 70°F
30 minutes
30 minutes
--

Initial set at 70°F
3 hours
3 hours
1 hour

Compressive strength (ASTM C-109)
 
 
 

@ 24 hours
4,500 psi
1,900 psi
2,500 psi

@ 7 days
5,000 psi
7,000 psi
5,000 psi

@ 14 days
5,000 psi
7,000 psi
5,000 psi

@ 28 days
6,000 psi
7,000 psi
6,000 psi

Density (pcf)
137
148
144

Mix ratio (powder to water, by weight)
9:1
1:1
--

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen RestoKrete™ Underlayment No. F-120 is a fast-setting, high early strength, Portland/calcium-aluminate based resurfacing material available in three formulations - Trowelable, Castable or Gunite. Selection of material is dependent upon concrete condition and whether application is on vertical, horizontal or overhead surfaces.

Where concrete deterioration is less than ½-inch depth and on vertical or overhead surfaces, RestoKrete™ Underlayment No. F-120 Trowelable is recommended for resurfacing to preexisting planes, establishing elevations, or patching substrate voids or irregularities which can affect performance of chemical-resistant lining systems. For those areas that exceed 1/2 inch of deterioration or where troweling would be cost prohibitive, RestoKrete™ No. F-120 Castable or Gunite grade is recommended depending on the preferred method of application.

No. F-120 is mixed with potable water for a safe, easily applied, fast-setting material. Installation of a chemical-resistant lining may proceed after five (5) hours at 70°F for RestoKrete™ No. F-120 application,- minimizing downtime.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Easy application on vertical and overhead surfaces
  • Excellent freeze-thaw durability... (Durability factor = 87.2 via ASTM C666-A)
  • Calcium-Aluminate modified cement
  • High early strength
  • Quick set allows fast turnaround
  • Topcoat in 5 hours at 70°F

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
For optimum conditions, maintain a temperature of 60°-90°F on air, substrate, water and RestoKrete™No.F-120 Powder during mixing, application and cure.

The Underlayment components should be maintained at 65°F to 85°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work to ensure ease of application.

At temperatures below 60°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded.

Above 90°F, the material working time decreases. It is recommended that the material components be stored in a cooler area prior to mixing.

Shading the substrate and using ice water to cool mixing equipment is not uncommon. Special consideration should be taken when elevated temperatures or low humidity conditions are present during application. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

Anchoring System
When RestoKrete™ No. F-120 is applied on vertical or overhead surfaces at a thickness greater than 1 inch it must be reinforced or anchored. "T" type anchors or 2 inch x 2 inch mesh are suitable to secure the No. F-120 Castable or Gunite grade materials. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations on proper reinforcing or anchoring systems.

Surface Preparation
Concrete - Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of concrete" for detailed guidelines.

All surfaces to receive RestoKrete™ No. F-120 Underlayment must be properly designed and capable of withstanding imposed loads. Surfaces must be free of dust, loose particles, laitance, oil, grease, chemical contaminants, and previously applied coatings.

Concrete surfaces which are contaminated with form oils or grease must be chemically cleaned or scarified to remove contaminants prior to beginning recommended surface preparation.

Hydroblasting should be utilized to remove laitance, contaminants, or loose particles and to produce a clean hard surface. All standing surface water should be removed prior to applying Underlayment No. F-120. To ensure maximum adhesion and to prevent dehydration of No. F- 120 at substrate interface, the concrete should be thoroughly dampened with water prior to application. If concrete cannot be dampened or an unusual stress condition exists, a concrete bonding agent is recommended. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

New Concrete - Concrete receiving Sauereisen RestoKrete™ Underlayment No. F-120 must have sufficient strength to support cured material.

Old Concrete - All chemically attacked concrete must be removed and substrate chemically cleaned if necessary.

Following hydroblast, all active hydrostatic leaks must be stopped by use of Sauereisen InstaPlug™ No. F-180 and all structural defects, voids, or cracks in substrate must be repaired prior to No. F-120, application.

Brick - Remove oil, grease, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. Hydroblast mortar joints to a depth of 1/2"to remove all loose material and to provide a clean, firm surface. Loose brickwork must be regrouted with appropriate Sauereisen mortar to ensure structural integrity and all active hydrostatic leaks must be stopped prior to application of RestoKrete No. F-120.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Control joints should only be used when No. F-120 is placed over concrete surfaces where existing expansion/control joints are present. Consult Sauereisen for recommendation.

TROWELABLE/CASTABLE APPLICATION

Mixing
Mixing should be done mechanically with a slow-speed mortar mixer or drill motor with a "Jiffy" type mixer blade to obtain a uniform consistency. The mixing equipment must be clean and free of Portland cement or other contaminants. The size of the batch will be governed by the area to be covered, the number of workers applying the material, temperature of the area and the speed with which it can be placed.

Selection of No. F-120 Trowelable or Castable grade will be dependent upon extent of concrete deterioration; whether the application is on vertical, horizontal, or overhead surfaces; and degree of slope required if resurfacing to pre-existing levels.

Sauereisen recommends that powder and water ratios are accurately weighed prior to mixing. If water must be measured in the field by volume, the approximate amount per 50 lb. bag of Powder is 83.2 fluid ounces (2.46 liters) for the Trowelable Grade and 67.8 fluid ounces (2.06 liters) for the Castable Grade.

Pour the entire amount of potable water into the mixing container and add the Powder slowly, mixing continuously to avoid entrapped air. Mix slowly and thoroughly for at least 5 minutes until uniform consistency. Inadequate mixing or addition of more water will decrease physical properties. Do not add sand, gravel, Portland cement or other additives to RestoKrete No. F- 120 material. Remove entire batch from the mixer when mixing is completed to prevent build-up in the equipment. While pouring one batch, another should be mixed in order to eliminate delays and
permit continuous operation.

Installation
Trowelable - Underlayment is installed by trowel. A maximum ½-inch thickness may be used on vertical or overhead. Where thickness exceeds 1/2 inch, consult Sauereisen.

Castable - After mixing, place No. F-120 Castable onto properly prepared substrate to specified thickness. If forms are required, they should be constructed of firmly braced wood or metal which has been given a light coating of form release agent. The form release agent must prevent No. F-120 from adhering to the screeds or forms, but should not leave a residue on the freshly cast material.

Forms are to be completely sealed and rendered watertight with heavy consistency pliable caulking. Seal forms placed over horizontal rough surfaces.

The form and screed systems should be strong enough to retain No. F-120 Castable in place without deformation. Forms and screeds may be removed after set has occurred and No. F-120 has sufficient strength to support itself.

Do not impose loads until final set has been achieved. Lower temperatures will require longer cure periods before removing forms.

Cold joints require a liberal priming of the previously placed material with epoxy bonding agent. The bonding agent should not be allowed to dry prior to placing the freshly mixed RestoKrete™ No. F-120 Castable material.

GUNITE APPLICATION

Predampening
RestoKrete™ No. F-120 Gunite grade should be predampened by adding 11/4 pints of potable water to each 50 lbs. of Powder. This can be achieved by mixing in a rotating blade mixer equipped with a water meter. Mix thoroughly to distribute moisture throughout the Powder. The predampened No. F-120 Gunite material must be gunited within a 10 minute period after mixing. Avoid overdampening as this will cause premature set and weaken strength of the cured material.

Installation
The predampened No. F-120 should be applied with a standard double chamber or rotary-type gunite machine. Potable water should be pumped to the nozzle through a piston-primed airless pump to assure a constant 80 psi pressure at the nozzle. Normal adjustments may be made to get the correct proportions for good adhesion without slipping or slumping.

After application of F-120G, no material should be placed over rebound. All rebound and other loose material on surfaces already gunited should be removed if a chemical-resistant topcoat will be added. DO NOT REUSE REBOUND.

FINISHING

Castable - Pour in place and screed to desired height. A trowel can be used to distribute material. Broom or brush finish to provide a more desirable bonding surface.

Trowelable - After placement of material by trowel, apply a broom or brush finish to provide a more desirable bonding surface.

Gunite - RestoKrete™ No. F-120 Gunite hardens rapidly by a hydraulic-setting action. Troweling can be used to produce desired finish. Troweling should be done immediately after guniting otherwise it will damage the surface of partially set cement.

COVERAGE

Quantities* required per square foot at one (1)-inch thickness.

Type Amount (Lbs.)
Trowelable 11.4
Castable 12.3
Gunite 12

*Quantities do not include losses during application or normal density variations.

SETTING/CURING

Proper curing of No. F-120 is critical to the serviceability of the completed structure. No. F-120 may be topcoated after
its initial set in 5 hours at 70°F. Final set is achieved at 24 hours at 70°F.

RestoKrete™ No. F-120 Underlaymentmust be properly cured in a high humidity environment (fog spray or equivalent). A Sauereisen curing compound may be utilized. If special condition exists, please consult Sauereisen's technical service department for additional information.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned by scrubbing with a stiff brush and water at the end of each working period or when build-up becomes pronounced.

PACKAGING

Underlayment No. F-120 is packaged in 50 lb. moisture-resistant bags on plastic-wrapped pallets.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen RestoKrete™ No. F-120 has a shelf life of six (6) months when stored unopened in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

LEGAL NOTICE

Sauereisen®, SewerGard®, ConoCrete™, RestoKrete™, ConoGlaze™, and FibreCrete™ are all products or services denoted with ™ or ®. These trademarks or registered trademarks of Sauereisen, Inc. Sauereisen trademarks may not be used in conjunction with any product or service that is not a Sauereisen product or service.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. F-120FS

 

RESTOKRETE (FAST SET) UNDERLAYMENT

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Application time
  • Working time at 70°F15 minutes
  • Initial set at 70°F1.5 hours
  • Compressive strength6,100 psi (425 gm/cm2)
  • Density137 pcf
  • Mix ratio (powder to water, by weight)9:1

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data IS subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen RestoKrete™ No. F-120FS Underlayment is an especially fast-setting, Portland-based resurfacing material. It develops its strength very rapidly and is primarily used for trowelable applications.

RestoKrete™ No. F-120FS Underlayment is mixed with potable water as a safe, easily applied material. Installation of a chemical-resistant lining or topcoat may proceed after three hours at 70°F in order to minimize downtime.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • High early strength material.
  • Quick set allows fast turnaround.
  • Tolerant to cold environments.
  • Adheres to vertical surfaces.
  • Topcoat in 3 hours at 70oF.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
For applications intended to be fast setting, maintain a temperature of 60°-85°F on air, substrate, Liquid, Hardener, and Powder components during mixing, application, and cure.

The monolithic components should be maintained at 65°F to 80°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures between 35°-65°F, the application window and cure time increases. This allows No. 210FS to be used in cold weather. However, do not apply at temperatures below 35°F. Conversely, in warm weather above 80°F, the material working time is reduced.

Application in direct sunlight and rising surface temperature may result in blistering of the materials due to expansion of entrapped air or moisture in the substrate. Concrete surfaces that have been in direct sunlight must be shaded for 24 hours prior to application and remain shaded until the initial set has taken place. In rising temperatures, it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Anchoring System
When RestoKrete™ No. F-120FS Underlayment is applied on vertical or overhead surfaces at a thickness greater than 1 inch, it should be reinforced or anchored for best results. "T"-type anchors or 2 inch x 2 inch mesh are suitable to secure the material.

Surface Preparation
Concrete - All surfaces to receive No. F-120FS Underlayment must be properly designed and capable of withstanding imposed loads. Surfaces must be free of dust, loose particles, laitance, oil, grease, chemical contaminants, and previously applied coatings.

Concrete surfaces which are contaminated with form oils or grease must be chemically cleaned or scarified to remove contaminants prior to beginning recommended surface preparation.

Hydroblasting or abrasive blasting should be utilized to remove laitance, contaminants, or loose particles and to produce a clean hard surface. All standing surface water should be removed prior to applying No. F-120FS Underlayment.

To ensure maximum adhesion and to prevent dehydration of No. F-120FS at substrate interface, the concrete should be thoroughly dampened with water prior to application. If concrete cannot be dampened or an unusual stress condition exists, a concrete bonding agent is recommended.

Following hydroblast, all active hydrostatic leaks must be stopped by use of Sauereisen InstaPlug™ No. F-180 and all structural defects, voids, or cracks in substrate must be repaired prior to application of No. F-120FS.

Brick - No. F-120FS Underlayment may be used to patch voids where brick is missing. It may also be applied over brick as part of a resurfacing process, if needed. When using No. F-120FS in conjunction with brick surfaces, remove oil, grease, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. If necessary, hydroblast mortar joints to a depth of 1/2" to remove all loose material and to provide a clean, firm surface. All active hydrostatic leaks must be stopped prior to application of No. F-120FS.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Control joints should only be used when No. F-120FS is placed over concrete surfaces where existing expansion/control joints are present. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Mixing should be done mechanically with a slow-speed mortar mixer or drill motor with a "Jiffy" type mixer blade to obtain a uniform consistency. The mixing equipment must be clean and free of contaminants. The size of the batch will be governed by the area to be covered, the number of workers applying the material, temperature of the area and the speed with which it can be placed.

Selection of No. F-120FS Trowelable or Castable grade will be dependent upon extent of concrete deterioration; whether the application is on vertical, horizontal, or overhead surfaces; and degree of slope required if resurfacing to pre-existing levels.

Sauereisen recommends that powder and water ratios are accurately weighed prior to mixing. If water must be measured in the field by volume, the approximate amount per 25 lb. pail of Powder is 42 fluid ounces (2.8 lbs.) which is the same as three pints or 1.3 liters.

Pour the entire amount of potable water into the mixing container and add the Powder slowly, mixing continuously to avoid entrapped air. Mix slowly and thoroughly for five minutes until uniform consistency. Inadequate mixing or addition of more water will decrease physical properties.

Do not add sand, gravel, portland cement or other additives to No. F-120FS material. Remove entire batch from the mixing vessel when mixing is completed to prevent build-up in the equipment. While applying one batch, another should be mixed in order to eliminate delays and permit continuous operation.

Installation
Troweling - No. F-120FS Underlayment is typically installed by trowel. Sauereisen recommends a minimum 1/8-inch thickness. When thickness exceeds 1/2-inch on vertical or overhead surfaces, there is a high likelihood that reinforcement is needed.

Casting - Place Sauereisen No. F-120FS onto properly the prepared substrate to a specified thickness. If forms are required, they should be constructed of firmly braced wood or metal which has been given a light coating of form release agent. The form release agent must prevent No. F-120FS from adhering to the screeds or forms, but should not leave a residue on the freshly cast material.

Forms are to be completely sealed and rendered watertight with heavy consistency pliable caulking. Seal forms placed over horizontal rough surfaces. The form and screed systems should be strong enough to retain No. F-120FS in place without deformation. Forms and screeds may be removed after set has occurred and No. F-120FS has sufficient strength to support itself.

Do not impose loads until final set has been achieved. Lower temperatures will require longer cure periods before removing forms.

Cold joints require a liberal priming of the previously placed material with epoxy bonding agent. The bonding agent should not be allowed to dry prior to placing the freshly mixed No. F-120FS Underlayment.

FINISHING

Trowel - After placement of material by trowel, apply a broom or brush finish to provide a more desirable bonding surface.

Cast - Place material and screed to desired height. A trowel can be used to distribute material. Broom or brush finish to provide a more desirable bonding surface.

COVERAGE

11.4 pounds of RestoKrete™ Underlayment No. F-120FS will cover an area of one square foot at a thickness of one inch. Stated differently, a 25-lb. pail of material will cover 0.203ft.3 or slightly more than two square feet at one inch of thickness.

PACKAGING

No. F-120FS Underlayment is packaged in 25 lb. plastic pails.

SETTING/CURING

Proper curing of No. F-120FS is critical to the serviceability of the completed structure. Application of a chemical-resistant lining may proceed after 3 hours at 70°F.

If an elapsed time of at least 8 hours is expected before the Underlayment is to be topcoated, moisture retaining measures for proper cure must be taken. After initial set and until application of chemical-resistant lining, No. F-120FS Underlayment must be properly cured by means of fog spray, wet burlap or an appropriate Sauereisen curing compound

SHELF LIFE

RestoKrete™ No. F-120FS Underlayment has a shelf life of six months when stored unopened in a dry location at 70oF. Avoid freezing.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned by scrubbing with a stiff brush and water at the end of each working period or when build-up becomes pronounced.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

LEGAL NOTICE

Sauereisen®, SewerGard®, ConoCrete™, RestoKrete™, ConoGlaze™, and FibreCrete™ are all products or services denoted with ™ or ®. These trademarks or registered trademarks of Sauereisen, Inc. Sauereisen trademarks may not be used in conjunction with any product or service that is not a Sauereisen product or service.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. F-121

 

RESTOKRETE SUBSTRATE RESURFACER

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Bond strength by Slant Shear (ASTM C-882)2,200 psi (154.9 kg/cm2)
  • Compressive strength (ASTM C-109):
  • @ 24 hours3,900 psi (274.2 kg/cm2)
  • @ 7 days5,000 psi (351.5 kg/cm2)
  • @ 14 days5,500 psi (386.7 kg/cm2)
  • @ 28 days7,000 psi (492.1 kg/cm2)
  • Density (ASTM C-20)137 pcf (2.19 gm/cm3)
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)1,500 psi (105.5 kg/cm2)
  • Freeze Thaw (ASTM C-666 Method A)100 cycles: Durability factor >78
  • Mix ratio6.25 to 1, by weight
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)822 psi (57.78 kg/cm2)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

RestoKrete™ SubstrateResurfacer No. F-121 by Sauereisen is a high strength substrate repair material and water resistantbarrier for prevention of inflow and infiltration in concrete or brick manholes.

RestoKrete™ SubstrateResurfacer is Portland cement-based and primarily specified for municipal wastewater environments where structural integrity needs to be restored.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Pumpable and sprayable.
  • Economical.
  • Moisture tolerant.
  • Applied by spincast/spray.
  • Safe to use, non-toxic.
  • Trowelable.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
The substrate should be maintained at 50°F to 80°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 50°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded.

Above 85°F, the material working time decreases. It is recommended that the material components be stored in a cooler area prior to mixing.

Anchoring System
When No. F-121 is applied on vertical or overhead surfaces at a thickness greater than 1 inch it must be reinforced or anchored. "T" type anchors or 2 inch x 2 inch mesh are suitable to secure the No. F-121 material. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations on proper reinforcing or anchoring systems.

Surface Preparation Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond.

Concrete must be firm and structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer.

Hydroblasting should be utilized to remove laitance, contaminants, or loose particles and to produce a clean hard surface. All standing surface water should be removed prior to applying RestoKrete™ SubstrateResurfacer No. F-121.

To ensure maximum adhesion and to prevent dehydration of No. F-121 at the substrate interface, the concrete should be thoroughly dampened with water prior to application. If concrete cannot be dampened or an unusual stress condition exists, a concrete bonding agent is recommended. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Mixing should be done mechanically with a slow-speed mortar mixer or drill motor with a "Jiffy" type mixing blade to obtain a uniform consistency. The mixing equipment must be clean and free of contaminants.

Sauereisen recommends that powder and water ratios are accurately weighed prior to mixing. For every 50 lb. bag of powder, the appropriate amount of water is 8 lbs. If water must be measured in the field by volume, the approximate amount per 50 lb. bag of powder is in the range of 0.962 gallons or 7.7 pints(124 ounces). The approximate mixing time for this mixture is 5 minutes.

Mix only as much RestoKrete™ SubstrateResurfacer No. F-121 material that can be applied in 15-20 minutes.
Do not retemper by adding more water and remixing. Material that has hardened due to delay in placing must be discarded.

Installation
When using a lightweight mobile rotor-stator pump, apply a uniform coat to a minimum thickness of 1/8 inch. The following equipment is typical for rotary sprayed applications of substrate resurfacing materials:

Rotor/Stator Pump outfitted with an appropriate spincaster nozzle with internal air motor for rotary spray applications. For straight shot applications, use a pole gun with aluminum spray head.

Moisture Separator for collecting condensation within air lines.

Material Hose of 1-1/4 to 1-1/2 inch diameter and 15-feet length with internal expanded male ends and cam locks, with capacity of 300 psi required.

Air Hose of ½-inch diameter and 50-feet length from compressor to wet spray nozzle. Specify 200 psi and 2 lug Chicago fittings.

Air Hose of ½-inch diameter and 15-feet length from Moisture Separator to Spinning Nozzle Assembly. Specify 200 psi capacity with one end Chicago fitting and one end brass female swivel.

Cam-Lock Couplings of 1-inch and ¾- inch diameter (2 sets each).

Miscellaneous Parts
• 3/16 inch hardened steel tip
• Tip retainer nut
• Pole gun assembly

Other Outside Source Equipment
• 180 cfm Air Compressor
• 5500 watt Generator with 220 volt single-phase

FINISHING

If Sauereisen RestoKrete™ SubstrateResurfacer No. F-121 is applied by trowel, finishing after material placement is recommended. In this case, apply a broom or brush finish to provide a more desirable bonding surface.

Such a surface texture is desired for spincast applications as well. Finish in a similar manner, if necessary. Take care not to disrupt the sprayed thickness.

COVERAGE

When mixed at the proper ratio of powder and water, a bag of RestoKrete™ SubstrateResurfacer No. F-121 will yield the following:
0.423 ft3 per bag.
40 ft2 per bag at 1/8-inch thickness.
20 ft2 per bag at ¼-inch thickness.
10 ft2 per bag at ½-inch thickness.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned by scrubbing with a stiff brush and water at the end of each working period or when build-up becomes pronounced.

SETTING/CURING

Proper curing of No. F-121 is critical to the serviceability of the completed structure. No. F-121 may be topcoated after its initial set in 8 hours at 70°F. Final set is achieved at 24 hours at 70°F.

RestoKrete™ F-121 must be properly cured in a high humidity environment (fog spray or equivalent). A Sauereisen curing compound may be utilized. If special condition exists, please consult Sauereisen's technical service department for additional information.

PACKAGING

RestoKrete™ No. F-121 is packaged in 50-pound moisture-resistant bags on plastic-wrapped pallets.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen RestoKrete™ SubstrateResurfacer No. F-121 has a shelf life of six (6) months when stored unopened in a dry location at 70°F. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

LEGAL NOTICE

Sauereisen®, SewerGard®, ConoCrete™, RestoKrete™, ConoGlaze™, and FibreCrete™ are all products or services denoted with ™ or ®. These trademarks or registered trademarks of Sauereisen, Inc. Sauereisen trademarks may not be used in conjunction with any product or service that is not a Sauereisen product or service.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. F-121FBR

 

RESTOKRETE SUBSTRATE RESURFACER – FIBERS

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Compressive strength (ASTM C-109):
  • @ 24 hours4,300 psi (302.3 kg/cm2)
  • @ 7 days5,750 psi (404.3 kg/cm2)
  • @ 14 days5,900 psi (414.8 kg/cm2)
  • @ 28 days6,500 psi (457.2 kg/cm2)
  • Density (ASTM C-20)135 pcf (2.16 gm/cm3)
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)1,285 psi (90.3 kg/cm2)
  • Freeze-thaw resistance (ASTM C-666, 100 cycles)Excellent
  • Mix ratio6.25 to 1, by weight
  • Shear bond strength (ASTM C-882-91):
  • @ 7 days2,200 psi (154.9 kg/cm2
  • @28 day2,540 psi (178.8 kg/cm2
  • Shrinkage (ASTM C-596, at 90% RH)0%
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)629 psi (44.2 kg/cm2)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data IS subject to reasonable deviation.

RestoKrete™ SubstrateResurfacer No. F-121FBR by Sauereisen is a Fiber- Reinforced substrate repair material. It also serves as a waterproofing barrier for prevention of inflow and infiltration in concrete or brick manholes.

F-121FBR SubstrateResurfacer is Portland cement-based and primarily specified for municipal wastewater environments where structural integrity needs to be restored. The existence of fibers within the formulation enables greater compressive strength compared to standard resurfacing materials.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Pumpable and sprayable.
  • Economical.
  • Moisture tolerant.
  • Applied by spincast/spray.
  • Safe to use, non-toxic.
  • Trowelable.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 65°-80°F on air, Liquid, and Hardener components during mixing, application and cure. The substrate should be maintained at 50°F to 80°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 50°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded.

Above 85°F, the material working time decreases. It is recommended that the material components be stored in a cooler area prior to mixing.

Surface Preparation
Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond.

Concrete must be firm and structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer.

Hydroblasting should be utilized to remove laitance, contaminants, or loose particles and to produce a clean hard surface. All standing surface water should be removed prior to applying RestoKrete™ SubstrateResurfacer No. F-121 Fiber Reinforced material.

To ensure maximum adhesion and to prevent dehydration of No. F-121FBR at the substrate interface, the concrete should be thoroughly dampened with water prior to application. If concrete cannot be dampened or an unusual stress condition exists, a concrete bonding agent is recommended. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Mixing should be done mechanically with a slow-speed mortar mixer or drill motor with a "Jiffy" type mixing blade to obtain a uniform consistency. The mixing equipment must be clean and free of contaminants.

Sauereisen recommends that powder and water ratios are accurately weighed prior to mixing. For every 50 lb. bag of powder, the appropriate amount of water is 8 lbs. If water must be measured in the field by volume, the approximate amount per 50 lb. bag of powder is in the range of 0.962 gallons or 7.7 pints (124 ounces). The approximate mixing time for this mixture is 5 minutes.

Mix only as much RestoKrete™ SubstrateResurfacer No. F-121FBR material that can be applied in 15-20 minutes. Do not retemper by adding more water and remixing. Material that has hardened due to delay in placing must be discarded.

Installation
When using a lightweight mobile rotor-stator pump, apply a uniform coat to a minimum thickness of 1/8 inch. The following equipment is typical for rotary-sprayed applications of substrate resurfacing materials:

Rotor/Stator Pump outfitted with an appropriate spincaster nozzle with internal air motor for rotary spray applications. For straight shot applications, use a pole gun with aluminum spray head.

Moisture Separator for collecting condensation within air lines.

Material Hose of 1-1/4 to 1-1/2 inch diameter and 15-feet length with internal expanded male ends and cam locks, with capacity of 300 psi required.

Air Hose of ½-inch diameter and 50 feet length from compressor to wet spray nozzle. Specify 200 psi and 2 lug Chicago fittings.

Air Hose of ½-inch diameter and 15 feet length from Moisture Separator to Spinning Nozzle Assembly. Specify 200
psi capacity with one end Chicago fitting and one end brass female swivel.

Cam-Lock Couplings of 1-inch and ¾- inch diameter (2 sets each).

Miscellaneous Parts
• 3/16 inch hardened steel tip
• Tip retainer nut
• Pole gun assembly

Other Outside Source Equipment
• 180 cfm Air Compressor
• 5500 watt Generator with 220 volt single-phase

FINISHING

If Sauereisen RestoKrete™ No. F-121FBR is applied by trowel, finishing after material placement is recommended. In this case, apply a broom or brush finish to provide a more desirable bonding surface.

Such a surface texture is desired for spincast applications as well. Finish in a similar manner, if necessary. Take care not to disrupt the sprayed thickness.

COVERAGE

When mixed at the proper ratio of powder and water, a bag of No. F-121FBR will yield the following:
0.423 ft3 per bag.
40 ft2 per bag at 1/8-inch thickness.
20 ft2 per bag at ¼-inch thickness.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned by scrubbing with a stiff brush and water at the end of each working period or when build-up becomes pronounced.

SETTING/CURING

Proper curing of No. F-121FBR is critical to the serviceability of the completed structure. No. F-121FBR has an initial set at 70°F in 8 hours. Do not topcoat within the first 8 hours of curing.

Final set of No. F-121FBR occurs in 24 hours at 70°F. All topcoating should be completed within 24 hours.

PACKAGING

RestoKrete™ SubstrateResurfacer No. F-121FBR is packaged in 50-pound moisture- resistant bags on plastic-wrapped pallets.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen No. F-121FBR has a shelf life of six (6) months when stored unopened in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

LEGAL NOTICE

Sauereisen®, SewerGard®, ConoCrete™, RestoKrete™, ConoGlaze™, and FibreCrete™ are all products or services denoted with ™ or ®. These trademarks or registered trademarks of Sauereisen, Inc. Sauereisen trademarks may not be used in conjunction with any product or service that is not a Sauereisen product or service.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 149

 

CONOCRETE – FAST PATCH

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Application time (ASTM C-308 modified)
  • Working time at 70°F10 minutes
  • Initial set2 hour
  • Bond strength to concrete (ASTM D-4541)Concrete failure
  • Components3 parts
  • Compressive strength (ASTM C-579)
  • 1 hour1,600 psi
  • 2 hour5,900 psi
  • 3 hour7,900 psi
  • 13 hours9,300 psi
  • 24 hours10,000 psi
  • Density (ASTM C-905)132 pcf (2.1 gm/cm3)
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)4,100 psi (288.2 kg/cm2)
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)2.2 x 106 psi (1.5 x 105 kg/cm2)
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)3,000 psi (210.9 kg/cm2)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data are subject to reasonable deviation. Data should not be used for specification purposes.

 

ConoCrete - Fast Patch No. 149 is a three-component, fast setting epoxy monolithic that is designed for patching cracks and holes. This material is ideal for use on highways, bridge decks, docks, ramps, traffic aisles, industrial floors and airport runways. Fast Patch No. 149 produces extremely high strengths and takes an initial cure in just two hours.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Skid-resistant profile for safety.
  • Two hour set minimizes downtime.
  • Gray color.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
For optimum conditions, maintain a temperature of 60°-85°F on air, substrate, Hardener, Resin and Aggregate components during mixing, application and cure.

The monolithic components should be maintained at 65°F to 80°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 65°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. Above 80°F, the material working time decreases. Application in direct sunlight and rising surface temperature may result in blistering of the materials due to expansion of entrapped air or moisture in the substrate. In rising temperatures it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove laitance, old paints, protective coatings, and attacked or deteriorated concrete. Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning.

Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to obtain uniform sound substrate.

All prepared surfaces must be allowed to thoroughly dry prior to Fast Patch application. Regardless of preparation method used, all surfaces must be vacuumed to remove any loose deposits or contaminants.

Transition Detail "Key"
All exposed perimeter edges, including doorways, drains, traffic aisle sides, etc., must be saw cut to a minimum depth of 1/2 inch then chipped out at a 45° angle on the inside of the area to be resurfaced with ConoCrete - Fast Patch. All saw cutting and keying should be done prior to final surface preparation. Contact Sauereisen if more detail is required.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Packaging consists of premeasured unitized containers of Hardener Part A, Resin Part B, and Aggregate Part C. Remove containers of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B from the five gallon pail. Remix Part A and B before combining.

Do not remove Aggregate Part C, using the five-gallon pail as the mixing container. Completely empty contents of Resin Part B into the five-gallon pail. Using a slow-speed ½-inch drill motor affixed with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix thoroughly until blended to uniform color.

Add Hardener Part A to Resin/Aggregate blend and mix for two minutes until uniform in consistency. Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not add any solvent, additive, or adulterant to any component or mixed material.

Installation
Material must be placed immediately after mixing. Do not let mixed material remain in mixing vessel. Use tamper and steel trowel to compact and finish surface. Finishing must be completed within 10 minutes from mixing.

COVERAGE

No. 149 unit 4 ft2 per unit at 1" thick or approximately .33 ft3.
*Coverage is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and specific project conditions.

SETTING/CURING

Do not allow water, chemicals, or traffic on the material surface for a minimum of 2 hours at 70°F.

TOPCOAT

ConoCrete - Fast Patch No. 149 does not require a topcoat; for specific service conditions, a topcoat may be desirable.
Contact Sauereisen for a recommendation on your application.

PACKAGING

Regular unit: 40 pounds shipping weight.
One five gallon pail containing:

Part A Hardener 1 quart can
Part B Resin 1/2 gallon can
Part C Aggregate Loose aggregate within pail

*Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK or N-methyl pyrol before material cures. If removal is required after cure consult Sauereisen for specific recommendation.

SHELF LIFE

ConoCrete - Fast Patch No. 149 has a shelf life of one year when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. F-150

 

MULTI-PURPOSE EPOXY GROUT

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Coefficient of thermal expansion21.3 x 10-6 / F° (38.4 x 10-6 /C°)
  • Density (ASTM C-905)123.15 pcf (2.052 gm/cm3)
  • Maximum service temperature (ASTM D-648)185°F (85°C)
  • @ 1 day@ 7 day
  • Compressive strength (ASTM C-579)7,000 psi (492.1 kg/cm2)9,000 psi (632 kg/cm2)
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)8,000 psi (462 kg/cm2)8,100 psi (569 kg/cm2)
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)1.19 x 106 psi (8.37 x 104 kg/cm2)2.20 x 106 psi (1.55 x 105 kg/cm2)
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)1,400 psi (98.4 kg/cm2)1,800 psi (126 kg/cm2)
  • Volume change @ 1 day-0.18%
  • Volume change @ 7 days-0.22%

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen Multi-Purpose Epoxy Grout No. F-150 is a multi-purpose epoxy resin grout specifically formulated for use where good chemical resistance and flowability are needed. Ideally suited for maintenance applications do to its low exothermic cure reaction.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Impact resistant.
  • Good chemical resistance.
  • Self-priming.
  • Flowable.
  • Can be poured in thick sections.
  • Can be applied to surface saturated dry (SSD) concrete.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 50°-80°F on Epoxy Grout No. F-150, air, and substrate during mixing, application, and cure. Epoxy Grout No. F-150 should be maintained at 50°-90°F for 24 hours prior to use for optimum performance. Lower temperatures will require longer cure times or accelerated curing procedures.

Surface Preparation
Concrete substrates should attain a minimum pull-off strength of 300 psi, be structurally sound, as specified by architect/engineer, and pass ASTM F 1869 prior to Epoxy Grout No. F-150 application. Surfaces must be free of oil, grease, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. Suitably finished concrete must have a uniform surface texture, exposing aggregate and resembling coarse sandpaper.

Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or mechanically abrade surfaces to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture to aid in greater adhesion. Metallic surfaces must be free of oils and greases. A minimum 2.5-mil profile on metallic surfaces will greatly aid in adhesion.

Epoxy Grout No. F-150 may be applied over damp surfaces that are free of standing water; best results are achieved with dry surfaces. Remove excess moisture from foundation bolt sleeves. Seal sleeves tightly at top to prevent grout from entering sleeves.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Sauereisen Epoxy Grout No. F-150 is supplied in 1 ft3 and 2 ft3 premeasured units consisting of 3 components: Hardener Part A, Liquid Part B and Powder Part C.

All mixing and application equipment must be clean and dry. Mix Parts A and B in a clean container. Use a small rubber squeegee or plastic spatula to remove all material from the sides and bottom of compartmentalized container.
Mix thoroughly for three minutes with an air drill and paddle attachment at a speed of approximately 300-400 rpm or with a "Jiffy" mixer and drill motor.

Pour mixture into a 3-6 ft3 mortar mixer, making sure that all blended liquid is removed from the sides and bottom of the pail. Slowly add the required amount of Part C Powder. Mix until thoroughly wet, not to exceed five minutes, and pour into place. Do not add solvent, water or any other foreign material or aggregate when mixing grout. Upon completion of mixing, the grout is ready for use. Remove from mixer immediately and dispense.

Installation
Construct forms of wood or steel. Forms shall allow for hydraulic head to facilitate the filling of the grout bed area. Attach a chamfer strip to the inside of the forms at the grout grade elevation to avoid sharp corners. Forms are to be completely sealed and rendered watertight with heavy consistency, pliable caulking or mortar. Seal forms placed over horizontal rough concrete surfaces with a stiff sand and cement mortar flush with inside face of the forms. Place mortar dam immediately before the start of grouting, as shrinkage of mortar may permit leakage of epoxy grout. Coat forms with a paste wax, vegetable shortening or shellac. Plastic sheet is acceptable, but must be stretched tight to prevent wrinkling.

Whenever grout bed exceeds 8 feet in length and/or width, control joints, such as 0.5-inch styrofoam pieces shall be installed at not more than 8 foot centers. Pieces shall be removed after cure and replaced with Sauereisen Epoxy Expansion Joint Compounds Nos. 220 or 221.

Begin filling forms at one end and maintain grade level as filling progresses toward the other end of form. Check forms frequently during application for leaks. Grout is not self-sealing and will leak until solidification occurs. Grout will flow and seek its own level under normal conditions; however, unusual conditions may require vibration or similar agitation to assure proper distribution of grout throughout the bed area. Maintain form in place until grout has solidified.

Minimum 1-inch thickness is required for adequate flow clearance and necessary strength development. Consult Sauereisen for thicknesses less than minimum specified.

Once grout bed has attained initial cure, shim devices may be removed. Voids in beds caused by removal of wedges or plates shall be filled with grout.

SETTING/CURING

Sauereisen Epoxy Grout No. F-150 has a working time of 30 minutes at 75°F. Epoxy grout No. F-150 should be allowed to cure a minimum of 18 hours at 70°F for optimum physical properties prior to placing in service. No. F-150 sets hard to the touch in 90 minutes at 70°F. Depending upon design loads, equipment may be set in place in as little as 8 hours. Consult Sauereisen for specifics.

Higher temperatures in the work area and on the substrate may be used to hasten the cure of the grout. Do not allow flowing water or chemicals on the No. F-150 during initial 24-hour curing period. At the completion of the curing cycle, the temperature shall be lowered slowly, not more than 40°F in 24 hours, to avoid the possibility of sudden damage. During initial cure and for at least 7 days thereafter, the grout bed shall be protected so that the temperature of the grout bed shall not vary by more than 40°F in any 48-hour period.

COVERAGE

The unit sizes available yield 1 ft3 or 2 ft3.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK before No. F-150 cures, or when build-up becomes pronounced. If removal
is required after cure, consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

PACKAGING
1 ft3 unit:

Hardener 1-gal. can (3.8 lbs.)
Liquid 3.5 gal. pail (16.99 lbs.)
Powder 2 bags (51.0 lbs. each)

2 ft3 unit:

Hardener 2-gal. can (7.6 lbs.)
Liquid 6-gal pail (33.98 lbs.)
Powder 4 bags (51.0 lbs. each)

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen Epoxy Grout No. F-150 Hardener part A, Liquid part B and Powder part C have a shelf life of one year when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 165

 

EPOXY POLYMER CONCRETE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Application time
  • Working time at 70°F30 minutes
  • Initial set at 70°F8 hour
  • Density (ASTM C-580)140.27 pcf (2.2 gm/cm3)
  • Compressive strength (C-579) 7 days10,758 psi (756.4 kg/cm2)
  • Maximum service temperature200°F (93.3°C)
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)1.75 x 106 psi (1.2 x 105 kg/cm2)
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)3,729 psi (262.2 kg/cm2)
  • Shrinkage (ASTM C-531) 7 days0.090%
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)2,014 psi (141.6 kg/cm2)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen Epoxy Polymer Concrete - No. 165 is a castable material for the chemical-resistant construction of sumps, dikes, containment areas, trenches, walls, floors, and structural support columns or bases. No. 165 has been specifically formulated for foundation construction and should be installed with proper reinforcement. Mixing and forming methods for No. 165 are similar to those used for Portland cement installations.

Epoxy Polymer Concrete No. 165 is suitable to use as a monolithic topping to rehabilitate chemically deteriorated concrete or to protect new construction. This system incorporates Sauereisen's 100% solids ConoWeld Primer No. 501 to promote a strong bond.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 60°-85°F on air, substrate, Aggregate, Liquid, and Hardener components during mixing, application, and cure. The monolithic components and substrate should be maintained at 60°F to 85°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 60°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded.

Above 85°F, the material working time decreases. It is recommended that the material components be stored in a cooler area prior to mixing.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Resistant to a wide range of solvents, oils and acids over a pH range of zero to 14.0.
  • Maximum service temperature of 200°F (93.3°C).
  • Fast chemical set - less down time.
  • Low porosity.

Shading the substrate and using ice water to cool mixing equipment is not uncommon. In extreme temperatures it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Reinforcement
When applying Epoxy Polymer Concrete No. 165, appropriate corrosion-resistant reinforcement must be incorporated. All monolithic applications must be affixed to the substrate by anchors. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

Surface Preparation
Foundation Construction - The foundation base should be constructed with appropriate materials to support the engineering design and loads. No. 165 must not be applied over standing water or loose soil.

New Concrete - Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer. Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. All structural cracks must be repaired. Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform sound substrate.

Brick - Remove oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. Abrasive blast or hydroblast mortar joints to a depth of 1/2 inch to remove all loose material and provide a clean, firm surface.

If chemical cleaning is utilized to remove contaminants, substrate may need to be neutralized. If abrasive or high-pressure water blasting is used as the method of surface preparation, all sand and/or debris must be removed by thoroughly vacuuming the area with an industrial vacuum cleaner. If surface does not have desired profile or degree of cleanliness, repeat surface preparation procedure.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be provided on centerlines of 14 feet, around all fixed objects, peripheries of rooms and over all points of movement in the base slab. The joint should then be filled with the appropriate expansion joint filler. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

Mixing
No. 165 is packaged in pre-measured units of Aggregate, Liquid, and Hardener components. Mixing should be done mechanically with a slow-speed mortar mixer. The mixing equipment must be clean and free of Portland cement or other contaminants.

Remix both Liquid and Hardener prior to combining components. Empty contents of the Liquid into a clean, dry mixing container. Empty contents of Hardener into Liquid and mix thoroughly with a "Jiffy" mixer blade and drill motor until blended for at least one minute. Empty liquids into a clean, dry mortar mixer. Add aggregate component gradually while mixing to a uniform consistency.

Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not try to retemper the material. Do not add solvent, additive or adulterant to any component or mixed material.

Remove the entire batch from the mixer when mixing is completed to prevent build-up in the equipment. While pouring one batch, another should be mixed in order to eliminate delays and to permit continuous operation.

Installation
ConoWeld No. 501 - Apply primer at a nominal thickness of 5-10 mils using a short nap roller with a non-degradable core or by nylon brush. Epoxy Polymer Concrete No. 165 can be placed immediately after application of Primer, but within six hours. Polymer Concrete should be applied while the primer is tacky.

Polymer Concrete No. 165 - When casting No. 165, forms should be constructed of firmly braced wood or metal, which has been given a light coating of release agent. The release agent will prevent No. 165 from adhering to the screeds or forms, but should not leave a residue on the freshly cast material.

Forms are to be completely sealed and rendered watertight with heavy consistency pliable caulking. Seal forms placed over rough surfaces. Do not apply polymer concrete over standing water.

The form and screed systems should be strong enough to retain No. 165 in place without deformation. Forms and screeds may be removed after set has occurred and No. 165 has sufficient strength to support itself.

Tamping methods or pencil vibration are suitable for distributing the material. Use a trowel or screed board to level the polymer concrete flush with the top of the form. Trowel finish within 15 minutes after mixing. Avoid imposing loads until a final set has been achieved.

COVERAGE

ConoWeld No. 501
Coverage is 200 ft2 / gallon @ 8 mils.

Epoxy Polymer Concrete No. 165
Regular unit yields 1.3 ft3
Large unit yields 2.7 ft3

No. 165 must be cast at least 1 1/2 inches thick. A 2-inch thickness of No. 165 will require approximately 24 lbs. of material per square foot.*
*Quantity estimations do not include losses during application or normal density variations.

SETTING/CURING

The No. 165 will take an initial set in 8 hours at 70°F. Proper curing of No. 165 is critical to the serviceability of the completed structure; therefore, the substrate and the material temperatures should not be allowed to fall below 60°F until final cure has been achieved. Do not allow water or chemicals on the material surface for a minimum of 48 hours. For temperatures below 70°F, cure a minimum of 72 hours prior to water or chemical exposure.

PACKAGING

No. 165 Regular unit:

Hardener: 5.35 lbs. in a can
Liquid: 12.98 lbs. in plastic pail
Aggregate: 165 lbs. (3-55 lb. bags)

Unit weight is approximately 183.3 lbs.

No. 165 Large unit:

Hardener: 10.71 lbs. in a pail
Liquid: 25.96 lbs. in plastic pail
Aggregate: 330 lbs. (6-55 lb. bags)

Unit weight is approximately 366.7 lbs.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned by scrubbing with a stiff brush and MEK at the end of each working period or when build-up becomes pronounced. A mixture of sand and solvent aids in cleanup. Consult Sauereisen for recommendation.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen No. 165 Liquid, Hardener, and Aggregate have a shelf life of one year when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70oF. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. F-170FS

 

SEWERSEAL FAST SET

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Compressive strength (ASTM C109):
  • 1 hour1,500 psi (105.44 kg/cm2)
  • 24 hours2,000psi (140.60 kg/cm2)
  • 7 days3,200psi (224.96 kg/cm2)
  • Final Set @ 70°F2-1/2 hours
  • Initial Set @ 70°F20-30 minutes
  • Mix ratio (powder to water, by weight)7.1 to 1
  • Shear bond strength @ 28 days (ASTM C882)1600 psi (112.3 kg/cm2)
  • Shrinkage (ASTM C596 @ 80% R.H.):
  • 7 days0.01%

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen SewerSealTM No. F-170FS is a fast-setting cementitious water infiltration barrier for use in wastewater collection systems. The product combines 100% calcium aluminate cement with finely graded inert aggregate, thereby offering notable corrosion resistance to mild acids and alkalies.

SewerSealTM commonly seals and resurfaces deteriorated masonry and concrete structures. Typical applications include manholes, wet wells, lift stations, and pump stations common to municipal wastewater. This product exhibits high strength quickly to withstand loads imposed upon underground infrastructure.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Quick-setting formulation
  • Moisture tolerant
  • Corrosion resistant
  • Fiber-reinforced for added durability

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 50° - 90°F on air, substrate and material during mixing, application, and cure.

At temperatures below 65°F, curing is slower. Above 80°F, the working time decreases.

Surface Preparation
The first step in any masonry rehabilitation is proper preparation of the substrate. For concrete substrates, refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6"Surface Preparation of Concrete" for detailed guidelines.

In order for any material to adhere, the substrate must be clean and free of all contaminants. Surfaces which are contaminated with oils or grease must be chemically cleaned of scarified to remove contaminants prior to beginning recommended surface preparation

All chemicals, debris, and loose concrete must be removed. The recommended method of surface preparation is 5000 psi minimum hydroblasting or sandblasting.

Hydoblasting should be utilized to remove laitance, contaminants or loose particles and to produce a clean hard surface.
All standing surface water should be removed prior to applying the F-170FS. To ensure maximum adhesion and to prevent dehydration of the No.F-170FS at substrate interface, the concrete should be thoroughly dampened with water prior to application.

Once the substrate has been properly prepared, active water leaks should be stopped with either Sauereisen InstaPlug F-180 or Hydroactive Polyurethane Grout F-370.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Mixing should be done mechanically with a drill motor with a "Jiffy" type mixing blade to obtain a uniform consistency. Alternatively, mixing may also be done by hand with a trowel or a spade in a suitable container. The mixing equipment must be clean and free of contaminants. Batch size will be governed by the area to be covered, the number of workers applying the material, temperature of the area, and the speed with which it can beplaced. Do not mix more material at one time than can be placed in approximately 10-15 minutes. The material can be mixed in the bucket in which it is shipped.

Sauereisen recommends that powder and water ratios are accurately weighed prior to mixing. When water is measured in the field by volume, the approximate amount per 40-lb. bucket of powder is in the range of 85 - 97 fluid ounces (2.6- 3.0 quarts or 2.5 - 2.9 liters).

Pour the entire amount of potable water into the mixing container and add the powder slowly, mixing continuously to avoid entrapped air. Mix slowly and thoroughly for 5 minutes until uniform consistency. Inadequate mixing or addition of more water will decrease physical properties and may cause cracking, excessive shrinkage and disbondment.

INSTALLATION

The mix should be placed by hand or trowel. If the repair is to be topcoated, do not finish the surface smooth. If the repair is to be left uncoated, a smooth trowel finish can be applied.

SETTING/CURING

Proper curing of No. F-170FS is critical to the serviceability of the completed structure. No. F-170FS has an initial set in 20-30 minutes at 70°F. A final set is achieved in 2 1/2 hours at 70°F, (ASTM C-403).

No. F-170FS may be topcoated with a SewerGardTM lining system after 8 hours at 70°F.

COVERAGE

When mixed at the proper ratio of powder and water, a bucket of No. F-170FS will yield the following:
0.34 ft3 per 40 lb. bucket -OR-
8 ft2 per bucket at a thickness of 1/2-inch.

CLEAN-UP

Clean all tools as soon as possible after mixing and application with a stiff brush and clean water. The material will set up very quickly and become more difficult to remove from the tools after final set.

PACKAGING

No. F-170FS is packaged as 40-lb. in a 5-gallon plastic bucket. The material can be mixed directly in the bucket.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen SewerSealTM No. F-170FS has a shelf life of six (6) months when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. F-170

 

SEWERSEAL

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Compressive strength (ASTM C109):
  • 1 day7,000 psi (482 kg/cm2)
  • 7 days8,200 psi (555 kg/cm2)
  • 28 days9,600 psi (662 kg/cm2)
  • Density (ASTM C905)136 pcf (2.18 gm/cm3)
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C293):
  • 7 days1,900 psi (133.6 kg/cm2)
  • Freeze/Thaw (ASTM C666), 300cyclesExcellent durability, No physical damage
  • Mix ratio (powder to water, by weight)7.1 to 1
  • Permeability (AASHTO T-277) (ASTM C1202)50 coulombs
  • Shear bond strength @ 28 days (ASTM C882)3200 psi (220 kg/cm2)
  • Shrinkage (ASTM C596 @ 85% R.H.):
  • 7 days0%
  • 28 days0%
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C496):
  • 7 days800 psi (56.24 kg/cm2)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen SewerSealTM No. F-170 is a cementitious water infiltration barrier for use in wastewater collection systems. The product combines 100% calcium aluminate cement with finely graded inert aggregate, thereby offering notable corrosion resistance to mild acids and alkalies.

SewerSealTM commonly seals and resurfaces deteriorated masonry and concrete structures. Typical applications include manholes, wet wells, lift stations, and pump stations common to municipal wastewater. This product exhibits high strength to withstand loads imposed upon underground infrastructure.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Pumpable and Sprayable
  • Apply by spincast, spray or trowel
  • Moisture tolerant
  • Corrosion resistant
  • Low permeability
  • Fiber-reinforced for added durability

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 50° - 90°F on air, substrate and material during mixing, application, and cure.

At temperatures below 65°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is slower. Above 80°F, the working time decreases

Surface Preparation
The first step in any masonry rehabilitation is proper preparation of the substrate. For concrete substrates, refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6"Surface Preparation of Concrete" for detailed guidelines.

In order for any material to adhere, the substrate must be clean and free of all contaminants. Surfaces which are contaminated with oils or grease must be chemically cleaned of scarified to remove contaminants prior to beginning recommended surface preparation.

All chemicals, debris, and loose concrete must be removed. The recommended method of surface preparation is 5000 psi minimum hydroblasting or sandblasting. Hydoblasting should be utilized to remove laitance, contaminants or loose particles and to produce a clean hard surface. All standing surface water should be removed prior to applying the F-170. To ensure maximum adhesion and to prevent dehydration of the F-170 at substrate interface, the concrete should be thoroughly dampened with water prior to application.

Once the substrate has been properly prepared, active water leaks should be stopped with either Sauereisen InstaPlug
F-180 or Hydroactive Polyurethane Grout F-370.

Where necessary, damaged areas should be rehabilitated prior to application of the F-170. To insure maximum adhesion and prevent dehydration of F-170 at the substrate interface, the concrete should be thoroughly dampened with water prior to application. If concrete cannot be dampened or an unusual stress condition exists, a concrete bonding agent is recommended. Consult Sauereisen for specific recommendations.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Mixing should be done mechanically with a slow-speed mortar mixer or drill motor with a "Jiffy" type mixing blade to obtain a uniform consistency. The mixing equipment must be clean and free of contaminants. Batch size will be governed by the area to be covered, the number of workers applying the material, temperature of the area and the speed with which it can be placed.

Sauereisen recommends that powder and water ratios are accurately weighed prior to mixing. When water is measured in the field by volume, the approximate amount per 50-lb. bag of powder is in the range of 107 fluid ounces (3.3 quarts /3.16 liters) to 122 fluid ounces (3.8 quarts/3.61 liters).

Pour the entire amount of potable water into the mixing container and add the powder slowly, mixing continuously to avoid entrapped air. Mix slowly and thoroughly for 5 minutes until uniform consistency. Inadequate mixing or addition of more water will decrease physical properties and may cause cracking, excessive shrinkage and disbondment.

Installation
Sauereisen SewerSealTM No. F-170 is usually applied by spincast methods within manholes. This allows application to proceed from ground level. In certain situations, applicators may choose to apply SewerSealTM No F-170 by a straight shot spray method or by trowel.

Using a suitable material pump and spincaster nozzle with internal air motor or straight-shot nozzle, apply a uniform coat of SewerSealTM to the required thickness. The minimum thickness per coat is 1/2- inch.

For delivery of material to the spincaster, a pump will be utilized. Sauereisen recommends trailer-mounted pump rigs equipped with a 16-hp motor, mortar mixer and agitating feeder. These types of rigs may be sourced through the Putzmeister, RFI and ChemGrout Companies.

SETTING/CURING

Proper curing of No. F-170 is critical to the serviceability of the completed structure. No. F-170 has an initial set in 90 minutes at 70°F. A final set is achieved in 2 1/2 hours at 70°F, (ASTM C-403). No. F-170 may be topcoated with a SewerGardTM lining system after 8 hours at 70°F.

COVERAGE

When mixed at the proper ratio of powder and water, a bag of No. F-170 will yield the following:
0.42 ft3 per 50 lb. bag -OR-
10 ft2 per bag at a thickness of 1/2-inch.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with a stiff brush and clean water at the end of each working period or when build up becomes pronounced.

PACKAGING

No. F-170 is packaged in 50-lb. moisture-resistant bags on plastic-wrapped pallets.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen SewerSealTM No. F-170 has a shelf life of six (6) months when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. F-180

 

INSTAPLUG

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Application time:
  • Working time at 70°F15 seconds
  • Initial set at 70°F60 to 90 seconds
  • Final set at 70°F1 hour
  • Components1 part
  • Bond strength to concreteConcrete failure
  • ColorGray
  • Compressive strength (ASTM C-109)4,000 psi (281.2 kg/cm2)
  • Density (ASTM C-905)121 pcf (1.94 gm/cm3)
  • Length change (ASTM C-157)0%
  • Mixing ratio3 Powder : 1 Water, by volume

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen InstaPlug No. F-180 is a rapid setting, hydraulic water plug for sealing active water leaks, filling small voids and special anchoring applications.

Typical industry applications are: eliminating water leakage in below grade concrete and masonry structures, manhole
rehabilitation, and patches in new precast concrete sections and mortar joints.

InstaPlug No. F-180 is also used for sealing active water leaks prior to application of any Sauereisen waterproofing, structural repair, or corrosion-resistant materials.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Extremely rapid set.
  • Stops leaks immediately.
  • Bonds to damp surfaces.
  • No odor - safe to use in confined spaces.
  • Mixes with water.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 40°-85°F on air, substrate, Powder, and Water components during mixing, application, and cure. The components should be maintained at 40°F to 85°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

Surface Preparation
Concrete or masonry must be firm and structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer. Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This should be achieved by physical removal of contaminated substrate. Common methods are chipping or scarification.

If surface does not have desired conditions, repeat surface preparation procedure.

Prior to placing the InstaPlug No. F-180, provide a mechanical key by undercutting an abrupt edge completely around the area to be plugged or patched.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Mix only as much material as can be mixed and applied in 15 seconds. The mixing ratio is three (3) parts Powder to one (1) part potable water by volume. Place potable water in a clean, dry, mixing container. Add the appropriate amount of Powder at one time. Mix with a gloved hand until a uniform putty consistency is achieved.

Common safety precautions dictate the use of rubber gloves and eye protection.

Installation
As the mortar becomes a plastic consistency, immediately force the material firmly into the prepared area. If running water is present, the material must be held in place until the leak stops and initial set has taken place.

To achieve a smooth or level surface, a steel trowel may be used to trim any excess material. This must be done immediately. Additional batches should be mixed in a clean mixing container to prevent residual material from contaminating the mix. Do not add sand or adulterants.

COVERAGE

One pound of material with appropriate water yields 14 cubic inches. The 5-gallon kit yields approximately 0.4 cu.-ft.

SETTING/CURING

Sauereisen InstaPlug No. F-180 (in plastic consistency) has a working time of fifteen seconds. Initial set of the material occurs in 60 to 90 seconds. Final set is in one (1) hour.

PACKAGING

No. F-180: 50-pound pail.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment must be cleaned with water immediately after use. A stiff brush may be required to remove set material.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen InstaPlug No. F-180 has a shelf life of one (1) year when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. F-190

 

H2OPRUF

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Application time at 70oF
  • Working time30 minutes Initial set 8 hours Final set 24 hours
  • Components2 parts, in addition to water
  • Thickness1/16 inch (63 mils) per coat
  • Bond strength to concreteConcrete failure
  • ColorGray
  • Compressive strength (ASTM C-109)5,300 psi (372.6 kg/cm2)
  • Density (ASTM C-905)131 pcf (2.1 gm/cm3)
  • Hydrostatic pressure (ASTM C 497-70)69.2 ft water head (30 psi)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data are subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen H2OPruf No. F-190 is a two-component, crystalline water proofing coating for use on concrete or masonry structures to prevent water seepage through the substrate. 

Application of the waterproofing kit is by masonry brush or mechanical spray equipment. No F-190 withstands both positive and negative side pressure.

This material is specially recommended to withstand hydrostatic pressure on the negative side of below grade structures. Two coats withstand water pressure up to 69 feet of head. Three coats will seal a substrate exposed to 100 feet of water head.

Sauereisen H2OPruf No. F-190 is used to seal sumps, trenches, tanks, manholes and below grade walls in wastewater treatment, power, pulp & paper, and steel industries.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Promotes crystalline reaction within the concrete matrix to prevent water seepage through the concrete.
  • Creates a highly durable barrier to water flow and seepage through concrete and masonry surfaces.
  • Inorganic cementitious coating.
  • Cleans up with water.
  • Application by brush or spray.
  • Safe to use - no VOCs.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 40o-85oF on air, substrate, Powder, Liquid, and water components during mixing, application, and cure. The monolithic components and substrate should be maintained at 40oF to 85oF for 48 hours prior to beginning work. ]

At temperatures below 60oF setting is retarded.

Above 85oF, the material working time decreases. It is recommended that the material components be stored in a cooler area prior to mixing.

Surface Preparation
Concrete or masonry must be firm and structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer. Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. All structural cracks must be repaired. Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture. Substrate should be saturated and remain damp prior to application.

If chemical cleaning is utilized to remove contaminants, substrate must be neutralized. If abrasive or high-pressure water blasting is used as the method of surface preparation, all sand and/or debris must be removed by thoroughly vacuuming the area with an industrial vacuum cleaner. If surface does not have desired conditions, repeat surface preparation procedure.

Stopping Active Leaks
After surface cleaning, all visible pressure leaks must be sealed using Sauereisen InstaPlug No. F-180, or No. F-370 Hydroactive Polyurethane Grout.

Patching
In areas where voids exist, patching should be completed using Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120. In the areas to be patched, all cracked or disintegrated material shall be removed to expose a sound substrate. Repair materials shall be applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Mixing should be done mechanically with a slow-speed, paddle-type mortar mixer or a drill motor with a "Jiffy" type blade. Place five quarts of potable water in a clean mixing container. Vigorously shake the 16 ounce container of inorganic copolymer admixture Liquid and add to the mixing water. Mix this solution well. Slowly add the Powder and mix for three minutes to achieve a uniform slurry. When spraying or applying in the presence of higher temperatures, add up to an additional quart of cold water.

Installation

Brush application -Using a masonry brush, liberally apply and work the first coat into the surface to a thickness of 1/16 inch (63 mils). After the first coat has taken an initial set, (min. 1.5 hours depending on temperature) the second coat can then be applied at the same thickness.

Spray application -apply a uniform coat to a minimum thickness of 1/8 inch (125 mils). The total thickness is not to be greater than 1/4 inch. Immediately use a masons brush to produce a more uniform finish.

The following equipment is typically used for spray application:

Pump -Quikspray Carousel Pump Model #1020CEM-3 with 1 h.p. variable speed electric motor OR RFI parastaltic pump Model #RS - 45.

Material hose - one inch or 3/4 inch I.D. rated at 6,000 psi minimum.

Gun - follow pump manufacturer's recommendation with a minimum 1/8 inch orifice.

Attachments -affix the material supply hose directly to the pump outlet. No screens, filters or surge tanks shall be used between the pump and nozzle. Moisture traps are recommended.

SETTING/CURING

Proper curing of the materials is critical to the serviceability of the completed structure. Sauereisen H2OPruf No. F-190 has an initial set at 70oF in 8 hours. Final set at 70oF is in 24 hours.

COVERAGE

Concrete - first coat is 80 to 100 ft2 at 1/16 inch thickness. Second coat is 100 to 120 ft2.

Concrete block -first coat is 70 to 80 ft2 at 1/16 inch thickness. Second coat is 85 to 100 ft2.

Brick - first coat is 70 to 90 ft2 at 1/16 inch thickness. Second coat is 90 to 110 ft2.

Spray application is 25 to 50 ft2 in one coat.

Quantities do not include losses incurred during application or normal density variations.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen H2OPruf No. F-190 has a shelf life of one (1) year, when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70oF. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Material Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

PACKAGING

One kit of H2OPruf No. F-190 weighs approximately 52 pounds and consists of:
Powder - 50 pound bag.
Liquid - One 16-ounce bottle.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned by scrubbing with a stiff brush and water at the end of each working period or when buildup becomes pronounced.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 201SL/228 SL

 

SELF-LEVELING EPOXY

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

 
General Purpose No. 201SL
Epoxy NovolaK No. 228SL
Application time
 
 
Working time at 70°F
45 minutes
45 minutes
Initial set at 70°F
12 hours
12 hours
Bond strength to concrete (ASTM D-4541)
concrete failure
concrete failure
Compressive strength
7,000 psi
6,000 psi
Density (ASTM C-905)
11.93 lbs/gl
11.81 lbs/gl
Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)
4,000 psi
2,700 psi
Maximum service temperature (Dry)
150°F (65°C)
180°F (82°C)
Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)
2 x 106 psi
5 x 106 psi
Absorption (ASTM C-413)
<0.2%
><0.2%
Shrinkage (ASTM C-531)
<0.1%
<0.1%
Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)
2,000 psi
2,000 psi
Thickness
10 - 30 mils
10 - 30 mils

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen Self-Leveling Epoxy Nos. 201/228 SL are self-leveling coating systems for flooring applications. These products offer excellent application properties and are ideal chemical-resistant flooring materials for areas where traffic is not extreme. Where skid resistance is required, various sized aggregates may be incorporated as a broadcast system.

Self-Leveling Epoxy No. 201SL – General Purpose Grade is recommended for moderate chemical exposure in a wide variety of industrial facilities. Where temperatures or chemical concentrations necessitate, the Epoxy NovolaK Grade No. 228SL offers additional protection. Consult Sauereisen chemical resistance charts.

These epoxy flooring systems should be used with an appropriate Sauereisen primer to enhance bonding. Consult Sauereisen for a primer recommendation depending on the type of substrate and surface conditions.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Resistant to a wide range of acids, alkalies and some solvents.
  • Recommended for the food & beverage, chemical processing, pharmaceutical, steel, and power industries.
  • 100% solids material, no noxious or toxic odors during application.
  • Available colors: 53 gray, 63 tile red

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
The monolithic components and substrate should be maintained at 65°F to 85°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work. Maintain a temperature of 60°-85°F on air, concrete substrate and material components during mixing, application, and cure.

At temperatures below 65°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. Above 85°F, the material working time decreases. It is recommended that the material components be stored in a cooler area prior to mixing.

Application in direct sunlight and rising surface temperatures may result in blistering of materials due to expansion of entrapped air or moisture in the substrate. Concrete that has been in direct sunlight must be shaded 24 hours prior to
application and remain shaded until after the initial set. When the surface temperatures are rising, it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of Concrete" for detailed guidelines.

Concrete must be dry, firm and structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer. Concrete shall have a pull off strength of 200 psi or greater as tested by ACI 515.1 Appendix A. Surfaces should be made free of oil grease, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture resembling coarse sandpaper.

New Concrete - Concrete should be floated free of ridges or depressions and all voids filled with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120 or Filler Compound No. 209, depending on the severity of the voids. Too much slope will result in puddling of the coatings in low spots and insufficient coverage on the higher areas.

If acid etching is utilized as the method of surface preparation, refer to ASTM D- 4260 "Standard Practice for Acid Etching Concrete" for appropriate procedure. All acid and residue must be removed prior to applying epoxy.

Old Concrete - All structural cracks must be repaired and slopes reestablished with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120. Concrete should be sloped a maximum 1/8 inch per foot. If existing slope is greater it will be necessary to re-slope using Underlayment No. F-120 or other appropriate underlayments. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

If abrasive or high-pressure water blasting is used as the method of surface preparation, all sand and/or debris must be removed by thoroughly vacuuming the area with an industrial vacuum cleaner. Repeat the procedure if necessary. If surface does not have desired texture, repeat surface preparation procedure.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be provided on 14-foot centerlines and over existing expansion/control joints. Joints should also be placed around all fixed objects, peripheries of rooms and all points of movement in the base slab. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

An appropriate Sauereisen primer should be applied prior to the epoxy coating. This will enhance bond strength. ConoWeld No. 501 is the standard Sauereisen epoxy primer for concrete. Where porosity of concrete is a concern, Sauereisen PenePrime No. 500, a deep-penetrating waterborne epoxy primer, is recommended.

Mixing
Primer - Primers are supplied in premeasured containers. Remix individual containers before using.

Packaging of Primers No. 500 and 501 consists of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B which must be mixed together. Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B container. Using a slow-speed ½-inch drill motor with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix thoroughly until blended for three minutes. Primer is ready for use immediately after mixing.

Self-Leveling Epoxy Nos. 201/228 SLEmpty contents of Hardener into Liquid and mix thoroughly until blended for at least three minutes with a "Jiffy" mixing blade and drill motor.

Mix only complete units. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not try to retemper the material. Do not add solvent, additive or adulterant to any component or mixed material.

Material should be delivered to finishers immediately after mixing. Do not let material remain in the mixing vessel.

Installation
Primers - Apply primer to concrete using a squeegee. Lightly backroll the primer using a short nap adhesive roller with a nondegradable core. At 70°F, the epoxy primers must be allowed to cure at least eight hours, but no longer than 24 hours, prior to application of Self-Leveling Epoxy. Recoat time should not exceed 24 hours.

Prior to application of the floor coating, inspect primed surface for voids, bubbles, or defects that may result in blistering or pinholes in the topcoat. Repair with Sauereisen Filler Compound No. 209 Fast Set to ensure a sealed surface.

Self-Leveling Epoxy Nos. 201/228 SL Workers are advised to wear spiked shoes to allow freshly applied material to self-level. Pour the material in a narrow band starting at any convenient wall or joint. Apply to the desired thickness using a squeegee. Nos. 201/228 SL may be applied from 10-15 mils per coat. If necessary, 2-3 coats may be specified for a maximum 30 mil thickness. To improve the surface texture and appearance, lightly backroll using a short-nap mohair roller or spiked roller.

Optional Broadcast Systems – Pure white silica sand may be incorporated by one of two methods to provide a more skid-resistant profile. Where a very thin system is specified, sand may be broadcast into wet primer prior to the application of Self-Leveling Epoxy. Use only ConoWeld Primer No. 501 when utilizing this application method. Remove excess sand from the surface of the primer before topcoating.

An alternate method of providing skid resistance is to broadcast directly into the Nos. 201/228 SL immediately after application. After adequate cure time, excess sand must be vacuumed. A final topcoat of Self-Leveling Epoxy is recommended to seal the broadcast.

Clean white silica sand for broadcasting may be purchased from Sauereisen or sourced locally. A particle size of 30 mesh is recommended.

COVERAGE

Primers
ConoWeld 501: 200 ft2/gal. @ 8 mils
PenePrime 500: 200 ft2/gal. @ 8 mils
Self - Leveling Epoxies 201/228 SL: 160 ft2/gal @10 mils
*Quantities do not include losses during application.

Coverage is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and specific project conditions.

PACKAGING

Self - Leveling Epoxy No. 201SL

Unit Size Part A Part B
1 gallon 1 gal. can 2 gal. pail
3 gallon 1 gal. can 3.5 gal. pail
5 gallon 3 gal. pail 6 gal. pail

Self - Leveling Epoxy No. 228SL

Unit Size Part A Part B
1 gallon 1 qt. can 1 gal. can
3 gallon 1 gal. can 3.5 gal. pail
5 gallon 1 gal. can 6 gal. pail

*Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK or N-methyl pyrol before material cures. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen Self-Leveling Epoxy
Nos. 201/228 SL Liquids and Hardeners have a shelf life of one year. Store in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult Sauereisen.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 201

 

CONOGLAZE – GENERAL PURPOSE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Application time (ASTM C-308 modified)
  • Working time at 70°F30 minutes
  • Components2 parts
  • Thickness10 mils

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation. Data should not be used for specification purposes.

ConoGlaze - General Purpose No. 201 is a chemically-resistant, 100% solids, epoxy coating system. It is used as a topcoat for Sauereisen ConoCrete or FibreCrete systems or as a coating to protect concrete and steel from chemical attack.

ConoGlaze may be used in many kinds of manufacturing, processing, storage, and shipping areas. It is formulated as a general purpose sealer to resist most acids and alkalis. This material can be applied by roller or spray and provides an economical protective barrier to processing chemicals.

The ConoGlaze system should be used with an appropriate Sauereisen primer to enhance bonding. Consult Sauereisen for a primer recommendation depending on the type of substrate and surface conditions.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Excellent resistance to food acids and by-products.
  • Authorized by USDA for use in federally inspected meat and poultry plants.
  • Easy to clean surface.
  • sColors: 25 beige, 50 light gray, 53 gray, 63 tile red and 99 white.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
For optimum conditions, maintain a temperature of 60º-85ºF on air, substrate, Liquid, and Hardener components during mixing, application, and cure.

The monolithic components should be maintained at 65ºF to 80ºF for 48 hours prior to beginning work. At temperatures below 65ºF, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. Above 80ºF, the material working time decreases.

Application in direct sunlight and rising surface temperature may result in blistering of the materials due to expansion of entrapped air or moisture in the substrate. In rising temperatures it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Metal - Abrasive blast to a nominal 2.5 mil profile employing SSPC-SP5 White Metal Blast for immersion and SSPCSP10 for other service conditions. An SSPC-SP6 Commercial Blast may be suitable for mildly corrosive atmospheric exposures. All welds must be continuous, free of flux and have a smooth rounded radius without any sharp edges.

Concrete - Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of Concrete" for detailed guidelines.

New Concrete - All structures must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Surface should be floated free of ridges or depressions and all voids filled with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120 or No. 209 Filler Compound. The choice of underlayment will depend on the severity of the voids to be filled.

Surfaces should be sloped a maximum 1/4 inch per foot for drainage. Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate resembling sandpaper.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove old paints, protective coatings, and deteriorated concrete. Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning.

Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and to obtain a uniform, sound substrate. All prepared surfaces must be allowed to dry prior to coating application. Regardless of preparation method used, all surfaces must be vacuumed to remove any loose deposits or contamination.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be placed over existing expansion joints, around all fixed objects, peripheries of rooms and all points of movement in the base slab. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

An appropriate Sauereisen primer should be applied prior to the ConoGlaze installation. This will enhance bond strength. ConoWeld No. 501 is the standard Sauereisen epoxy primer for concrete. Where porosity of concrete is a concern, PenePrime No. 500, a deep-penetrating waterborne epoxy primer, is recommended. Hi-Temp Primer No. 560 with Zinc Filler No. 561 is preferred over steel.

Mixing
Primer - Primers are supplied in premeasured containers. Remix individual containers before using.

Packaging of Primers No. 500 and 501 consists of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B which must be mixed together. Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B container. Using a slow speed ½-inch drill motor with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix thoroughly until blended for three minutes. Primer is ready for use immediately after mixing.

Primer No. 560 is a single-component urethane. Ferrous substrates require the addition of Zinc Filler No. 561.

ConoGlaze - Packaging consists of premeasured unitized containers of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B. Remix Part A and B before combining. Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B. Using a slow speed ½-inch drill motor affixed with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix three to five minutes until thoroughly blended.

Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not add any solvent, additive, or
adulterant to any component or mixed material.

Installation
Primers - Apply primer to concrete or steel using a short nap adhesive roller with a nondegradable core or a nylon bristle brush. Consult Sauereisen for spray recommendations. At 70ºF, the epoxy primers must be allowed to cure at least eight hours, but no longer than 24 hours, prior to application of ConoGlaze. The moist-cured urethane No. 560 may be topcoated between two hours to five days after application. If recoat time is excessive, consult Sauereisen.

Prior to application of ConoGlaze, inspect primed surface for voids, bubbles, or defects that may result in blistering or pinholes in the topcoat. Repair with Sauereisen Filler Compound No. 209 Fast Set to ensure a sealed surface.

ConoGlaze No. 201
Roller application - Material should be delivered to finishers immediately after mixing.

Do not let material remain in the mixing vessel. If application is for floor areas, spread the material with a squeegee to the desired thickness. To improve the surface texture of floor applications, lightly backroll the material with a short nap adhesive roller with a nondegradable core. For vertical application, material shall be lightly backrolled to desired thickness. All finishing and backrolling must be completed within 30 minutes from mixing.

Spray application - ConoGlaze may be spray applied at a thickness of approximately 10 mils per coat. Installation by airless spray should be done with a 50% overlap in a "cross hatch" pattern to reduce the possibility of pinholes and to assure complete coverage. Recoat times shall not exceed 24 hours at 70ºF.

After ConoGlaze has sufficiently cured, a holiday detector may be utilized to ensure a continuous pinhole-free lining. Consult a Sauereisen representative for details.

The following equipment is typically used for spray application:

Airless Spray Pumps - ConoGlaze may be sprayed with a minimum 45:1 piston-primed, airless pump such as the model formerly manufactured by Graco. Alternative equipment such as the Graco 56:1 King Piston Primed Airless, Model 236-477 is also suitable. The current specification is the Graco Xtreme Sprayer X60 - MDL#X60-DH4. Remove all filters including the filter from surge tank. Other pumps may be suitable, depending on job site requirements.

Moisture Air Dryer - RFI Model DA-300 or equivalent. Moisture air dryer must be placed at least 50' from air compressor on air line.

Gun - Graco's Ultra-Lite pistol grip Flo- Gun, Model 235-628 is preferred. This gun must be combined with Seat Adapter Model 235-006. Alternatively, the Graco Flo-Gun Model 224-991 is acceptable.

Gun tip -Use Tip Housing Part No. XHD- 001 with Graco Reversa Tips MDL No. XHD with orifices of 0.025 to 0.031 inch tip works best. Alternative brand tips may be suitable, however, never use tips that contain a diffuser pin.

Material hose - 6' whip end, 3/8" i.d.; working pressure 5,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

Material hose - 25-75' overall, 3/4" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 12,000 psi burst.

Air compressor - 180 ft3 per minute at 100 psi, minimum.

Air hose from compressor - 3/4" to 1" i.d.: 100' maximum length to mastic pump.

Material hose - 0-25' overall, 1/2" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

COVERAGE

ConoWeld 501 200 ft2/gal. at 8 mils
PenePrime 500 200 ft2/gal. at 8 mils
Hi-Temp Primer 560 320 ft2/gal. at 5 mils
ConoGlaze 201 160 ft2/gal. at 10 mils
Coverage is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and specific project conditions.
*Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents.

SETTING/CURING

Do not allow water or chemicals on the material surface for a minimum of 24 hours. For harsh chemical or physical environments, cure a minimum of 72 hours prior to exposure.

PACKAGING

Unit Size Part A Part B
1 gallon 1 gal. can 2 gal. pail
3 gallon 1 gal. can 3.5 gal. pail
5 gallon 2 gal. pail 6 gal. pail

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK or N-methyl pyrol before material cures.

SHELF LIFE

ConoGlaze, ConoWeld and PenePrime have a shelf life of one year. Hi-Temp Primer/Zinc Filler has a shelf life of six months. Store in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70ºF. Avoid freezing. If there is doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 202

 

CONOGLAZE – CHEMICAL & FOOD GRADE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Application time (ASTM C-308 modified)
  • Working time at 70°F30 minutes
  • Components2 parts
  • Thickness10 mils

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

ConoGlazeTM - Chemical and Food Grade No. 202 is a chemically-resistant, 100% solids, epoxy coating system. It is used as a topcoat for Sauereisen ConoCrete or FibreCrete systems or as a coating to protect concrete and steel from chemical attack.

ConoGlazeTM may be used in many kinds of manufacturing, processing, storage, and shipping areas. It is specifically formulated to resist food acids, fats and oils. This material can be applied by roller or spray and provides an economical, protective barrier against processing chemicals and harsh cleaning solutions.

ConoGlazeTM - Chemical and Food Grade No. 202 conforms to USDA regulations for use in federally inspected meat and poultry plant.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Excellent resistance to food acids and by-products.
  • Easily cleaned surface.
  • Colors available in 25 beige, 50 light gray, 53 gray, 63 tile red, 99 white.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
For optimum conditions, maintain a temperature of 60°-85°F on air, substrate, Liquid, and Hardener components during mixing, application, and cure.

The monolithic components should be maintained at 65°F to 80°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 65°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. Above 80°F, the material working time decreases.

Application in direct sunlight and rising surface temperature may result in blistering of the materials due to expansion of entrapped air or moisture in the substrate. In rising temperatures it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Metal - Abrasive blast to a nominal 2.5 mil profile employing SSPC-SP5 White Metal Blast for immersion and SSPCSP10 Near White Metal Blast for other service conditions. All welds must be continuous, free of flux and have a smooth rounded radius without any sharp edges.

New Concrete - All structures must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. The surface should be floated free of ridges or depressions. Fill any voids with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120 or No. 209 Filler Compound. The choice of underlayment will depend on the severity of the voids to be filled.
Surfaces should be sloped a maximum 1/4 inch per foot for drainage.

Surfaces must be free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate resembling coarse sandpaper.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove old paints, protective coatings, and deteriorated concrete. Surfaces must be free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning.

Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch the concrete to remove laitance and to obtain a uniform, sound substrate.

All prepared surfaces must be allowed to dry prior to the coating application. Regardless of preparation method used, all surfaces must be vacuumed to remove any loose deposits or contamination.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be placed over existing expansion joints, around all fixed objects, peripheries of rooms and all points of movement in the base slab. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

ConoWeld No. 501 is the epoxy primer recommended for metal, concrete and other porous substrates. Apply ConoWeld prior to the ConoGlaze installation to enhance bond strength.

Mixing
Primer - Primer is packaged in premeasured containers consisting of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B which must be mixed together before use. Remix the Part A and Part B before combining.

Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B container. Using a slow-speed ½-inch drill motor with a "Jiffy" type blade mix thoroughly until blended for three minutes. Primer is ready for use immediately after mixing.

ConoGlazeTM- Packaging consists of premeasured, unitized containers of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B. Remix Part A and B before combining.

Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B. Using a slow- speed ½-inch drill motor affixed with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix 3 - 5 minutes until thoroughly blended.

Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not add any solvent, additive, or adulterant to any component or mixed material.

Installation
ConoWeldTM No. 501
Apply primer to concrete or steel using a short nap adhesive roller with a nondegradable core or a nylon bristle brush. Consult Sauereisen for spray recommendations. At 70°F, primer must be allowed to cure at least eight hours, but no longer than 24 hours, prior to application of ConoGlaze. If recoat time exceeds 24 hours, consult Sauereisen.

Prior to application of ConoGlazeTM, inspect primed surface for voids, bubbles, or defects that may result in blistering or pinholes in the topcoat. Repair with Sauereisen Filler Compound No. 209 Fast Set to ensure a sealed surface.

ConoGlazeTM No. 202
Roller application - Material should be delivered to finishers immediately after mixing. Do not let material remain in the mixing vessel. If application is for floor areas, spread the material with a squeegee to the desired thickness. To improve the surface texture of floor applications, lightly backroll the material with a short nap adhesive roller with a nondegradable core. For vertical application, material shall be lightly backrolled to desired thickness. All finishing and backrolling must be completed within 30 minutes from mixing.

Spray application - ConoGlazeTM may be spray applied at a thickness of approximately 10 mils per coat. Installation by airless spray should be done with a 50% overlap in a "cross hatch" pattern to reduce the possibility of pinholes and to assure complete coverage. Recoat times shall not exceed 24 hours at 70°F.

After ConoGlazeTM has sufficiently cured, a holiday detector may be utilized to ensure a continuous pinhole-free lining.
Consult a Sauereisen representative for details.

The following equipment is typically used for spray application:

Airless Spray Pumps - ConoGlaze may be sprayed with a minimum 45:1 piston-primed, airless pump such as the model formerly manufactured by Graco. Alternative equipment such as the Graco 56:1 King Piston Primed Airless, Model 236-477 is also suitable. The current specification is the Graco Xtreme Sprayer X60 - MDL#X60-DH4. Remove all filters including the filter from surge tank. Other pumps may be suitable, depending on job site requirements.

Moisture Air Dryer - RFI Model DA-300 or equivalent. Moisture air dryer must be placed at least 50' from air compressor on air line.

Gun - Graco's Ultra-Lite pistol grip Flo- Gun, Model 235-628 is preferred. This gun must be combined with Seat Adapter Model 235-006. Alternatively, the Graco Flo-Gun Model 224-991 is acceptable.

Gun tip -Use Tip Housing Part No. XHD- 001 with Graco Reversa Tips MDL No. XHD with orifices of 0.025 to 0.031 inch tip works best. Alternative brand tips may be suitable, however, never use tips that contain a diffuser pin

Material hoses
6' whip end, 3/8" i.d.; working pressure 5,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

0-25' overall, 1/2" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

25-75' overall, 3/4" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 12,000 psi burst.

Air compressor - 180 ft3 per minute at 100 psi, minimum.

Air hose from compressor - 3/4" to 1" i.d.: 100' maximum length to mastic pump.

Measures such as water traps, dryers, or filters should be used to prevent pump freeze-up.

COVERAGE

ConoWeldTM 200 ft2 per gallon at 8 mils
ConoGlazeTM 160 ft2 per gallon at 10 mils
Coverage is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and specific project conditions.

SETTING/CURING

Do not allow water or chemicals on the material surface for a minimum of 24 hours. For harsh chemical or physical environments cure a minimum of 72 hours prior to exposure.

PACKAGING

Unit Size* Part A Part B
1 gallon 1 gal. can 1 gal. can
3 gallon 1 gal. can 3.5 gal. can
5 gallon 2 gal. pail 6 gal. pail


*Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK before material cures. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen for a specific recommendation.

SHELF LIFE

ConoGlazeTM has a shelf life of one year, when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 202SL

 

CHEMICAL & FOOD GRADE- SELF-LEVELING EPOXY

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Application time
  • Working time at 70°F45 minutes
  • Initial set at 70°F12 hours
  • Bond strength to concrete (ASTM D-4541)concrete failure
  • Compressive strength6,000 psi
  • Density (ASTM C-905)11.81 lbs/gl
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)2,700 psi
  • Maximum service temperature (Dry)180°F (82°C)
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)5 x 106 psi
  • Absorption (ASTM C-413)<0.2%
  • Shrinkage (ASTM C-531)<0.1%
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)2,000 psi
  • Thickness10 - 30 mils

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen Self-Leveling Epoxy No.202SL is a self-leveling coating system for flooring applications. This product offers excellent application properties and is an deal chemical-resistant flooring material for areas where traffic is not extreme. Where skid resistance is required, various sized aggregates may be incorporated as a broadcast system.

Self-Leveling Epoxy No. 202SL – General Purpose Grade is recommended for moderate chemical exposure in a wide variety of industrial facilities. Where temperatures or chemical concentrations necessitate, the Epoxy NovolaK Grade No. 228SL offers additional protection. Consult Sauereisen chemical resistance charts.

This epoxy flooring system should be used with an appropriate Sauereisen primer to enhance bonding. Consult Sauereisen for a primer recommendation depending on the type of substrate and surface conditions.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Resistant to a wide range of acids, alkalies and some solvents.
  • Recommended for the food & beverage, chemical processing, pharmaceutical, steel, and power industries.
  • 100% solids material, no noxious or toxic odors during application.
  • Available colors: 53 gray, 63 tile red

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
The monolithic components and substrate should be maintained at 65°F to 85°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work. Maintain a temperature of 60°-85°F on air, concrete substrate and material components during mixing, application, and cure.

At temperatures below 65°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. Above 85°F, the material working time decreases. It is recommended that the material components be stored in a cooler area prior to mixing.

Application in direct sunlight and rising surface temperatures may result in blistering of materials due to expansion of entrapped air or moisture in the substrate. Concrete that has been in direct sunlight must be shaded 24 hours prior to application and remain shaded until after the initial set. When the surface temperatures are rising, it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of Concrete" for detailed guidelines.

Concrete must be dry, firm and structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer. Concrete shall have a pull off strength of 200 psi or greater as tested by ACI 515.1 Appendix A. Surfaces should be made free of oil grease, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture resembling coarse sandpaper.

New Concrete - Concrete should be floated free of ridges or depressions and all voids filled with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120 or Filler Compound No. 209, depending on the severity of the voids. Too much slope will
result in puddling of the coatings in low spots and insufficient coverage on the higher areas.

If acid etching is utilized as the method ofsurface preparation, refer to ASTM D- 4260 "Standard Practice for Acid Etching Concrete" for appropriate procedure. All acid and residue must be removed prior to applying epoxy.

Old Concrete - All structural cracks must be repaired and slopes reestablished with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120. Concrete should be sloped a maximum 1/8 inch per foot. If existing slope is greater it will be necessary to re-slope using Underlayment No. F-120 or other appropriate underlayments. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

If abrasive or high-pressure water blasting is used as the method of surface preparation, all sand and/or debris must be removed by thoroughly vacuuming the area with an industrial vacuum cleaner. Repeat the procedure if necessary. If surface does not have desired texture, repeat surface preparation procedure.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be provided on 14-foot centerlines and over existing expansion/control joints. Joints should also be placed around all fixed objects, peripheries of rooms and all points of movement in the base slab. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

An appropriate Sauereisen primer should be applied prior to the epoxy coating. This will enhance bond strength. ConoWeld No. 501 is the standard Sauereisen epoxy primer for concrete. Where porosity of concrete is a concern, Sauereisen PenePrime No. 500, a deep-penetrating waterborne epoxy primer, is recommended.

Mixing
Primer - Primers are supplied in premeasured containers. Remix individual containers before using.

Packaging of Primers No. 500 and 501 consists of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B which must be mixed together. Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B container. Using a slow-speed ½-inch drill motor with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix thoroughly until blended for three minutes. Primer is ready for use immediately after mixing.

Self-Leveling Epoxy No. 202SL- Empty contents of Hardener into Liquid and mix thoroughly until blended for at least three minutes with a "Jiffy" mixing blade and drill motor.

Mix only complete units. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not try to retemper the material. Do not add solvent, additive or adulterant to any component or mixed material.

Material should be delivered to finishers immediately after mixing. Do not let material remain in the mixing vessel.

Installation
Primers - Apply primer to concrete using a squeegee. Lightly backroll the primer using a short nap adhesive roller with a nondegradable core. At 70°F, the epoxy primers must be allowed to cure at least eight hours, but no longer than 24 hours, prior to application of Self-Leveling Epoxy. Recoat time should not exceed 24 hours.

Prior to application of the floor coating, inspect primed surface for voids, bubbles, or defects that may result in blistering or pinholes in the topcoat. Repair with Sauereisen Filler Compound No. 209 Fast Set to ensure a sealed surface.

Self-Leveling Epoxy No. 202SL
Workers are advised to wear spiked shoes to allow freshly applied material to self-level. Pour the material in a narrow band starting at any convenient wall or joint. Apply to the desired thickness using a squeegee. No. 202SL may be applied from 10-15 mils per coat. If necessary, 2-3 coats may be specified for a maximum 30 mil thickness. To improve the surface texture and appearance, lightly backroll using a short-nap mohair roller or spiked roller.

Optional Broadcast Systems – Pure white silica sand may be incorporated by one of two methods to provide a more skid-resistant profile. Where a very thin system is specified, sand may be broadcast into wet primer prior to the application of Self-Leveling Epoxy. Use only ConoWeld Primer No. 501 when utilizing this application method. Remove excess sand from the surface of the primer before topcoating.

An alternate method of providing skid resistance is to broadcast directly into the No. 202SL immediately after application. After adequate cure time, excess sand must be vacuumed. A final topcoat of Self-Leveling Epoxy is recommended to seal the broadcast.

Clean white silica sand for broadcasting may be purchased from Sauereisen or sourced locally. A particle size of 30 mesh is recommended.

COVERAGE

Primers
ConoWeld 501: 200 ft2/gal. @ 8 mils
PenePrime 500: 200 ft2/gal. @ 8 mils

Self - Leveling Epoxy No. 202SL: 160 ft2/gal @10 mils
*Quantities do not include losses during application. Coverage is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and specific project conditions.

PACKAGING

Unit Size* Part A Part B
1 gallon 1 gal. can 2 gal. pail
3 gallon 1 gal. can 3.5 gal. pail
5 gallon 3 gal. pail 6 gal. pail


*Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK or N-methyl pyrol before material cures. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen Self-Leveling Epoxy No. 202SL Liquids and Hardeners have a shelf life of one year. Store in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult Sauereisen.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 203

 

FIBRECRETE – GENERAL PURPOSE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Application time (ASTM C-308 modified)
  • Working time at 70°F30 minutes
  • Bond strength to concrete (ASTM D-4541)Concrete failure
  • Compressive strength (ASTM C-579)7,000 psi (492.1 kg/cm2)
  • Density (ASTM C-905)85.7 pcf (1.37 gm/cm3)
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)5,100 psi (358.5 kg/cm2)
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)2.66 x 105 psi (1.87 x 104 kg/cm2)
  • Maximum service temperature (Dry)150°F (65°C)
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)2,700 psi (189.8 kg/cm2)
  • Thickness40 mils

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

FibreCreteTM - General Purpose No. 203 is a fiber-reinforced, chemically-resistant, 100% solids, epoxy lining system used to protect concrete and steel from chemical and physical abuse. The interlocking fiber matrix of FibreCrete systems exhibits outstanding flexural and tensile strengths.

FibreCreteTM may be used in many kinds of manufacturing, processing, storage, and shipping areas. It is formulated to resist most acids and alkalis. This material is applied by spray and provides a protective barrier to processing chemicals.

The FibreCreteTM system should be used with an appropriate Sauereisen primer to enhance bonding. Consult Sauereisen for a primer recommendation depending on the type of substrate and surface conditions. Detailed literature on Sauereisen primers is available. Sauereisen ConoGlaze is recommended as a topcoat to FibreCrete when a glossy surface is desired.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Excellent resistance to food acids and by-products.
  • Conforms to USDA standards for use in federally inspected meat and poultry plants.
  • Interlocking fiber matrix promotes good flexural and tensile strength.
  • Colors available: 25 beige, 50 lt. gray, 53 gray, 63 tile red, 99 white.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
For optimum conditions, maintain a temperature of 60°-85°F on air, substrate, Liquid, and Hardener components during mixing, application, and cure.

The monolithic components should be maintained at 65°F to 80°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work. At temperatures below 65°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. Above 80°F, the material working time decreases.

Application in direct sunlight and rising surface temperature may result in blistering of the materials due to expansion of entrapped air or moisture in the substrate. In rising temperatures it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Metal - Abrasive blast to a nominal 2.5 mil profile employing SSPC-SP5 White Metal Blast for immersion and SSPCSP10 for other service conditions. An SSPC-SP6 Commercial Blast may be suitable for mildly corrosive atmospheric exposure. All welds must be continuous, free of flux and have a smooth rounded radius without any sharp edges.

Concrete - Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of concrete" for detailed guidelines.

New Concrete - All structures must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Surface should be floated free of ridges or depressions and all voids filled with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120 or No. 209 Filler Compound. The choice of underlayment will depend on the severity of the voids to be filled. Surfaces should be sloped a maximum 1/4 inch per foot for drainage.

Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning.

Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate resembling coarse sandpaper.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove old paints, protective coatings, and deteriorated concrete. Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning.

Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and to obtain a uniform, sound substrate. All prepared surfaces must be allowed to dry prior to the lining application. Regardless of preparation method used, all surfaces must be vacuumed to remove any loose deposits or contamination.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be placed over existing expansion joints, around all fixed objects, peripheries of rooms and all points of movement in the base slab. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

An appropriate Sauereisen primer should be applied prior to the FibreCreteTM installation. This will enhance bond strength. ConoWeld No. 501 is the standard Sauereisen epoxy primer for concrete. Where porosity of concrete is a concern, PenePrime No. 500, a deep-penetrating waterborne epoxy primer, is recommended. Hi-Temp Primer No. 560 with Zinc Filler No. 561 is preferred over steel.

Mixing
Primer - Primers are supplied in premeasured containers. Remix individual containers before using.

Packaging of Primers No. 500 and 501 consists of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B which must be mixed together.

Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B container. Using a slow-speed ½-inch drill motor with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix thoroughly until blended for three minutes. Primer is ready for use immediately after mixing.

Primer No. 560 is a single-component urethane. Ferrous substrates require the addition of Zinc Filler No. 561.

FibreCreteTM - Packaging consists of premeasured unitized containers of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B. Remix Part A and B before combining. Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B. Using a slow- speed ½-inch drill motor affixed with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix 3 - 5 minutes until thoroughly blended.

Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not add any solvent, additive, or adulterant to any component or mixed material.

Installation
Primers - Apply Primer to concrete or steel using a short nap adhesive roller with a nondegradable core, or nylon bristle brush. Consult Sauereisen for spray recommendations.

Hi-Temp Primer No. 560 will dry to the touch in approximately 1-2 hours at 70°F. Topcoating should occur no sooner than two hours after application. Hi-Temp Primer No.560 may be topcoated after two hours at 70°. If the duration before topcoating exceeds 24 hours, consult Sauereisen to discuss proper solvent wipe procedures.

Prior to application of FibreCrete inspect primed surface for voids, bubbles, or defects that may result in blistering or pinholes in the lining. Repair with Sauereisen No. 209 Fast Set to ensure a sealed surface.

FibreCreteTM No. 203
Spray application - A single coat of 40 mils thick is suitable for most FibreCrete applications. When building greater thicknesses, two equal coats may be necessary.

In either case, application should be done with a 50% overlap in a "cross hatch" pattern to reduce the possibility of pinholes and to assure complete coverage. Recoat times shall not exceed four hours.

After FibreCreteTM has sufficiently cured, a holiday detector should be utilized to ensure a continuous pinhole-free lining. Consult a Sauereisen representative for details.

The following equipment is typically used for spray application:

Airless Spray Pumps - FibreCrete may be sprayed with a minimum 56:1 piston-primed, airless pump such as the model formerly manufactured by Graco. Alternative equipment such as the Graco 56:1 King Piston Primed Airless, Model 236-477 is also suitable. The current specification is the Graco Xtreme Sprayer X60 - MDL#X60-DH4. Other pumps may be suitable, depending on job site requirements. Remove all filters including the filter from surge tank.

Moisture Air Dryer - RFI Model DA-300 or equivalent. Moisture air dryer must be placed at least 50 ' from air compressor on air line.

Gun - Graco's Ultra-Lite pistol grip Flo- Gun, Model 235-628 is preferred. This gun must be combined with Seat Adapter Model 235-006. Alternatively, the Graco Flo-Gun Model 224-991 is acceptable.

Gun tip - For fiber filled materials, use Tip Housing Part No. XHD-001 with Graco Reversa Tips MDL No. XHD with orifices of 0.039 to 0.043 inches. Alternative brand tips may be suitable, however, never use tips that contain a diffuser pin.

Material hoses -
6' whip end, 3/8" i.d.; working pressure 5,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

0-25' overall, 1/2" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

25-75' overall, 3/4" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 12,000 psi burst.

Air compressor - 180 ft3 per minute at 100 psi, minimum.

Air hose from compressor - 3/4" to 1" i.d.: 100' maximum length to mastic pump.

COVERAGE

ConoWeldTM 501 200 ft2/gal. at 8 mils
PenePrimeTM500 200 ft2/gal. at 8 mils
Hi-Temp Primer 560 320 ft2/gal. at 5 mils
FibreCreteTM 40 ft2/gal.at 40 mils

Coverage is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and specific project conditions.

SETTING/CURING

Do not allow water or chemicals on the material surface for a minimum of 24 hours. For harsh chemical or physical environments cure a minimum of 72 hours prior to exposure.

PACKAGING

Unit Size Part A Part B
1 gallon 1 gal can 2 gal can
2.5 gallon 1 gal can 3.5 gal can
5 gallon 2 gal pail 6 gal pail


*Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK or N-methyl pyrol before material cures. If removal is required after cure consult Sauereisen for specific recommendation.

SHELF LIFE

FibreCrete, ConoWeld, and PenePrime have a shelf life of one (1) year. Hi-Temp Primer/Zinc Filler has a shelf life of (6) months. Store in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 204

 

FIBRECRETE – CHEMICAL AND FOOD GRADE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Application time (ASTM C-308 modified)
  • Working time at 70°F30 minutes
  • Bond strength to concrete (ASTM D-4541)Concrete failure
  • Compressive strength (ASTM C-579)7,000 psi (492.1 kg/cm2)
  • Density (ASTM C-905)85.7 pcf (1.37 gm/cm3)
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)4,500 psi (316.4 kg/cm2)
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)3.0 x 105 psi (2.1 x 104 kg/cm2)
  • Maximum service temperature (Dry)150°F (65°C)
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)2,100 psi (147.6 kg/cm2)
  • Thickness40 mils (1.02mm)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

FibreCreteTM Chemical and Food Grade No. 204 is a fiber-reinforced and chemically- resistant epoxy lining system used to protect concrete and steel from chemical and physical abuse. The interlocking fiber matrix within FibreCrete systems contributes outstanding flexural and tensile strengths while significantly reducing permeability.

FibreCreteTM may be used in many kinds of manufacturing, processing, storage, and shipping areas. It is specifically formulated to resist food acids, fats and oils. This material is applied by spray and provides a protective barrier to processing chemicals and harsh cleaning solutions.

The FibreCreteTM system utilizes Sauereisen ConoWeld No. 501 as a bond enhancing primer. For a glossier surface, FibreCreteTM may be topcoated with Sauereisen ConoGlazeTM.

FibreCreteTM No 204 is responsibly formulated to contain no volatile organic compounds (VOCs) or hazardous air pollutants (HAPS). Like the vast majority of Sauereisen materials, No. 204 qualifies as an environmentally friendly green coating that enables compliance with both federal and local regulations.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Excellent resistance to food acids and by-products.
  • Conforms to USDA requirements for use in federally inspected meat and poultry plants.
  • Environmentally friendly green chemistry. 100% solids. No VOCs or HAPs.
  • Standard colors available in 50 light gray, 53 gray, 63 tile red.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
For optimum conditions, maintain a temperature of 60°-85°F on air, substrate, Liquid, and Hardener components during mixing, application, and cure.

The monolithic components should be maintained at 65°F to 80°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work. At temperatures below 60°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. Above 85°F, the material working time decreases.

Application in direct sunlight and rising surface temperature may result in blistering of the materials due to expansion of entrapped air or moisture in the substrate. In rising temperatures it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Metal - Abrasive blast to a nominal 2.5 mil profile employing SSPC-SP5 White Metal Blast for immersion and SSPCSP10 Near White Metal Blast for other service conditions. All welds must be continuous, free of flux and have a smooth rounded radius or ground flat without any sharp edges.

New Concrete - All structures must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Surface should be floated free of ridges or depressions. Surfaces should be sloped a maximum 1/4 inch per foot for drainage.

Surfaces must be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be
achieved by chemical cleaning.

Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast concrete to remove laitance and to obtain a uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate resembling coarse sandpaper.

All voids should be filled with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120 or No. 209 Filler Compound. The choice of underlayment will depend on the severity of the voids to be filled.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove old paints, protective coatings, and deteriorated concrete. Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast concrete to remove laitance and to obtain a uniform, sound substrate.

Surfaces must be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit the bond. This can be
achieved by chemical cleaning. All prepared surfaces must be allowed to dry prior to applying the lining system. All voids should be filled with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120 or No. 209 Filler Compound. The choice of underlayment will depend on the severity of the voids to be filled.

Regardless of preparation method used, all surfaces must be vacuumed to remove any loose deposits or contamination.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be placed above existing expansion joints, around all fixed objects, peripheries of rooms and all points of movement in the base slab. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

ConoWeld No. 501 is the epoxy primer recommended for most FibreCrete applications. Apply ConoWeld prior to the FibreCrete installation to enhance bond strength. Certain substrates and/or certain site specific conditions may require another primer. Consult Sauereisen for a recommendation.

Mixing
Primer - Primers are packaged in premeasured containers consisting of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B which must be mixed together before use. Remix the Part A and Part B before combining.

Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B container. Using a slow-speed ½-inch drill motor with a "Jiffy" type blade mix thoroughly until blended for 3 minutes. Primer is ready for use immediately after mixing.

FibreCreteTM - Packaging consists of premeasured unitized containers of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B. Remix Part A and B before combining.

Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B. Using a slow- speed ½-inch drill motor affixed with a
"Jiffy" type blade, mix 3 - 5 minutes until thoroughly blended.

Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not add any solvent, additive, or adulterant to any component or mixed material.

Installation
ConoWeld No. 501 - Apply primer to concrete or steel using a short nap adhesive roller with a nondegradable core, or nylon bristle brush.

Consult Sauereisen for spray recommendations. At 70°F, primer should be allowed to cure at least eight hours, but
no longer than 24 hours prior to application of FibreCreteTM. If recoat time exceeds 24 hours, consult Sauereisen.

Prior to application of FibreCreteTM inspect primed surface for voids, bubbles, or defects that may result in blistering or pinholes in the top coat. Repair with Sauereisen Filler Compound No. 209 Fast Set to ensure a sealed surface.

FibreCreteTM No. 204
Spray application - A single coat of 40 mils thick is suitable for most FibreCreteTM applications. When building greater thicknesses, two equal coats may be necessary. In either case, application should be done with a 50% overlap in a "cross hatch" pattern to reduce the possibility of pinholes and to assure complete coverage. Recoat times shall not exceed 24 hours.

After FibreCreteTM has sufficiently cured, a holiday detector may be utilized to ensure a continuous pinhole-free lining. Consult a Sauereisen representative for details.

The following equipment is typically used for spray application:

Airless Spray Pumps - FibreCrete may be sprayed with a minimum 56:1 piston-primed, airless pump such as the model formerly manufactured by Graco. Alternative equipment such as the Graco 56:1 King Piston Primed Airless, Model 236-477 is also suitable. The current specification is the Graco Xtreme Sprayer X60 - MDL#X60-DH4. Other pumps may be suitable, depending on job site requirements. Remove all filters including the filter from surge tank.

Moisture Air Dryer - RFI Model DA-300 or equivalent. Moisture air dryer must be placed at least 50 ' from air compressor on air line.

Gun - Graco's Ultra-Lite pistol grip Flo- Gun, Model 235-628 is preferred. This gun must be combined with Seat Adapter Model 235-006. Alternatively, the Graco Flo-Gun Model 224-991 is acceptable.

Gun tip - For fiber filled materials, use Tip Housing Part No. XHD-001 with Graco Reversa Tips MDL No. XHD with orifices of 0.039 to 0.043 inches. Alternative brand tips may be suitable, however, never use tips that contain a diffuser pin.

Material hoses -
6' whip end, 3/8" i.d.; working pressure 5,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

0-25' overall, 1/2" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

25-75' overall, 3/4" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 12,000 psi burst.

Air compressor - 180 ft3 per minute at 100 psi, minimum.

Air hose from compressor - 3/4" to 1" i.d.: 100' maximum length to mastic pump.

Measures such as water traps, dryers, or filters should be used to prevent pump freeze-up.

COVERAGE

ConoWeld 200 ft2 per gal. at 8 mils
FibreCrete 40 ft2 per gal. at 40 mils

Coverage is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and specific project conditions.

SETTING/CURING

Do not allow water or chemicals on the material surface for a minimum of 24 hours. For harsh chemical or physical environments cure a minimum of 72 hours prior to exposure.

PACKAGING

Unit Size* Part A Part B
1 gallon 1 gal. can 2 gal. can
2.5 gallon 1 gal. can 3.5 gal. can
5 gallon 1 gal. pail 6 gal. pail

*Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK before material cures. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen for a specific recommendation.

SHELF LIFE

FibreCrete has a shelf life of one (1) year, when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 206

 

FIBRECRETE – AR

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Application time (ASTM C-308 modified)
  • Working time at 70°F30 minutes
  • Bond strength to concrete (ASTM D-4541)Concrete failure
  • Compressive strength (ASTM C-579)5,400 psi (380.0 kg/cm2)
  • Density (ASTM C-905)91.0 pcf (1.48 gm/cm3)
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)3,700 psi (260.2 kg/cm2)
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)2.4 x 105 psi (1.69 x 104 kg/cm2)
  • Maximum service temperature (Dry)180°F (82°C)
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)1,900 psi (133.6 kg/cm2)
  • Thickness40 mils (1.02mm)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

FibreCrete - AR No. 206 is a fiber-reinforced, chemically-resistant, 100% solids, epoxy lining system used to protect concrete and steel tanks, scrubbers, ductwork and other vessels from abrasion and chemical and physical abuse. The interlocking fiber matrix of FibreCrete systems exhibit outstanding flexural and tensile strengths. Fibrecrete AR No. 206 offers excellent resistance to abrasion, heat and chemical attack typically found in flue-gas and refining applications.

FibreCrete may be used in many kinds of manufacturing, processing, storage, and shipping areas. It is specifically formulated to resist a wide range of corrosive environments. This material is applied by spray and provides a protective barrier resistant to thermal shock in refrigeration areas and is resistant to higher temperatures.

The FibreCrete system utilizes Sauereisen ConoWeld No. 501 as a bond enhancing primer. For a glossy surface, FibreCrete may be topcoated with Sauereisen ConoGlaze.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Excellent resistance to sulfuric acid.
  • Meets USDA standards for use in federally inspected meat and poultry plants.
  • Inter-locking fiber matrix.
  • Colors available in 53 gray, 63 tile red.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
For optimum conditions, maintain a temperature of 60°-85°F on air, substrate, Liquid, and Hardener components during mixing, application, and cure.

The monolithic components should be maintained at 65°F to 80°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 65°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. Above 80°F, the material working time decreases.

Application in direct sunlight and rising surface temperature may result in blistering of the materials due to expansion of entrapped air or moisture in the substrate. In rising temperatures it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Metal - Abrasive blast to a nominal 2.5 mil profile employing SSPC-SP5 White Metal Blast for immersion and SSPCSP10 for other service conditions. All welds must be continuous, free of flux and have a smooth rounded radius without any sharp edges.

Concrete - Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of concrete" for detailed guidelines.

New Concrete - All structures must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Surface should be floated free of ridges or depressions and all voids filled with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120 or No. 209 Filler Compound. The choice of underlayment will depend on the severity of the voids to be filled. Surfaces should be sloped a maximum 1/4 inch per foot for drainage.

Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate resembling coarse sandpaper.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove old paints, protective coatings, and deteriorated concrete. Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning.

Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and to obtain a uniform, sound substrate.

All prepared surfaces must be allowed to dry prior to the coating application. Regardless of preparation method used, all surfaces must be vacuumed to remove any loose deposits or contamination.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be placed around existing expansion joints, all fixed objects, peripheries of room and all points of movement in the base slab. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

An appropriate Sauereisen primer should be applied prior to the FibreCrete installation. This will enhance bond strength. ConoWeld No. 501 is the standard Sauereisen epoxy primer for concrete.

Where porosity of concrete is a concern, PenePrime No. 500, a deep-penetrating waterborne epoxy primer, is recommended. Hi-Temp Primer No. 560 with Zinc Filler No. 561 is preferred over steel.

Mixing
Primer - Primers are supplied in premeasured containers. Remix individual containers before using.

Packaging of Primers No. 500 and 501 consists of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B which must be mixed together.

Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B container. Using a slow-speed ½-inch drill motor with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix thoroughly until blended for three minutes. Primer is ready for use immediately after mixing.

Primer No. 560 is a single-component urethane. Ferrous substrates require the addition of Zinc Filler No. 561.

FibreCrete - Packaging consists of premeasured unitized containers of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B. Remix Part A and B before combining.

Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B. Using a slow- speed ½-inch drill motor affixed with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix 3 - 5 minutes until thoroughly blended.

Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not add any solvent, additive, or
adulterant to any component or mixed material.

Installation
Primers - Apply Primer to concrete or steel using a short nap adhesive roller with a nondegradable core, or nylon bristle brush. Consult Sauereisen for spray recommendations.

At 70°F, the epoxy primers must be allowed to cure at least eight hours, but no longer than 24 hours, prior to application of FibreCrete The moist-cured urethane No. 560 may be topcoated between two hours to 24 hours after application. If recoat time exceeds 24 hours, consult Sauereisen for solvent wipe procedures.

Prior to application of FibreCrete inspect primed surface for voids, bubbles, or defects that may result in blistering or pinholes in the lining. Repair with Sauereisen No. 209 Fast Set to ensure a sealed surface.

FibreCrete No. 206
Spray application - A single coat of 40 mils thick is suitable for most FibreCrete applications. When building greater thicknesses, two equal coats may be necessary. In either case, application should be done with a 50% overlap in a "cross hatch" pattern to reduce the possibility of pinholes and to assure complete coverage. Recoat times shall not exceed 24 hours.

After FibreCrete has sufficiently cured, a holiday detector may be utilized to ensure a continuous pinhole-free lining. Consult a Sauereisen representative for details.

The following equipment is typically used for spray application:

Mastic pump - FibreCrete may be sprayed with a minimum 56:1 piston-primed, airless pump such as manufactured by Graco. The current specifications for new equipment are the Graco 56:1 King Piston Primed Airless, Model 236 - 477. Other pumps may be suitable, depending on job site requirements. Remove filter from surge tank.

Gun - Graco Pistol-Grip Flo Gun, Model 224-991.

Gun tip - Graco Reverse-a-CleanTM housing part No. 222-674 with 0.039" to 0.043 inches. For unreinforced coatings, the 0.039 tip works best. In either case, the diffuser should be removed prior to use.

Material hose - 6' whip end, 3/8" i.d.; working pressure 5,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

Material hose- 0-25' overall, 1/2" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

Material hose- 25-75' overall, 3/4" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 12,000 psi burst.

Air compressor- 180 ft3 per minute at 100 psi, minimum.

Air hose from compressor - 3/4" to 1" i.d.: 100' maximum length to mastic pump.

Measures such as water traps, dryers, or filters should be used to prevent pump freeze-up.

COVERAGE

ConoWeld 501 200 ft2/gal. at 8 mils
PenePrime 500 200 ft2/gal. at 8 mils
Hi-Temp Primer 560 320 ft2/gal. at 5 mils
FibreCrete 40 ft2/gal.at 40 mils

Coverage is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and specific project conditions.

SETTING/CURING

Do not allow water or chemicals on the material surface for a minimum of 24 hours. For harsh chemical or physical environments cure a minimum of 72 hours prior to exposure.

PACKAGING

Unit Size* Part A Part B
1 gallon 1 qt. can 2 gal. can
2.5 gallon 1 gal. can 3.5 gal. can
5 gallon 1 gal. pail 6 gal. pail


*Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK before material cures. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen for specific recommendations.

SHELF LIFE

FibreCrete has a shelf life of one (1) year, when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 207

 

CONOGLAZE AR

ConoGlaze AR 207 is a two component epoxy lining system that is used to protect concrete, steel and other substrates from chemical attack and abrasion. ConoGlaze AR 207 is specifically formulated for maximum resistance to abrasion, heat and chemical attack typically found in flue-gas and refining applications. When used as a topcoat for ConoCrete or FibreCrete systems, ConoGlaze improves appearance and ease of cleaning.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Specifically formulated for abrasion resistance.
  • Excellent resistance to acids and alkalies.
  • Available in colors: 25 beige, 50 gray, 53 gray, 63 tile red, 99 white

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 50° - 85°F on air, substrate and materials during mixing, application and cure. Material temperature must be maintained between 65° - 80°F for a minimum of 48 hours prior to use. Lower temperatures will require a longer cure time. Above 80°F working time decreases.

Application in direct sunlight and/or rising surface temperature may result in blistering of materials due to entrapped air, entrained air or moisture escaping from the substrate. When surface temperatures are rising, it may be necessary to delay installation, or apply materials during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
New Concrete - The concrete must have the necessary physical strength to withstand the imposed loads during normal use and operation. Concrete should be floated free of ridges or depressions and all voids filled with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120. Concrete should be sloped a maximum 1/4" to the foot for drainage.

Chemical cleaning with Degreaser 809 and/or ConoClean 704 may be necessary to remove oil, grease and other contaminants that may inhibit bond of the epoxy monolithic. Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast to remove laitance and obtain a firm, uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate resembling coarse sandpaper.

Old Concrete - Concrete must have the physical strength to withstand the imposed loads during normal use and operation. Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove old paints, protective coatings, and deteriorated concrete. Chemical cleaning with Degreaser 809 and/or ConoClean 704 may be necessary to remove oil, grease and other contaminants. Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast to remove laitance and obtain a firm, uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate and resembling coarse sandpaper. All structural cracks should be repaired, and all slopes reestablished with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120.

All prepared surfaces must be allowed to thoroughly dry prior to epoxy monolithic application. Regardless of preparation method used, all surfaces must be vacuumed to remove any loose deposits or contamination.

Metal - Metal must be structurally sound as specified by architect/engineer. Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove old paints or protective coatings. Chemical cleaning may be necessary to remove oil, grease and other contaminants. All welds must be continuous, free of flux, and have a smooth rounded radius without any sharp edges. Abrasive blast to a nominal 2.5 mil profile, employing SSPC SP-5 White Metal Blast for immersion conditions and SSPC SP-10 Near White Metal Blast for splash and spill or severe atmospheric environments. Recommendations for less severe environments consult a Sauereisen representative.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be placed over existing expansion/control joints. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Primer - ConoWeld 501/502 are recommended for concrete and other porous surfaces. ConoPrime 506 is recommended for use on metallic surfaces where flash rusting cannot be controlled.

Primers are packaged in premeasured containers consisting of Hardener and Resin which must be mixed together
before use. Remix all components before combining.

Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B and mix for 3 – 5 minutes with a Jiffy mixing blade affixed to a slow-speed 1/2"-drill motor. Primer is ready for use immediately after mixing.

ConoGlaze - Packaging consists of premeasured unitized containers of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B components. Remix components before using.

Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B and mix for 3 – 5 minutes with a Jiffy mixing blade affixed to a slow-speed 1/2"-drill motor.

Mix only complete units of material – do not mix partial batches.

Installation
Primer
ConoPrime 506 - Apply to steel with a short nap adhesive roller with a nondegradable core, nylon bristle brush, or suitable airless spray equipment. Allow ConoPrime to cure approximately 8-24 hours prior to ConoGlaze application. For best results, ConoGlaze should be applied when ConoPrime is tack- free.

Primer
ConoWeld 501/502 - Apply to concrete using a short nap adhesive roller with a nondegradable core, or nylon bristle brush. For horizontal surfaces, ConoWeld 501/502 must be allowed to cure at least two hours, but not more than 24 hours prior to application of ConoGlaze. For vertical or overhead surfaces, allow a cure of 8 - 24 hours to eliminate sagging of the ConoGlaze material. For best results, ConoGlaze should be applied when primer is slightly tacky. If recoat time exceeds 24 hours, contact Sauereisen. ConoGlaze

RollerApplication- Material should be delivered to finishers immediately after mixing. Do no,/ let mixed material remain in the mixing vessel. If application is for floor areas, spread the material with a squeegee to the desired thickness. To improve the surface texture of floor applications, lightly backroll the material with a short nap adhesive roller with a nondegradable core. For vertical application, material shall be lightly backrolled to desired thickness. All finishing and backrolling must be completed within 30 minutes from mixing.

Spray Application - If spray application is chosen, contact Sauereisen for complete details on equipment requirements. The following equipment is typically used for spray application:

The following equipment is typically used for spray application:

Airless Spray Pumps - SewerGard Glaze may be sprayed with a minimum 45:1 piston-primed, airless pump such as the model formerly manufactured by Graco. Alternative equipment such as the Graco 56:1 King Piston Primed Airless, Model 236-477 is also suitable. The current specification is the Graco Xtreme Sprayer X60 - MDL#X60-DH4. Remove
all filters including the filter from surge tank.

Other pumps may be suitable, depending on the job site requirements.

Moisture Air Dryer - RFI Model DA-300 or equivalent. Moisture air dryer must be placed at least 50' from air compressor on air line.

Gun - Graco's Ultra-Lite pistol grip Flo- Gun, Model 235-628 is preferred. This gun must be combined with Seat Adapter Model 235-006. Alternatively, the Graco Flo-Gun Model 224-991 is acceptable.

Gun tip -Use Tip Housing Part No. XHD- 001 with Graco Reversa Tips MDL No. XHD with orifices of 0.025 to 0.031 inch tip works best. Alternative brand tips may be suitable, however, never use tips that contain a diffuser pin.

Material hose - 6' whip end, 3/8" i.d.; working pressure 5,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

Material hose - 0-25' overall, 1/2" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

Material hose - 25-75' overall, 3/4" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 12,000 psi burst.

Air compressor - 180 ft3 per minute at 100 psi, minimum.

Air hose from compressor - 3/4" to 1" i.d.: 100' maximum length to mastic pump.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 208

 

RESTOKRETE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • (At seven days, unless noted otherwise)
  • Bond Strength to Concrete (ASTM 7234)Concrete Failure
  • Bond strength by Slant Shear (ASTM C-882)1,027 psi (72.19 kg/cm2)
  • Density - as mixed108.5 pcf (1.74 g/cm3)
  • - Cured (24 hours)107.4 pcf (1.72 g/cm3)
  • Recoat Window with SewerGard Systems5 hours to 72 hours
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)830 psi (58.34 kg/cm2)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen RestoKrete™ No. 208 is a substrate repair material and water resistant barrier for prevention of inflow and infiltration in concrete or brick substrates.

RestoKrete™ No. 208 is an epoxy-based mortar specified for substrate repair where structural integrity needs to be restored. RestoKrete™ No. 208 is designed to fill voids, irregularities, and air pockets in concrete.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Pumpable and sprayable through straight shot nozzle
  • Trowelable
  • Can be applied by spincast spray nozzle
  • Moisture tolerant
  • Designed to be top-coated with most Sauereisen systems including ConoFlex No. 381

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
For optimum conditions, the substrate should be maintained at 60°F to 85°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 60°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded.

Above 85°F, the material working time decreases. It is recommended that the material components be stored in a cooler area prior to mixing.

Surface Preparation
Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond.

Concrete must be firm and structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer.

Hydroblasting should be utilized to remove laitance, contaminants, or loose particles and to produce a clean, sound surface. All standing surface water should be removed prior to applying RestoKrete™ No. 208.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Mixing should be done mechanically with a slow-speed mortar mixer or drill motor with a "Jiffy" type mixing blade to obtain a uniform consistency. The mixing equipment must be clean and free of contaminants.

Remix Hardener (Part A) by shaking the container. Remix contents of the Liquid component (Part B) for a minimum of 2 minutes with a slow speed paddle or "Jiffy" mixer. Combine contents of Hardener to Liquid and mix for a minimum of 2-3 minutes. Add Powder (Part C) and continue mixing for 2-3 minutes or until thoroughly blended. Mix only complete batches.

Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not try to retemper the material.

Installation
By Trowel Method
Sauereisen RestoKrete™ No. 208 can be applied by trowel at a thickness up to ½ inch.

To maximize working time, spread mixed No. 208 onto a plasterer's hawk upon completion of the mixing. Apply No. 208 to concrete with a smooth plasterer's rubber float or steel trowel. After application, excess material may be removed by using the edge of the float or trowel.

Sauereisen No. 208 may be used as a skim coat to provide a uniform surface over new concrete. In these applications, the number of surface voids to be filled in the concrete will vary. For estimating purposes, a regular unit of No. 208 will cover approximately 49 ft2 @ 1/16 inch thickness. No. 208 large unit will cover approximately 99 ft2 @ 1/16 inch thickness when used as a skim coat.

Coverage is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and project specifics.

APPLICATION

By Spray Method
When using a mobile rotor-stator pump, apply a uniform coat at a thickness of 1/16 to 1/4 inch. The following equipment is typical for rotary-sprayed applications of substrate resurfacing materials:

Rotor/Stator Pump outfitted with an appropriate spincaster nozzle or a straight-shot nozzle for rotary spray applications.

Moisture Separator for collecting condensation within air lines.

Material Hose of 1" to 1-1/4 inch diameter and 15-feet length with internal expanded male ends and cam locks, with capacity of 300 psi required.

Air Hose of ½-inch diameter and 50-feet length from compressor to wet spray nozzle. Specify 200 psi and 2 lug Chicago fittings.

Air Hose of 1-inch diameter and 15-feet length from Moisture Separator to Spinning Nozzle Assembly. Specify 200 psi capacity with one end Chicago fitting and one end brass female swivel.

Cam-Lock Couplings of 1-inch and ¾-inch diameter (2 sets each).

Miscellaneous Parts
• 3/16 to 1/4 inch spray tips
• Tip retainer nut
• Pole gun assembly

Other Outside Source Equipment
• 180 cfm Air Compressor
• 5500 watt Generator with 220-volt single phase

FINISHING

If Sauereisen RestoKrete™ No. 208 is applied by trowel or spray, finishing after material placement is optional. A broom or brush finish is not required.

SETTING/CURING

Proper curing of No. 208 is critical to the serviceability of the completed structure. No. 208 may be top coated after its initial set in 5 hours at 70°F. Final set is achieved at 48 hours at 70°F.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned by scrubbing with a stiff brush and water at the end of each working period or when build-up becomes pronounced. A mild abrasive should be recirculated through the pump and hoses.

COVERAGE

When mixed at the proper ratio of powder, liquid and hardener, a unit of No. 208 will yield the following:

Regular Units
449.5 in3 per unit
24.96 ft2 per bag @ 1/8-inch thickness
12.48 ft2 per bag @ ¼-inch thickness
6.24 ft2 per bag @ ½-inch thickness

Large Units
898.59 in3 per unit.
49.92 ft2 per bag @ 1/8 inch thickness
24.96 ft2 per bag @ 1/4 inch thickness
12.48 ft2 per bag @ 1/2 inch thickness

PACKAGING

RestoKrete™ No. 208 is packaged in a Regular Unit (28.11 lbs.) and a Large Unit (56.25 lbs.)

Regular Units 28.11 pounds

Part A Hardener 4.72 lbs (0.5394 gal) packaged in a 3.5-gallon plastic pail
Part B Resin 3.39 lbs (0.3568 gal) packaged in a 1-gallon metal can
Part C Powder 20 lbs packaged in a paper bag

Large Units 56.25 pounds

Part A Hardener 9.45 lbs (1.08 gal) packaged in a 5-gallon plastic pail
Part B Resin 6.79 lbs (.7147 gal) packaged in a 1-gallon metal can
Part C Powder 40 lbs packaged in a paper bag

LEGAL NOTICE

Sauereisen®, SewerGard®, ConoCrete™, RestoKrete™, ConoGlaze™, and FibreCrete™ are all products or services denoted with ™ or ®. These trademarks or registered trademarks of Sauereisen, Inc. Sauereisen trademarks may not be used in conjunction with any product or service that is not a Sauereisen product or service.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen No. 208 has a shelf life of one (1) year when stored unopened in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 209 & 209FS

 

RESTOKRETE FILLER COMPOUND

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

 
No. 209FS
No. 209
Application time
 
 
Working time
5 minutes
15 minutes
Minimum cure time prior to topcoating
1 hour
3 hours
Components
--
3 parts
Bond strength to concrete (ASTM D-4541)
--
Concrete failure
Compressive strength
--
10,000 psi (703.0 kg/cm2)
Density (ASTM C-905)
--
87.2 pcf (1.40 gm/cm3)
Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)
--
4,000 psi (281.2 kg/cm2)
Maximum service temperature
--
150°F (65°C)
Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)
--
5.2 x 104 psi (3.7 x 103 kg/cm2)
Moisture absorption (ASTM C-413)
--
Shrinkage (ASTM C-531)
--
Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)
--
2,200 psi (154.7 kg/cm2)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen RestoKrete™ Filler - Compound No. 209 is an epoxy formulation specifically designed to fill voids, irregularities, and air pockets in concrete and steel. The filler compound provides a smooth surface for the application of epoxy monolithics. No. 209 is not compatible with vinyl ester topcoats. The No. 209FS is a faster setting formulation.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Fills and seals irregularities in concrete, steel and brick substrates.
  • Suitable for application over damp or dry concrete surfaces.
  • Easy to apply.
  • Quick set time.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 60°-90°F on air, substrate, Hardener, Liquid and Powder components during mixing, application, and cure. The material components should be maintained at 65°F to 85°F for 48 hours prior to use.

At temperatures below 60°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. Above 85°F, the material working time decreases. It is recommended that the material components be stored in a cooler area prior to mixing.

Shading the substrate and using ice water to cool mixing equipment is not uncommon. In extreme temperatures it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Concrete - Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of concrete" for detailed guidelines.

Metal - Abrasive blast to a nominal 2.5-mil profile employing SSPC-SP5 White Metal Blast for immersion and SSPCSP10 for other service conditions. All welds must be continuous, free of flux and have a smooth rounded radius without any sharp edges.

New Concrete - Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture.

Old Concrete - Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast to remove all foreign particles and attacked or unsound concrete and obtain uniform sound substrate. Concrete must be firm and structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer.

Brick - Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast all foreign particles and attacked or unsound
mortar from the joints. Loose brickwork should be re-grouted with No. 209. All active hydrostatic leaks must be stopped with Sauereisen InstaPlug™ No. F-180 prior to No. 209 application.

If chemical cleaning is utilized to remove contaminants, substrate must be neutralized. If abrasive or high-pressure water blasting is used as the method of surface preparation, all sand and/or debris must be removed by thoroughly vacuuming the area with an industrial vacuum cleaner. If surface does not have desired conditions, repeat surface preparation procedure.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Remix Hardener (Part A) by shaking the container. Remix contents of the Liquid component (Part B) for a minimum of 2 minutes with a slow speed paddle or "Jiffy" mixer. Combine contents of Hardener to Liquid and mix for a minimum
of 3 minutes. Add Powder (Part C) and continue mixing until thoroughly blended. Mix only complete batches.

Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not try to retemper the material.

Installation
To maximize working time, spread mixed RestoKrete™No. 209 onto a plasterer's hawk upon completion of the mixing. Apply No. 209 to concrete with a smooth plasterer's rubber float or steel trowel. After application, excess material must be removed by using the edge of the float, trowel, or a squeegee.

COVERAGE

RestoKrete™No. 209 Regular Unit
680 ft2 per unit at 1-mil thick

No. 209 Large Unit
3,876 ft2per unit at 1-mil thick

No. 209FS
136 ft2 per unit at 1-mil thick

Sauereisen RestoKrete™ No. 209 may be used as a skim coat to provide a uniform surface over new concrete. In these applications, the number of surface voids to be filled in the concrete will vary. For estimating purposes, a small unit of No. 209 will cover approximately 45ft2 when used as a skim coat. No. 209L will cover approximately 250ft2 when used as a skim coat.

Coverage is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and project specifics.

PACKAGING

No. 209 (Regular Unit) 5-pound unit

Part A Hardener 0.70 lbs. (0.083 gal) packaged in a metal gallon can
Part B Resin 2.10 lbs (0.223 gal) packaged in a metal quart can
Part C Powder 2.20 lbs packaged in a clear plastic baggie

Note: All 3 components can be mixed together in the gallon can

No. 209 (Large Unit) 28.5-pound unit

Part A Hardener 4.0 lbs. (0.473 gal) packaged in a metal gallon can
Part B Resin 12.0 lbs (1.29 gal) packaged in a plastic 5-gallon pail
Part C Powder 12.5 lbs packaged in a brown-plastic lined bag

Note: All 3 components can be mixed together in the 5-gallon plastic pail

No. 209FS 1.1 pound unit

Part A Hardener 0.13 lbs. (0.015 gal) packaged in a metal pint can
Part B Resin 0.5 lbs (0.056 gal) packaged in a metal pint can
Part C Powder 0.5 lbs. packaged in a clear plastic baggie

Note: All 3 Fast Set components are packaged together in a metal gallon can for a mixing container

SETTING/CURING

Filler Compound No. 209
Sauereisen RestoKrete™ No. 209 has a working time of approximately twenty minutes. The material takes an initial set in roughly three hours at 65°F. This minimum cure time of three hours should elapse prior to topcoating.

Please consult Sauereisen's Technical Service Department prior to any recoat applications exceeding 72 hours.
Generally, No. 209 may be recoated with a SewerGard® system up to 3 days later when the surface temperature is maintained at 65°F or below. In all cases, the surface must be free from any contaminants including amine blush.

Filler Compound No. 209FS
No. 209 FS (Fast Set) has a working time of approximately five minutes at 70°F.The material takes an initial set in one hour. No. 209FS can be topcoated with a SewerGard® system after one hour.

The maximum duration for topcoating RestoKrete™ No. 209FS should not exceed 36 hours when the surface is
maintained at 70°F. For temperatures below 70°F, working time and set time are lengthened. Please consult Sauereisen's Technical Service Department prior to any recoat application exceeding 24 hours.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK before material cures. If removal is required after cure consult Sauereisen for specific recommendation.

LEGAL NOTICE

Sauereisen®, SewerGard®, ConoCrete™, RestoKrete™, ConoGlaze™, and FibreCrete™ are all products or services denoted with ™ or ®. These trademarks or registered trademarks of Sauereisen, Inc. Sauereisen trademarks may not be used in conjunction with any product or service that is not a Sauereisen product or service.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen RestoKrete™ Filler Compound No. 209 and No. 209FS have a shelf life of one year, when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 209HB

 

RESTOKRETE HI-BUILD FILLER COMPOUND

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Application time
  • Working time at 70°F30 minutes
  • Recoat window at 70°FFrom 4 - 6 hours (minimum) up to 72 hours (maximum)
  • Bond strength to concrete (ASTM D-4541)Concrete failure
  • Components3 parts
  • Compressive strength @ 7 days5,020 psi (353 kg/cm2)
  • Density (ASTM C-905)47.3 pcf (0.76 gm/cm3)
  • Maximum service temperature150°F (65°C)
  • Tensile strength @ 7 days1,645 psi (116 kg/cm2)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

RestoKrete™Hi-Build Filler Compound - No. 209HB is an epoxy material specifically designed to refinish large surfaces and open joints within concrete. No. 209HB provides a smooth finish and appropriate bonding surface for epoxy topcoats. RestoKrete™ Hi-Build Filler Compound is formulated to minimize sagging which permits thick application of the product where necessary. Do not use with vinyl ester topcoats.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Seals gaps and other irregularities in concrete and brick substrates.
  • Suitable for filling voids larger than typical concrete bugholes.
  • Easy to apply.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 60°-90°F on air, substrate, Hardener, Liquid and Powder components during mixing, application, and cure. The material components should be maintained at 65°F to 85°F for 48 hours prior to use.

At temperatures below 60°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. Above 85°F, the material working time decreases. It is recommended that the material components be stored in a cooler area prior to mixing.
Shading the substrate and using ice water to cool mixing equipment is not uncommon. In extreme temperatures it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Concrete - Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of concrete" for detailed guidelines.

New Concrete - Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture.

Old Concrete - Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast to remove all foreign particles and attacked or unsound concrete and obtain uniform sound substrate. Concrete must be firm and structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer.

Brick - Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be
achieved by chemical cleaning. Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast all foreign particles and attacked or unsound mortar from the joints. Loose brickwork should be regrouted with No. 209HB. All active hydrostatic leaks must be stopped with Sauereisen InstaPlug™ No. F-180 prior to RestoKrete™ No. 209HB application.

If chemical cleaning is utilized to remove contaminants, substrate must be neutralized. If abrasive or high-pressure water blasting is used as the method of surface preparation, all sand and/or debris must be removed by thoroughly vacuuming the area with an industrial vacuum cleaner. If surface does not have desired conditions, repeat surface preparation procedure.

APPLICATION

Priming
Primer is not required with the use of No. 209HB. However, when necessary, an epoxy primer may be used in conjunction with No. 209HB to minimize out-gassing in the concrete substrate. Consult Sauereisen's Technical Service
Department for recommendations for this type of application/requirement.

Filler Compound Mixing
Remix contents of Liquid component for a minimum of 2 minutes with a slow-speed paddle or "Jiffy" mixer. Remix
Hardener by shaking. Combine contents of Hardener to Liquid and mix for a minimum of 3 minutes. Gradually add Powder and continue mixing until thoroughly blended. Mix only complete batches.

Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not try to retemper the material.

Filler Compound Installation
Spread the RestoKrete™ Hi-Build Filler Compound onto a plasterer's hawk after mixing. This will maximize working time. Apply RestoKrete™ No. 209HB to concrete with a smooth plasterer's rubber float. After application, excess material must be removed by using the edge of the float or a squeegee. Another method of applying No. 209HB is to utilize a pump and portable injection equipment. Consult Sauereisen for details.

COVERAGE

The theoretical coverage is 5,000 ft2 per unit at 1-mil thick. At the thickness of 1/8 inch (125 mils) the approximate coverage will be 40 ft2 per unit. Since the actual required thickness will vary, estimates must be calculated as needed.
Coverage is theoretical and will be affected by surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and project specifics.

SETTING/CURING

RestoKrete™ Filler Compound No. 209HB has a working time of 30 minutes at 70°F. The material takes an initial set in a matter of hours. No. 209HB Filler Compound can be topcoated after 4 - 6 hours at 70°F.

No. 209HB has a maximum recoat window of 72 hours at 70°F. Consult Sauereisen's Technical Service Department for recommendations when the recoat window will exceed 72 hours. In all cases, the surface of the No. 209HB must be clean and free of all contaminants, including amine blush, prior to recoating.

For temperatures below 70°F, working time and set time are retarded. For temperatures above 70°F the working time and set time are accelerated.

PACKAGING

The three components of RestoKrete™ No. 209HB are packaged as a 19.13-pound unit.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK before material cures. If removal is required after cure consult Sauereisen for specific recommendation.

LEGAL NOTICE

Sauereisen®, SewerGard®, ConoCrete™, RestoKrete™, ConoGlaze™, and FibreCrete™ are all products or services denoted with ™ or ®. These trademarks or registered trademarks of Sauereisen, Inc. Sauereisen trademarks may not be used in conjunction with any product or service that is not a Sauereisen product or service.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen RestoKrete™ Hi-Build Filler Compound has a shelf life of one (1) year, when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 210FS

 

SEWERGARD FAST SET

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Application time (ASTM C-308 modified)
  • Working time at 70°F20 minutes
  • Initial set at 70°F2 hours
  • Bond strength to concrete (ASTM D-4541)Concrete failure
  • Compressive strength (ASTM C-579)12,300 psi (863.4 kg/cm2)
  • Density (ASTM C-905)123 pcf (1.97 gm/cm3)
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)7,200 psi (506.3 kg/cm2)
  • Maximum service temperature (continuous)150°F (65°C)
  • Moisture absorption (ASTM D-570-95)< 0.04%
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)2,900 psi (205.5 kg/cm2)
  • Thickness1/8 inch (3.175 mm)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data IS subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen SewerGard® No. 210FS is a fast-setting epoxy material for use in municipal wastewater environments. This lining protects concrete surfaces from chemical attack and physical abuse. It is particularly useful for protection of manhole benches, inverts and other structures subject to very little maintenance downtime.

SewerGard® No. 210FS has non-sagging application properties that permit vertical and overhead applications, if necessary. When cured, No. 210FS provides an impermeable, high strength, corrosion-resistant lining.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Fast set allows rapid return to service.
  • Resistant to corrosive conditions common to the municipal wastewater industry.
  • Suitable for application over damp or dry concrete surfaces.
  • Trowelable non-sagging consistency ensures ease of application on vertical and overhead surfaces.
  • Does not require a primer.
  • Prohibits water infiltration

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
For applications intended to be fast setting, maintain a temperature of 60°-85°F on air, substrate, Liquid, Hardener, and Powder components during mixing, application, and cure.

The monolithic components should be maintained at 65°F to 80°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures between 35°-65°F, the application window and cure time increases. This allows No. 210FS to be used in cold weather. However, do not apply at temperatures below 35°F. Conversely, in warm weather above 80°F, the material working time is reduced.

Application in direct sunlight and rising surface temperature may result in blistering of the materials due to expansion of entrapped air or moisture in the substrate. Concrete surfaces that have been in direct sunlight must be shaded for 24 hours prior to application and remain shaded until the initial set has taken place. In rising temperatures, it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning, abrasive blasting or high-pressure water blasting (min 5,000 psi).

Concrete - Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of Concrete" for detailed guidelines.

New Concrete - All structures must be properly designed and capable of withstanding imposed loads. Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer. Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove old paints, protective coatings, and attacked or deteriorated concrete. Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast concrete to remove laitance and obtain a uniform sound substrate.
Substrate surfaces requiring repairs in excess of 1/8-inch deep may be resurfaced with Sauereisen's cementitious Underlayment No. F-120FS to ensure proper rehabilitation of the substrate.

Brick - Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast all foreign matter and attacked or unsound mortar from the joints. Loose brickwork or open joints should be regrouted with appropriate Sauereisen mortar to ensure structural integrity.

All active hydrostatic leaks must be stopped with Sauereisen materials such as InstaPlugTM No. F-180 or Hydroactive Urethane Grout No. F-370 prior to SewerGard® application.

If chemical cleaning is utilized to remove contaminants, substrate must be neutralized. If abrasive or high-pressure water blasting is used as the method of surface preparation, all sand and/or debris must be removed by thoroughly vacuuming the area with an industrial vacuum cleaner. If surface does not have desired conditions, repeat surface preparation procedure.

No. 210FS may be applied over damp surfaces that are free of standing water. The best results are achieved with dry surfaces.

APPLICATION

Mixing
No. 210FS is packaged in pre-measured units of Powder, Liquid, and Hardener components. Mixing should be done mechanically with a "Jiffy" mixer blade chucked into a ½-inch drill motor. The mixing equipment must be clean and free of Portland cement or other contaminants.

Remix both Liquid and Hardener prior to combining components. Empty contents of the Liquid into a clean, dry mixing container. Empty contents of Hardener into Liquid and mix thoroughly until blended for at least one minute. Add Powder component gradually while mixing to a uniform consistency. Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not try to retemper the material. Do not add solvent, additive or adulterant to any component or mixed material.

Remove the entire batch from the mixer when mixing is completed to prevent build-up in the equipment.

Installation
No. 210FS is applied by trowel at a minimum 1/8-inch thickness. Theoretical coverage is 20 ft2 per unit at 1/8-inch
thickness. Actual coverage may vary, depending upon jobsite conditions. Screed bars may be used to control thickness on large surface areas.

To provide a pinhole-free surface and remove trowel marks in No. 210FS, a short-nap mohair paint roller slightly dampened with water may be used. Excess water should be shaken off prior to backrolling.

After SewerGard® No. 210FS has cured throughout its entire thickness, a holiday detector should be utilized to ensure a continuous pinhole-free lining.

For details regarding construction joints, protrusions or penetrations through concrete, consult Sauereisen for specific recommendations.

COVERAGE

No. 210FS 20 ft2 per unit at 1/8 inch.
*Coverage is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and specific project conditions.

SETTING/CURING

SewerGard® No. 210FS will take an initial set in two hours at 70°F. It will also cure in lower temperatures at a slower rate. Flowing water may be returned to the area in 4 hours. Consult Sauereisen Labs for details.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen SewerGard® No. 210FS has a shelf life of one (1) year, when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK before material cures. If removal is required after cure consult Sauereisen for specific recommendation.

PACKAGING

No. 210FS is packaged in a premeasured unit consisting of:

Part A Hardener 1.7 lbs. in a quart can
Part B Liquid 5 lbs. in a 1-gal. can
Part C Powder 20 lbs. in a paper or plastic bag

*Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

LEGAL NOTICE

Sauereisen®, SewerGard®, ConoCrete™, RestoKrete™, ConoGlaze™, and FibreCrete™ are all products or services denoted with ™ or ®. These trademarks or registered trademarks of Sauereisen, Inc. Sauereisen trademarks may not be used in conjunction with any product or service that is not a Sauereisen product or service.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No.  210GL

 

SEWERGARD® GLAZE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Abrasion resistance @ 28 days
  • (ASTM D 4060, Taber Abraser CS-17 Wheel, 1,000 gram load, 1,000 cycles)44.9mg average weight loss
  • Application time (ASTM C-308 modified)
  • Working time at 70ºF30 minutes
  • Initial set at 70°F2 hours
  • Bond strength to concrete (ASTM D-4541)Concrete failure
  • Components2 parts
  • Compressive Strength (ASTM D695)13,500 psi (949.04kg/cm2)
  • Elongation @ 28 days (ASTM D638)12%
  • Flexural Strength (ASTM D790) @28 days16,900 psi (1188 kg/cm2)
  • Maximum service temperature (Dry)150ºF (65ºC)
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM D790)5.6 x 105 psi (3.9 x104 kg/cm2)
  • Tensile strength (ASTM D638)3,700 psi (260.10 kg/cm2)
  • Thickness15-40+ mils

*All values measured at 7 days unless otherwise noted.

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen SewerGard® Glaze No. 210GL is a protective coating specifically formulated for municipal wastewater environments. SewerGard Glaze provides a chemical-resistant barrier for concrete and steel. It may also serve as a sealing topcoat over other Sauereisen restorative materials and protective linings.

As a 100% solids epoxy polymer, SewerGard® Glaze No. 210GL is specified to protect infrastructure throughout the wastewater industry. Wherever corrosive conditions exist, No. 210GL may be used as a stand-alone, economical coating or as an extra measure of protection over textured underlayments. Applications range from manholes and lift stations within collection systems to tankage, structural steel and secondary containment at treatment plants.

Installation of SewerGard® Glaze is easily completed using airless spray equipment, plural component spray equipment, or roller.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Resistant to hydrogen sulfide, sulfuric acid, MIC and treatment chemicals.
  • Suitable as a 15 - 40 mil or greater coating
  • Smooth surface aids washdowns and prevents debris accumulation.
  • Moisture tolerant to accommodate damp substrates.
  • Zero VOCs (100% solids) is a "Green", environmentally friendly coating system.
  • User-friendly application by airless spray equipment, plural spray equipment, or roller.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
For optimum conditions, maintain a temperature of 60°-85°F on air, substrate, Liquid, and Hardener components during mixing, application, and cure.
The monolithic components should be maintained at 65°F to 80°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work. At temperatures below 65°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. Above 80°F, the material working time decreases.

Application in direct sunlight and rising surface temperature may result in blistering of the materials due to expansion of entrapped air or moisture in the substrate.

If temperatures are rising, it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Metal - Abrasive blast to a nominal 2.5 mil profile employing SSPC-SP5 White Metal Blast for immersion and SSPCSP10 for other service conditions. An SSPC-SP6 Commercial Blast may be suitable for mildly corrosive atmospheric exposures. All welds must be continuous, free of flux and have a smooth rounded radius without any sharp edges.

Concrete - Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of Concrete" for detailed guidelines.

New Concrete - All structures must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Surface should be floated free of ridges or depressions and all voids filled with Sauereisen RestoKrete™
Underlayment No. F-120 or RestoKrete™ No. 209 Filler Compound. The choice of underlayment will depend on the severity of the voids to be filled.

Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, standing water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate resembling sandpaper.

Old Concrete - Concrete must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove old paints, protective coatings, and deteriorated concrete. Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, standing water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be
achieved by chemical cleaning.

Suitable surface preparation methods include shotblasting, abrasive blasting or water jetting. Restore the substrate as needed to provide an appropriate bonding surface. Stop active water leaks and repair cracks prior to the coating installation as well.

CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be placed over existing expansion joints, around all fixed objects, peripheries of rooms and all points of movement in the base slab. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

MIXING

For application by airless spray or roller:

Packaging consists of premeasured unitized containers of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B. Remix Part A and B before combining. Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B. Using a slow-speed ½-inch drill motor affixed with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix three to five minutes until thoroughly blended.

Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not add any solvent, additive, or
adulterant to any component or mixed material.

For Application by Plural A Component Spray: Premix hardener Part A and resin Part B separately before using.

INSTALLATION

Prior to application of SewerGard® Glaze, inspect the substrate for voids, bubbles, or defects that may result in blistering or pinholes in the topcoat. Repair with Sauereisen RestoKrete™ Underlayment No. F-120 or Filler Compound No. 209 Fast Set to ensure a sealed surface.

Roller application - Material should be delivered to finishers immediately after mixing. Do not let material remain in the mixing vessel. If application is for horizontal areas, spread the material with a squeegee to the desired thickness. To
improve the surface texture, lightly backroll the material with a short nap adhesive roller with a nondegradable core. For vertical applications, material shall be lightly backrolled to the desired thickness. All finishing and backrolling must be completed within 30 minutes from mixing.

Spray application - SewerGard® Glaze may be spray applied at a thickness of approximately 15-40 mils per coat or
greater depending on the spray equipment. Installation by airless spray should be done with a 50% overlap in a "cross hatch" pattern to reduce the possibility of pinholes and to assure complete coverage. Recoat window is between 12 -24 hours at 70°F.

After No. 210GL has sufficiently cured, a holiday detector should be utilized to ensure a continuous pinhole-free lining. Consult a Sauereisen representative for details.

Any SewerGard® No. 210 System may be coated with a topcoat of No.210GL up to 24 hours after application. Consult Sauereisen's Technical Service Department for parameters specific to your application.

The following equipment is typically used for spray application:

Airless Spray Pumps - SewerGard® Glaze may be sprayed with a minimum 45:1 piston-primed, airless pump such as the model formerly manufactured by Graco. Alternative equipment such as the Graco 56:1 King Piston Primed Airless, Model 236-477 is also suitable.

The current specification is the Graco Xtreme Sprayer X60 - MDL#X60-DH4. Remove all filters including the filter from surge tank.

Gun tip -Use Tip Housing Part No. XHD- 001 with Graco Reversa Tips MDL No. XHD with orifices of 0.025 to 0.031 inch tip works best. Alternative brand tips may be suitable, however, never use tips that contain a diffuser pin.

Material hose - 6' whip end, 3/8" i.d.; working pressure 5,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

Material hose - 0-25' overall, 1/2" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

Material hose - 25-75' overall, 3/4" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 12,000 psi burst.

Air compressor - 180 ft3 per minute at 100 psi, minimum.

Air hose from compressor - 3/4" to 1" i.d.: 100' maximum length to mastic pump.

Plural Component Spray Applications:
Mix Ratio (By Volume) 1 Part A-(Hardener) : 3.2 Parts B-(Resin)

Recommended equipment for plural component spray of Sauereisen SewerGard® No.210GL include WIWA and Graco variable ratio pumps (minimum 56:1). Examples include, but not limited to: WIWA Flexi-Mix, Graco Xtreme Mix, and Graco XM50.

For Plural Component Spray Applications preheating the resin and hardener is required to the following temperatures:

Part A Hardener - 80°-90°F
Part B Resin - 110°-120°F

Depending on job-site requirements, conditions and various spray equipment configurations, please consult Sauereisen Technical Service for information regarding pumps, hoses, static mixers, mixing blocks and spray guns.

COVERAGE

No. 210GL: 80 ft2 per gallon at 20 mils
Coverage is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and specific project conditions.
*Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents.

SETTING/CURING

Do not allow water or chemicals on the material surface for a minimum of 17 hours. For harsh chemical or physical environments, cure a minimum of 72 hours prior to exposure.

PACKAGING

Unit Size Part A Part B
1 gallon 1 gal. can 2 gal. can
3 gallon 1 gal. can 5 gal. pail

 

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK before material cures.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen SewerGard® Glaze No.210GL has a shelf life of one year. Store in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

LEGAL NOTICE

Sauereisen®, SewerGard®, ConoCrete™, RestoKrete™, ConoGlaze™, and FibreCrete™ are all products or services denoted with ™ or ®. These trademarks or registered trademarks of Sauereisen, Inc. Sauereisen trademarks may not be used in conjunction with any product or service that is not a Sauereisen product or service.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No.  210GLN

 

SEWERGARD INDUSTRIAL GLAZE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Application time (ASTM C-308 modified)
  • Working time at 70ºF30 minutes
  • Initial set at 70°F2 hours
  • Components2 part
  • Thickness10 mils
  • Bond strength to concrete (ASTM D-4541)Concrete failure
  • Maximum service temperature (Dry)180°F (82°C)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

SewerGardTM Industrial No.210GLN is a chemically resistant, 100% solids, epoxy NovolaK coating system. It is used as a topcoat for Sauereisen SewerGardTM Industrial systems or as a coating to protect concrete and steel from chemical attack.

SewerGardTM Industrial No.210GLN may be used in many kinds of aggressive industrial wastewater environments.
It is specifically formulated as a sealer to resist strong oxidizing environments, especially high concentrations of
sulfuric acid. This material can be applied by roller or spray and provides an economical protective barrier against processing chemicals and higher temperatures.

No.210GLN system utilizes Sauereisen ConoWeld No. 501 as a bond-enhancing primer for direct applications over concrete and steel.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Excellent resistance to sulfuric acid.
  • Designed for ultra-aggressive industrial wastewater environments.
  • Easy to clean surface.
  • Standard Color - Light Gray (50).

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
For optimum conditions, maintain a temperature of 60°-85°F on air, substrate, Liquid, and Hardener components during mixing, application, and cure.

The monolithic components should be maintained at 65°F to 80°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 65°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. Above 80°F, the material working time decreases.

Application in direct sunlight and rising surface temperature may result in blistering of the materials due to expansion of entrapped air or moisture in the substrate. In rising temperatures it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Metal - Abrasive blast to a nominal 2.5 mil profile employing SSPC-SP5 White Metal Blast for immersion and SSPCSP10 for other service conditions. All welds must be continuous, free of flux and have a smooth rounded radius without any sharp edges.

Concrete - Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of concrete" for detailed guidelines.

Surfaces should be free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning.

New Concrete - All structures must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Surface should be floated free of ridges or depressions and all voids filled with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120 or No. 209 Filler Compound. The choice of underlayment will depend on the severity of the voids to be filled. Surfaces should be sloped a maximum 1/4 inch per foot for drainage.

Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate resembling coarse sandpaper.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during
normal use and operation. Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove old paints, protective coatings, and deteriorated concrete.

Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and to obtain a uniform, sound substrate.

All prepared surfaces must be allowed to dry prior to the coating application. Regardless of preparation method used, all surfaces must be vacuumed to remove any loose deposits or contamination.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be placed over existing expansion joints, around all fixed objects, peripheries of rooms and all points of movement in the base slab. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

ConoWeld No. 501 is the epoxy primer recommended for metal, concrete and other porous substrates. Apply ConoWeld prior to the SewerGardTM Industrial No.210GLN installation to enhance bond strength.

Mixing
Primer - ConoWeld primer is supplied in premeasured containers. Remix individual containers before using.

Packaging of Primer No. 501 consists of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B which must be mixed together. Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B container. Using a slow-speed ½-inch drill motor with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix thoroughly until blended for three minutes. Primer is ready for use immediately after mixing.

SewerGardTM Industrial No. 210GLN Packaging consists of premeasured unitized containers of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B. Remix Part A and B before combining.

Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B. Using a slow- speed ½-inch drill motor affixed with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix three to five minutes until thoroughly blended.

Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not add any solvent, additive, or adulterant to any component or mixed material.

Installation
Primer - Apply primer to concrete or steel using either a short nap adhesive roller with a nondegradable core, or a nylon bristle brush. For horizontal applications, pour primer onto the surface and spread with a squeegee before backrolling or brushing.

ConoWeld may also be sprayed using airless spray equipment. Typical application thickness is 5-10 mils. Consult Sauereisen for specific details.

Prior to application of the Sauereisen SewerGardTM Industrial No.210GLN, inspect the primed surface for voids, bubbles or defects that may result in blistering or pinholes in the lining. Repair with Sauereisen Filler Compound No. 209 Fast Set to ensure a sealed surface.

SewerGardTM Industrial No. 210GLN
Roller application - Material should be delivered to finishers immediately after mixing. Do not let material remain in the mixing vessel.

If application is for floor areas, spread the material with a squeegee to the desired thickness. To improve the surface texture of floor applications, lightly backroll the material with a short nap adhesive roller with a nondegradable core. For vertical application, material shall be lightly backrolled to desired thickness. All finishing and backrolling must be completed within 30 minutes from mixing.

Spray application - SewerGardTM Industrial No.210GLN may be spray applied at a thickness of approximately 10 mils per coat. Installation by airless spray should be done with a 50% overlap in a "cross hatch" pattern to reduce the possibility of pinholes and to assure complete coverage. Recoat times shall not exceed 24 hours at 70°F.

Measures such as water traps, dryers, or filters should be used to prevent pump freeze up.

After SewerGardTM Industrial No.210GLN has sufficiently cured, a holiday detector should be utilized to ensure a continuous pinhole-free lining. Consult a Sauereisen representative for details.

The following equipment is typically used for spray application:

Mastic pump - No.210GLN may be sprayed with a 45:1 piston-primed, airless pump such as the model formerly manufactured by Graco. The current specifications for new equipment are the Graco 56:1 King Piston Primed Airless, Model 236-477. Remove filter from surge tank. Other pumps may be suitable, depending on job site requirements.

Moisture Air Dryer - RFI Model DA-300 or equivalent. Moisture air dryer must be placed at least 50' from air compressor on air line.

Gun - Graco Pistol-Grip Flo Gun, Model 224-991.

Gun tip - For fiber-filled linings, use a Graco Reverse-a-CleanTM housing part No. 222-674 with an orifice of 0.039 to
0.043 inches. For unreinforced coatings, the 0.039-inch tip works best. In either case, the diffuser should be removed prior to use.

Material hose - 6' whip end, 3/8" i.d.; working pressure 5,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

Material hose - 0-25' overall, 1/2" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

Material hose - 25-75' overall, 3/4" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 12,000 psi burst.

Air compressor - 180 ft3 per minute at 100 psi, minimum.

Air hose from compressor - 3/4" to 1" i.d.: 100' maximum length to mastic pump.

COVERAGE

ConoWeld 200 ft2 per gal. at 8 mils
SewerGardTM Industrial No.210GLN 160 ft2 per gal. at 10 mils
Coverage is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and specific project conditions.

SETTING/CURING

Do not allow water or chemicals on the material surface for a minimum of 24 hours. For harsh chemical or physical environments cure a minimum of 72 hours prior to exposure.

PACKAGING

Unit Size Part A Part B
1 gallon 1 qt. can 2 gal. pail
5 gallon 1 gal. can 6 gal. pail


*Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK before material cures. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen for specific recommendations.

SHELF LIFE

SewerGardTM Industrial No.210GLN and ConoWeld have a shelf life of one (1) year when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No.  210RS

 

SEWERGARD ROTARY SPRAY

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Abrasion resistance
  • (ASTM D-4060, Tabor Abrader C-17 wheel, 1,000 gram load, 1,000 cycles)49 mg. average weight loss
  • Application time (ASTM C-308 modified) - Working time at 70°F30 minutes
  • Components3 part
  • Thickness125 mils (3.18 mm)
  • Bond strength to dry or damp concrete manhole (ASTM D-4541)Concrete failure
  • Coefficient of thermal expansion (ASTM C-531)3.8 x 10-5/F° (2.1 x 10-5/C°)
  • Compressive strength (ASTM D695) @ 28 days10,000 psi (703 kg/cm2)
  • Density (ASTM C-905)114 pcf (1.82 gm/cm3)
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)4,600 psi (323 kg/cm2)
  • Maximum service temperature150°F (65°C)
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)5.5 x 105 psi (3.8 x 104 kg/cm2)
  • Moisture absorption (ASTM C-413)0.2%
  • Shrinkage (ASTM C-531)0.11%
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)2,500 psi (176 kg/cm2)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen SewerGard® No. 210RS is a rotary spray-applied material specifically designed to protect concrete and steel surfaces of municipal wastewater treatment structures from chemical attack and physical abuse. The application properties of No. 210RS permit economical protection of new and rehabilitated substrates.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Resistant to corrosive conditions common to municipal wastewater treatment industry.
  • Suitable for application over damp or dry concrete surfaces.
  • Spray applied. for new construction.
  • Available in Hot and Cold Weather formulations. Contact Sauereisen.

When cured, No. 210RS provides an impermeable, high-strength, corrosion-resistant lining for manholes, lift stations, grit chambers, aeration basins and related structures subject to infiltration and attack from hydrogen sulfide and acid generated by microbiological sources.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 65°-85°F on air, substrate, Liquid, and Hardener components during mixing, application and cure.

The monolithic components and substrate should be maintained at 65°F to 80°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 65°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. Above 85°F, the material working time decreases. It is recommended that the material components be stored in a cooler area prior to mixing.

Application in direct sunlight and rising surface temperature may result in blistering of the materials due to expansion of entrapped air or moisture in the substrate. In rising temperatures it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning.

High-pressure waterblasting is recommended prior to the material application. Equipment such as the Manhole MasterTM by WaterBlasters, Inc. can be used to quickly and effectively remove debris and to obtain a suitable bonding profile.

Concrete - Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of Concrete" for detailed guidelines.

The waterblast pump should have capability of 5000 psi pressure and 15-20 gallons of water per minute. An alternative is to employ a Jetter truck with a capacity of 2000-2500 psi and 50-80 gallons per minute.

Concrete - All structures must be properly designed, structurally sound, and capable of withstanding imposed loads.

Substrate surfaces requiring repairs should be resurfaced with Sauereisen RestoKrete™ Underlayment No. F- 120, RestoKrete™ Substrate Resurfacer No. F-121 or RestoKrete™Filler Compound No. 209 depending on severity of repairs to ensure proper rehabilitation of the substrate.

Brick - Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast all foreign particles and attacked or unsound mortar from the joints. Loose brickwork should be regrouted with appropriate Sauereisen mortar to ensure structural integrity of the manhole.

All active hydrostatic leaks must be repaired with either Sauereisen InstaPlug No. F-180 or Hydroactive Polyurethane Grout No. F-370 prior to SewerGard® No. 210RS application.

If abrasive or high-pressure water blasting is used as the method of surface preparation, all sand and/or debris must be removed by thoroughly vacuuming the area with an industrial vacuum cleaner. If surface does not have desired conditions, repeat surface preparation procedure.

Metal - Abrasive blast to a nominal 2.5-mil profile employing SSPC-SP5 White Metal Blast for immersion and SSPCSP10 for other service conditions. All welds must be continuous, free of flux and have a smooth rounded radius without any sharp edges.

APPLICATION

Mixing
No. 210RS is packaged in pre-measured units of Powder, Liquid, and Hardener components. Mixing should be done mechanically with a "Jiffy" mixer blade chucked into a drill motor. The mixing equipment must be clean and free of Portland cement or other contaminants. Remix both Liquid and Hardener prior to combining components.

Empty contents of the Liquid into a clean, dry mixing container. Empty contents of Hardener into Liquid and mix thoroughly until blended for at least one minute. Add Powder component gradually while mixing to a uniform consistency.

Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not try to retemper the material. Do not add solvent, additive or adulterant to any component or mixed material.

Remove the entire batch from the mixer when mixing is completed to prevent build-up in the equipment. While pouring one batch, another should be mixed in order to eliminate delays and to permit continuous operation.

Installation
No. 210RS is applied through specialized rotary spray equipment and applied at a thickness of 60-125 mils. This is done from street level with minimal entry into manhole. Consult Sauereisen for appropriate rotor-stator, carousel, or airless pumps.

After the No. 210RS has sufficiently cured, a holiday detector should be utilized to ensure a continuous pinhole-free lining. A Sauereisen SewerGard® Patch Kit may be used to conveniently repair any pinholes. Consult a Sauereisen representative for details.

Backrolling with a damp short nap mohair roller can be done to improve aesthetics.

SewerGard® No. 210RS may be topcoated with SewerGard® No. 210G from 12- 24 hours at 70°F.

COVERAGE

No. 210RS: 50 ft2 per unit at 125 mils.
Coverage is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and specific project conditions.

SETTING/CURING

SewerGard® No. 210RS may be exposed to a chemical environment in approximately 17 hours and can resist standing water or sewage shortly thereafter. Aggressive or turbulent flow that may inhibit film formation or displace materials while curing will result in poor bond to the substrate. Consult Sauereisen for parameters specific to your application.

Working Time 30 minutes @ 70°F
Re-Coat Time 12-24 hours @ 70°F
Max. Re-Coat Time 24 hours @ 70°F
Chemical Exposure 17 hours @ 70°F

PACKAGING

59 lb. unit:

Resin 14.4 lbs. in 2-gal. pail
Hardener 4.6 lbs. in 1-gal. can
Filler 40 lb. bag.

 

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

LEGAL NOTICE

Sauereisen®, SewerGard®, ConoCrete™, RestoKrete™, ConoGlaze™, and FibreCrete™ are all products or services denoted with ™ or ®. These trademarks or registered trademarks of Sauereisen, Inc. Sauereisen trademarks may not be used in conjunction with any product or service that is not a Sauereisen product or service.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with Sauereisen PumpClean 813 before material cures. If removal is required after cure consult Sauereisen for specific recommendation.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen SewerGard® No. 210RS has a shelf life of one year when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No.  210S

 

SEWERGARD SPRAY APPLIED

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Abrasion resistance
  • (ASTM D-4060, Tabor Abrader C-17 wheel, 1,000 gram load, 1,000 cycles) 49 mg. average weight loss
  • Application time (ASTM C-308 modified)
  • Working time at 70°F45 minutes
  • Application time (ASTM C-308 modified) - Working time at 70°F30 minutes
  • Bond strength to concrete (ASTM D-4541)Concrete failure
  • Coefficient of thermal expansion (ASTM C-531)3.8 x 10-5/F° (2.1 x 10-5/C°)
  • Components2 part
  • Compressive strength (ASTM C-579)6,800 psi (478 kg/cm2)
  • Density (ASTM C-905)77 pcf (1.23 gm/cm3)
  • Elongation1.27%
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)4,600 psi (323 kg/cm2)
  • Fracture toughness100 in-lb/cu. in.
  • Maximum service temperature150°F (65°C)
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)3.3 x 105 psi (2.3 x 104 kg/cm2)
  • Moisture absorption (ASTM C-413)0.2%
  • Permeability (ASTM D1653)3.05 x 10-1 Perm-inch (4.43 x 10-10 g/m.s.Pa)
  • Shrinkage (ASTM C-531)0.11%
  • Tensile modulus42,000 psi (295 kg/cm2)
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)2,500 psi (176 kg/cm2)
  • Thickness60 mils (1.52 mm)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen SewerGard® No. 210S is a fiber-filled, spray-applied lining specifically designed to protect concrete and steel surfaces of municipal wastewater treatment structures from chemical attack and physical abuse. No. 210S's application properties permit economical protection of new and rehabilitated substrates. When cured, No. 210S provides an impermeable, high-strength, corrosionresistant lining for manholes, lift stations, grit chambers, aeration basins and related structures subject to infiltration and attack from hydrogen sulfide and acid generated by microbiological sources.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Resistant to corrosive conditions common to municipal wastewater treatment industry.
  • Suitable for application over damp or dry concrete surfaces.
  • Spray applied. for new construction.
  • Available in Hot and Cold Weather formulations. Contact Sauereisen.

When cured, No. 210RS provides an impermeable, high-strength, corrosion-resistant lining for manholes, lift stations, grit chambers, aeration basins and related structures subject to infiltration and attack from hydrogen sulfide and acid generated by microbiological sources.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 65°-85°F on air, substrate, Liquid, and Hardener components during mixing, application and cure.

The monolithic components and substrate should be maintained at 65°F to 80°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 65°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded.

Above 85°F, the material working time decreases. It is recommended that the material components be stored in a cooler area prior to mixing.

Application in direct sunlight and rising surface temperature may result in blistering of the materials due to expansion of entrapped air or moisture in the substrate. In rising temperatures it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning.

Concrete - Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of Concrete" for detailed guidelines.

New Concrete - All structures must be properly designed and capable of withstanding imposed loads. Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be firm and structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer.

Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform sound substrate.

Substrate surfaces requiring repairs in excess of 1/8-inch depth should be resurfaced with Sauereisen RestoKrete™
Underlayment No. F-120 to ensure proper rehabilitation of the substrate.

Brick - Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast all foreign particles and attacked or unsound mortar from the joints. Loose brickwork should be regrouted with appropriate Sauereisen mortar to ensure structural integrity of the manhole.

All active hydrostatic leaks must be repaired with either Sauereisen InstaPlugTM No. F-180 or Hydroactive Polyurethane Grout No. F-370 prior to SewerGard® No. 210S application.

If abrasive or high-pressure water blasting is used as the method of surface preparation, all sand and/or debris must be removed by thoroughly vacuuming the area with an industrial vacuum cleaner. If surface does not have desired conditions, repeat surface preparation procedure.

Metal - Abrasive blast to a nominal 2.5-mil profile employing SSPC-SP5 White Metal Blast for immersion and SSPCSP10 for other service conditions. All welds must be continuous, free of flux and have a smooth rounded radius without any sharp edges.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Remix contents of Liquid component for a minimum of 2 minutes with a slow speed paddle or "Jiffy" mixer. Remix contents of the Hardener by shaking then add to Liquid and mix for a minimum of 3 minutes until thoroughly blended. Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not try to retemper the material.

Installation
The following equipment is typically used for spray application:

Airless Spray Pumps - SewerGard® No. 210S may be sprayed with a minimum 56:1 piston-primed, airless pump such as the model formerly manufactured by Graco. Alternative equipment such as the Graco 56:1 King Piston Primed Airless, Model 236-477 is also suitable.

The current specification is the Graco Xtreme Sprayer X60 - MDL#X60-DH4. Remove all filters including the filter from surge tank. Other pumps may be suitable, depending on job site requirements.

Moisture Air Dryer - RFI Model DA-300 or equivalent. Moisture air dryer must be placed at least 50 ' from air compressor on air line.

Gun - The Graco Flo-Gun Model 224-991 is recommended.

Gun tip - For fiber filled materials, use Tip Housing Part No. XHD-001 with Graco Reversa Tips MDL No. XHD with orifices of 0.039 to 0.043 inches. Alternative brand tips may be suitable, however, never use tips that contain a diffuser pin.

Material hoses –
6' whip end, 3/8" i.d.; working pressure 5,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

0-25' overall, 1/2" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

25-75' overall, 3/4" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 12,000 psi burst.

Air compressor - 180 ft3 per minute at 100 psi, minimum.

Air hose from compressor - 3/4" to 1" i.d.: 100' maximum length to mastic pump.

To prevent sagging on vertical surfaces, the required coverage should be applied in a single coat of 60 mils. Application should be done with a 50% overlap in a "cross hatch" pattern to reduce the possibility of pinholes and to assure complete coverage.

After No. 210S has sufficiently cured, a holiday detector should be utilized to ensure a continuous pinhole-free lining. A Sauereisen SewerGard® Patch Kit may be used to conveniently repair any pinholes. Consult a Sauereisen representative for details.

SewerGard® No. 210S may be topcoated with SewerGard® No. 210G within 24 hours.

COVERAGE

No. 210S: 90 ft2 per unit at 60 mils.
Coverage is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and specific project condition.

SETTING/CURING

SewerGard® No. 210S may be exposed to a chemical environment in 17 hours and can resist standing water or sewage shortly thereafter. Aggressive or turbulent flow that may inhibit film formation or displace materials while curing will result in poor bond to the substrate. Consult Sauereisen for parameters specific to your application.

Working Time 45-50 minutes @ 70°F
Re-Coat Time 12-24 hours @ 70°F
Maximum Re-Coat Time 24 hours at 70°F
Chemical Exposure 17 hours @ 70°F

PACKAGING

38.4 lb. unit:

Part A Hardener 1- gallon pail
Part B Liquid 6-gallon pail


*Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents.

LEGAL NOTICE

Sauereisen®, SewerGard®, ConoCrete™, RestoKrete™, ConoGlaze™, and FibreCrete™ are all products or services denoted with ™ or ®. These trademarks or registered trademarks of Sauereisen, Inc. Sauereisen trademarks may not be used in conjunction with any product or service that is not a Sauereisen product or service.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK before material cures. If removal is required after cure consult Sauereisen for specific recommendation.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen SewerGard® No. 210S has a shelf life of one year when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No.  210SN

 

SEWERGARD INDUSTRIAL SPRAYABLE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Application time (ASTM C-308 modified)
  • Working time at 70°F30 minutes
  • Bond strength to concrete (ASTM D-4541)Concrete failure
  • Compressive strength (ASTM C-579)6,600 psi (464.0 kg/cm2)
  • Density (ASTM C-905)88.6 pcf (1.42 gm/cm3)
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)3,100 psi (217.9 kg/cm2)
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)10.5 x 105 psi (7.4 x 104 kg/cm2)
  • Maximum service temperature (Dry)180°F (82°C)
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)2,300 psi (161.7 kg/cm2)
  • Thickness60 mils

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

SewerGardTM Industrial No.210SN - is a fiber-reinforced, chemically-resistant, 100% solids, epoxy NovolaK lining system used to protect concrete and steel from chemical and physical abuse. The interlocking fiber matrix of SewerGardTM No.210SN systems exhibit outstanding flexural and tensile strengths.

SewerGardTM Industrial No.210SN may be used in many kinds of aggressive industrial wastewater environments. It is specifically formulated to resist strong oxidizing environments, especially high concentrations of sulfuric acid. This material is applied by spray and provides a protective barrier resistant to thermal shock in cooler environments and is resistant to higher temperatures.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Excellent resistance to sulfuric acid.
  • Designed to meet the needs of ultra-corrosive industrial wastewater environments.
  • Inter-locking fiber matrix.
  • Standard Color - Light Gray(50)
  • Excellent resistance to hydrocarbon exposure.
  • Spray-applied...ideal for new construction or rehabilitation

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
For optimum conditions, maintain a temperature of 60°-85°F on air, substrate, Liquid, and Hardener components during mixing, application, and cure.

The monolithic components should be maintained at 65°F to 80°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 65°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. Above 80°F, the material working time decreases.

Application in direct sunlight and rising surface temperature may result in blistering of the materials due to expansion of entrapped air or moisture in the substrate.
In rising temperatures it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Metal - Abrasive blast to a nominal 2.5-mil profile employing SSPC-SP5 White Metal Blast for immersion and SSPCSP10 for other service conditions. All welds must be continuous, free of flux and have a smooth rounded radius without any sharp edges.

Concrete - Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of concrete" for detailed guidelines.

New Concrete - All structures must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Surface should be floated free of ridges or depressions and all voids filled with Sauereisen Underlayment
No. F-120 or No. 209 Filler Compound. The choice of underlayment will depend on the severity of the voids to be filled. Surfaces should be sloped a maximum 1/4 inch per foot for drainage.

Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be
achieved by chemical cleaning. Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate resembling coarse sandpaper.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove old paints, protective coatings, and deteriorated concrete. Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning.

Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and to obtain a uniform, sound substrate.

All prepared surfaces must be allowed to dry prior to the coating application. Regardless of preparation method used, all surfaces must be vacuumed to remove any loose deposits or contamination.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be placed around existing expansion joints, all fixed objects, peripheries of room and all points of movement in the base slab. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

An appropriate Sauereisen primer may be applied prior to the SewerGardTM Industrial No.210SN installation. This will enhance bond strength. ConoWeld No.501 is the standard Sauereisen epoxy primer for concrete.

Where porosity of concrete is a concern, PenePrimeTM No. 500, a deep-penetrating waterborne epoxy primer, is recommended. Hi-Temp Primer No. 560 with Zinc Filler No. 561 is preferred over steel.

Mixing
Primer - Primers are supplied in premeasured containers. Remix individual containers before using.

Packaging of Primers No. 500 and 501 consists of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B which must be mixed together.

Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B container. Using a slow-speed ½-inch drill motor with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix thoroughly until blended for three minutes. Primer is ready for use immediately after mixing.

Primer No. 560 is a single-component urethane. Ferrous substrates require the addition of Zinc Filler No. 561.

SewerGardTM Industrial No. 210SN - Packaging consists of premeasured unitized containers of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B. Remix Part A and B before combining.

Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B. Using a slow speed 1/2 inch drill motor affixed with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix 3 - 5 minutes until thoroughly blended.

Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not add any solvent, additive, or adulterant to any component or mixed material.

Installation
Primers - Apply Primer to concrete or steel using a short nap adhesive roller with a nondegradable core, or nylon bristle brush. Consult Sauereisen for spray recommendations.

At 70°F, the epoxy primers must be allowed to cure at least eight hours, but no longer than 24 hours, prior to application of SewerGardTM Industrial No.210SN. The moist-cured urethane No. 560 may be topcoated between two hours to 24 hours after application. If recoat time is exceeds 24 hours consult Sauereisen for solvent-wipe procedures.

Prior to application of SewerGardTM Industrial No.210SN inspect primed surface for voids, bubbles, or defects that may result in blistering or pinholes in the lining. Repair with Sauereisen No. 209 Fast Set to ensure a sealed surface.

SewerGardTM Industrial No. 210SN Spray application - A single coat of 60-mils thick is suitable for most SewerGardTM No.210SN applications. When building greater thicknesses, two equal coats may be necessary. In either case, application should be done with a 50% overlap in a "cross hatch" pattern to reduce the possibility of pinholes and to assure complete coverage. Recoat times shall not exceed 24 hours at 70°F.

After No.210SN has sufficiently cured, a holiday detector may be utilized to ensure a continuous pinhole-free lining. Consult a Sauereisen representative for details.

The following equipment is typically usedfor spray application:

Mastic pump - SewerGardTM No.210SN Industrial may be sprayed with a minimum 45:1 piston-primed, airless pump such as manufactured by Graco. The current specifications for new equipment is the Graco 56:1 King Piston Primed Airless, Model 236 - 477. Remove filter from surge tank. Other pumps may be suitable, depending on job site requirements.

Gun - Graco's pistol grip Flo-Gun, Model 235-628 is preferred. This gun should be combined with Adapter Model 235-006. Alternatively, the Graco Flo-Gun Model 224-991 is acceptable.

Gun tip - For fiber filled linings, use a Graco Reverse-a-CleanTM housing part No. 222-674 with an orifice of 0.039 to 0.043 inches. For unreinforced coatings, the 0.039-inch tip works best. In either case, the diffuser should be removed prior to use.

Material hoses -
6' whip end, 3/8" i.d.; working pressure 5,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

0-25' overall, 1/2" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

25-75' overall, 3/4" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 12,000 psi burst.

Air compressor - 180 ft3 per minute at 100 psi, minimum.

Air hose from compressor - 3/4" to 1" i.d.: 100' maximum length to mastic pump.

Measures such as water traps, dryers, or filters should be used to prevent pump freeze-up.

COVERAGE

ConoWeldTM 501 200 ft2/gal. at 8 mils
PenePrimeTM 500 200 ft2/gal. at 8 mils
Hi-Temp Primer 560 320 ft2/gal. at 5 mils
SewerGardTM Industrial No.210SN 26 ft2/gal.at 60 mils

Coverage is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and specific project conditions.

SETTING/CURING

]Do not allow water or chemicals on the material surface for a minimum of 24 hours. For harsh chemical or physical environments cure a minimum of 72 hours prior to exposure.

PACKAGING

Unit Size Part A Part B
1 gallon 1 qt. can 2 gal. pail
5 gallon 1 gal. can 6 gal. pail


*Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK before material cures. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen for specific recommendations.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen SewerGardTM No.210SN Industrial has a shelf life of one (1) year, when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 210TN

 

SEWERGARD INDUSTRIAL

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Application time (ASTM C-308 modified)
  • Working time at 70°F30 minutes
  • Initial set at 70°F18 hours
  • Components3 parts
  • Bond strength to concrete (ASTM D-4541)Concrete failure
  • Coefficient of thermal expansion (ASTM C-531)1.6 x 10-5 /F° (2.9 x 10-5/C°)
  • Compressive strength (ASTM C-579)11,000 psi (773.3 kg/cm2)
  • Density (ASTM C-905)122.5 pcf (1.99 gm/cm3)
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)6,000 psi (421.9 kg/cm2)
  • Maximum service temperature180°F (82°C)
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)1.1 x 105 psi (0.77 x 104 kg/cm2)
  • Moisture absorption (ASTM D-570-95)< 0.25%
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)3,000 psi (211.0 kg/cm2)
  • Thickness1/8 inch (3.175 mm)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen SewerGardTM Industrial No. 210TN is an aggregate-filled, NovolaK epoxy material. This lining system is specifically designed to protect concrete surfaces of industrial wastewater treatment structures and collection systems from chemical attack and physical abuse.

SewerGardTM No. 210TN's non-sagging application properties permit economical repair and protection of vertical, horizontal and overhead surfaces of either new or rehabilitated substrates.

When cured, No. 210TN provides an impermeable, high strength, corrosion-resistant lining for manholes, lift stations, grit chambers, aeration basins, and related structures subject to infiltration and attack from hydrogen sulfide and acid generated by microbiological sources.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • NovolaK epoxy formulation resistant to the most corrosive municipal and industrial wastewater environments.
  • Suitable for application over damp or dry concrete surfaces.
  • Trowelable, non-sagging consistency ensures ease of application on vertical and overhead surfaces.
  • Does not require a primer.
  • Prohibits water infiltration.
  • Standard Color - Light Gray (50).

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 60°-85°F on air, substrate, Liquid, Hardener, and Powder components during mixing, application, and cure.

The monolithic components should be maintained at 65°F to 80°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 65°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. Above 80°F, the material working time decreases.

Application in direct sunlight and rising surface temperature may result in blistering of the materials due to expansion of entrapped air or moisture in the substrate. Concrete surfaces that have been in direct sunlight must be shaded for 24 hours prior to application and remain shaded until the initial set has taken place. In rising temperatures it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning.

Concrete - Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of Concrete" for detailed guidelines.

New Concrete - All structures must be properly designed and capable of withstanding imposed loads. Abrasive blast,
high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture. After surface preparation, voids left in concrete surface must be filled with Sauereisen Filler Compound No. 209.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer. Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove old paints, protective coatings, and attacked or deteriorated concrete. Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform sound substrate.

Substrates requiring repairs in excess of 1/8-inch depth should be resurfaced with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120 to ensure proper rehabilitation of the substrate.

Brick - Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast all foreign particles and attacked or unsound mortar from the joints. Loose brickwork or open joints should be regrouted with appropriate Sauereisen mortar to ensure structural integrity.

All active hydrostatic leaks must be stopped with Sauereisen materials such as InstaPlug No. F-180 or Hydroactive Urethane Grout No. F-370 prior to SewerGardTM Industrial No. 210TN application.

If chemical cleaning is utilized to remove contaminants, substrate must be neutralized. If abrasive or high-pressure water blasting is used as the method of surface preparation, all sand and/or debris must be removed by thoroughly vacuuming the area with an industrial vacuum cleaner. If surface does not have desired conditions, repeat surface preparation procedure.

No. 210TN may be applied over damp surfaces that are free of standing water; best results are achieved with dry surfaces.

APPLICATION

Mixing
SewerGardTM Industrial No. 210TN is packaged in pre-measured units of Powder, Liquid, and Hardener components. Mixing should be done mechanically with a "Jiffy" mixer blade chucked into a drill motor. The mixing equipment must be clean and free of Portland cement or other contaminants.

Remix both Liquid and Hardener prior to combining components. Empty contents of the Liquid into a clean, dry mixing container. Empty contents of Hardener into Liquid and mix thoroughly until blended for at least one minute. Add Powder component gradually while mixing to a uniform consistency.

Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not try to retemper the material. Do not add solvent, additive or adulterant to any component or mixed material.

Remove the entire batch from the mixer when mixing is completed to prevent build-up in the equipment. While pouring one batch, another should be mixed in order to eliminate delays and to permit continuous operation.

Installation
SewerGardTM No. 210TN is applied by trowel at a minimum 1/8 inch thickness. Theoretical coverage is 35 ft2 per unit at the thickness of 1/8 inch. Actual coverage may vary, depending upon jobsite conditions. Screed bars may be used to control thickness on large surface areas.

To provide a pinhole-free surface and removal of trowel marks in No. 210TN, a short-nap mohair paint roller slightly dampened with water may be used. Excess water should be shaken off prior to backrolling.

After SewerGardTM No. 210TN has achieved a hardened surface, a holiday detector should be utilized to ensure a continuous pinhole-free lining. A SewerGard Patch Kit may be used to conveniently repair any pinholes. Consult Sauereisen for details.

For details regarding construction joints, protrusions or penetrations through concrete, consult Sauereisen for specific recommendations.

COVERAGE

No. 210TN 35 ft2 per unit at 1/8 inch.
*Coverage is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and specific project conditions.

SETTING/CURING

SewerGardTM Industrial No. 210TN will have an initial set in approximately 18 hours and can resist standing water or sewage shortly thereafter. Aggressive or turbulent flow that may inhibit film formation or displace materials while curing will result in poor bond to the substrate. Consult Sauereisen for parameters specific to your application.

PACKAGING

No. 210TN is packaged as a 44.7-pound unit with Hardener, Liquid, and Powder components included within a pail.
*Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK before material cures. If removal is required after cure consult Sauereisen for specific recommendation.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen SewerGardTM Industrial No. 210TN has a shelf life of one (1) year, when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 210X

 

SEWERGARD HIGH-STRENGTH

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Abrasion resistance @ 28 days
  • (ASTM D 4060, Taber Abraser CS-17 Wheel, 1,000 gram load, 1,000 cycles)44.9mg average weight loss
  • Adhesion (ASTM D4541)Concrete Failure
  • Application time (ASTM C308 modified)Working time at 70ºF 30 minutes
  • Bond strength to concrete (ASTM D7234)Concrete failure
  • Compressive strength (ASTM D695)15,500 psi
  • Components2 parts
  • Elongation (ASTM D638)12.9%
  • Flexural Strength (ASTM D790) @ 28 days8,000 psi (562.4 kg/cm2)
  • Max. service temperature (Dry)150ºF (65ºC)
  • Mix Ratio (By Volume)1 Part A-(Hardener) : 3 Parts B-(Resin)
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM D790)5.1 x 104 psi
  • Permeability (ASTM E96)1.32 x 10-10(g/m.s.Pa)
  • Shore D (ASTM D2240)95
  • Tensile Strength (ASTM D638)4,300 psi

* All values determined @ 7 days unless otherwise noted.

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen SewerGard® No. 210X is a protective lining specifically formulated for municipal wastewater environments. SewerGard® No. 210X provides a chemical-resistant barrier for concrete, masonry, brick, and steel substrates.

As a 100% solids epoxy polymer No. 210X is specified to protect infrastructure throughout the wastewater industry. Wherever extreme corrosive conditions exist, No. 210X is used as a stand-alone lining. No. 210X is a high strength lining that enables high build capabilities. Applications range from manholes and lift stations within the collection systems to tankage, structural steel, digesters, clarifiers, and secondary containment at treatment plants.

Installation of SewerGard® No. 210X is easily completed using airless or plural component spray equipment.

Touch up or small repairs can be completed using a trowel, brush, or roller.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Can be applied to surface dry, saturated concrete (SSD).
  • Color: SewerGard Beige for greater light reflection.
  • Cured lining will prevent inflow and infiltration
  • Elongation (ASTM D638) is 12.9%
  • High Strength 15,500 psi.
  • Resistant to hydrogen sulfide, sulfuric acid, MIC and treatment chemicals.
  • Smooth finish - aids wash down and prevents debris accumulation.
  • Typical installed thickness is 125 mils
  • User-friendly by airless spray or plural component spray equipment.
  • Zero VOCs, 100% solids

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
For optimum conditions, maintain a constant temperature of 60°-85°F on air and substrate during application, and cure.
Keep substrate at 60°-80°F for at least 48 hours prior to application. The temperature and material must be at least 5°F above the dew point.

At temperatures below 60°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is prolonged.

Application in direct sunlight and rising surface temperature may result in blistering of the materials due to expansion of entrapped air or moisture in the substrate. If temperatures are rising, it may be necessary to postpone the application and apply during cooler hours. It may be necessary to utilitize a primer to mitigate offgassing.

Surface Preparation
Metal - Abrasive blast to a minimum 2.5-mil profile employing SSPC-SP5 White Metal Blast for immersion and SSPCSP10 for other service conditions.

All welds must be continuous, free of flux and have a smooth rounded radius without any sharp edges or ground flat in accordance with SSPC/NACE Standard Practices.

Concrete - Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of Concrete" guidelines. Surface should be profiled to an ICRI CSP 4-6 per ICRI 310.2.

For All Concrete Surfaces
Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate resembling sandpaper. Restore the substrate as needed to provide an appropriate bonding surface.

New & Old Concrete - Surface should be floated free of ridges or depressions and all voids shall be filled with an appropriate Sauereisen RestoKrete™ underlayment product. Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove old paints, protective coatings, and deteriorated concrete. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. The choice of underlayment will depend on the severity of the voids to be filled.

Stop active water leaks with Sauereisen Insta-Plug™ No. F-180 or Hydroactive Urethane Grout No. F-370 prior to the
coating installation. To asure material compatability, all voids should be filled with Sauereisen RestoKrete™ Substrate- Resurfacer No. F-121, Sauereisen RestoKrete™ Epoxy Modified Cement Mortar No. 208 or RestoKrete™ Filler Compound No. 209.

Consult Sauereisen for proper substrate restoration materials recommendation.

Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not add any solvent, additive, or adulterant to any component or mixed material.

MIXING

Application by Airless Spray
For optimum conditions, maintain a constant temperature of 60°-85°F on air and substrate.during application and cure. Keep substrate at 60°-80°F for at least 48 hours prior to application.

Packaging consists of premeasured unitized containers of hardener Part A and resin Part B.

Remix Part A by shaking can for 30 seconds and Part B by mechanical means for 2 minutes before combining. Completely empty contents of hardener Part A into resin Part B. Using a slow- speed ½-inch drill motor affixed with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix three to five minutes until thoroughly blended and material temperature is a minimum of 65°F.

INSTALLATION

Airless Spray Application:
SewerGard® No. 210X may be spray applied up to a thickness of 65 mils per coat. Installation by airless spray should be done with a 50% overlap in a "cross hatch" pattern to reduce the possibility of pinholes and to assure complete coverage. At temperatures above 85°F, the material working time decreases. Recoat window is up to 24 hours at 70°F as long as the material is capable of supporting itself.

The following equipment is typically used for spray application:

Airless Spray Pumps - SewerGard® No. 210X may be sprayed with a minimum 56:1 piston-primed, single stage airless pump such as the model formerly manufactured by Graco. Alternative equipment such as the Graco 56:1 King Piston
Primed Airless, Model 236-477 is also suitable. The current specification is the Graco Xtreme Sprayer X60 - MDL#X60- DH4. Remove all filters including the filter from the surge tank.

Other pumps may be suitable, depending on the job site requirements.

Water Trap: - must be placed on the air line at least 50' from the air compressor.

Gun - Graco XTR-7 or equivalent. Remove all filters from gun before application.

Gun tip - Use Tip Housing Part No. XHD- 001 with Graco Reversa Tips MDL No. XHD with orifices of 0.019 to 0.025 inch tip works best. Alternative brand tips may be suitable.

Material hose - 6' whip end, 1/4" i.d.; working pressure 5,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

Material hose - 0-50' overall, 3/8" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

Air compressor - 180 ft3 per minute at 100 psi, minimum.

Application by Plural Component:

Temperature of Working Area
For optimum conditions, maintain a constant temperature of 60°-85°F on air and substrate during application, and cure. Keep substrate at 60°-80°F for at least 48 hours prior to application. The temperature and material must be at least 5°F above the dew point.

Premix Hardener Part A and Resin Part B separately before using.

Plural Component Spray Applications:
Mix Ratio (By Volume)
1 Part A-(Hardener) : 3 Parts B-(Resin).

Recommended equipment for plural component spray of Sauereisen SewerGard® No. 210X include variable ratio pumps or fixed ratio pumps 3 : 1 (fixed ratio) or variable ratio pumps with minimum ratio of 56 : 1, with recirculation and heating capabilities. It may be necessary to utilize heated hose lines and hoppers.

For plural component spray applications heating the resin and hardener to the following temperature is required. Preheating the material is also recommended.

Part A (Hardener) - 80° - 100°F
Part B (Resin) - 115° -125°F

Please consult Sauereisen for information and equipment required for spraying via plural component.

FILM THICKNESS

SauereisenSewerGard® No. 210X is a 100% solids epoxy with zero shrinkage. The dry film thickness (DFT) is expected to be the same as the wet film thickness (WFT). The typical recommended thickness is 125 mils in 2 equal coats to assure proper coverage and quality assurance. Greater thickness can be achieved by additional coats within 24 hours.

Note: The application thickness and the number of coats required to achieve the specified thickness may vary with surface conditions, application method and exposure. Consult Sauereisen for details

COVERAGE

Maximum recommended thickness is 65 mils per coat

No. 210X: 12.8ft2 per gallon at 125 mils

Coverage is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and specific project conditions.

SETTING/CURING

Working Time: (For Airless Spray) 30 minutes @ 70°F

Re-Coat Time: Up to 24 hours @ 70°F

Chemical Exposure: 17 hours @ 70°F

After No. 210X has sufficiently cured, a holiday detector should be utilized to ensure a continuous pinhole-free lining. Consult a Sauereisen representative for details.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen SewerGard® No. 210X has a shelf life of one year. Store in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

PACKAGING

Sauereisen SewerGard® No. 210X is packaged in a 1-Gallon unit, a 3- Gallon (Regular) unit and a 15-Gallon (Large)
unit. Bulk Unit (200 Gallons) available by request.

Unit Size

Gallon Unit: = 1 Gallon
Part A - Hardener is packaged in a 1-gallon can.
Part B - Resin is packaged in a 2-gallon plastic pail.

Regular Unit: = 3 gallons
Part A - Hardener is packaged in a 1-gallon can.
Part B - Resin is packaged in a 5-gallon plastic pail.

Large Unit: = 15 gallons
Part A - Hardener is packaged in a 5-gallon (partial-filled) plastic pail.
Part B - Resin is packaged in three / 5-gallon (partial-filled) plastic pails.

Bulk Unit = 200 Gallons
Part A - Hardener is packaged in a partially filled 55-gallon metal drum
Part B - Resin is packaged in 3 partially filled metal drums

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK before material cures.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

LEGAL NOTICE

Sauereisen®, SewerGard®, ConoCrete™, RestoKrete™, ConoGlaze™, and FibreCrete™ are all products or services denoted with ™ or ®. These trademarks or registered trademarks of Sauereisen, Inc. Sauereisen trademarks may not be used in conjunction with any product or service that is not a Sauereisen product or service.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 210T

 

SEWERGARD TROWELABLE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Components3 parts
  • Bond strength to concrete (ASTM D4541)Concrete failure
  • Coefficient of thermal expansion (ASTM C531)3.5 x 10-5 /F° (1.9 x 10-5/C°)
  • Compressive strength (ASTM D695)
  • @ 28 days10,000 psi (703 kg/cm2)
  • Density (ASTM C905)113 pcf (1.81 gm/cm3)
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C580)4,900 psi (344.5 kg/cm2)
  • Maximum service temperature150°F (65°C)
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C580)2.75 x 105 psi (1.9 x 104 kg/cm2)
  • Moisture absorption (ASTM D570-95)< 0.04%
  • Permeability (ASTM E96)3.58 x 10-1 Perm-inch (5.2 x 10-10 g/m.s.Pa)
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C307)2,000 psi (140.6 kg/cm2)
  • Thickness1/8 inch (3.175 mm)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen SewerGard® No. 210 is an aggregate-filled epoxy material. This lining system is specifically designed to protect concrete surfaces of municipal wastewater treatment structures and collection systems from chemical attack and physical abuse. No. 210's non-sagging application properties permit economical repair and protection of vertical, horizontal and overhead surfaces of both new or rehabilitated substrates.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Resistant to corrosive conditions common to the municipal wastewater treatment industry.
  • Suitable for application over damp or dry concrete surfaces.
  • Trowelable non-sagging consistency ensures ease of application on vertical and overhead surfaces.
  • Does not require a primer.
  • Prohibits water infiltration.
  • Available in Hot and Cold Weather formulations. Contact Sauereisen for more details.
  • May be spray applied via specialized equipment. Contact Sauereisen for more details.

When cured, No. 210 provides an impermeable, high-strength, corrosion-resistant lining for manholes, lift stations, grit chambers, aeration basins, and related structures subject to infiltration and attack from hydrogen sulfide and acid generated by microbiological sources.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 60°-85°F on air, substrate, Liquid, Hardener, and Powder components during mixing, application, and cure.

The monolithic components should be maintained at 65°F to 80°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 65°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. Above 80°F, the material working time decreases.

Application in direct sunlight and rising surface temperature may result in blistering of the materials due to expansion of entrapped air or moisture in the substrate. Concrete surfaces that have been in direct sunlight must be shaded for 24 hours prior to application and remain shaded until the initial set has taken place.

In rising temperatures it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning.

Concrete - Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of Concrete" for detailed guidelines.

New Concrete - All structures must be properly designed and capable of withstanding imposed loads. Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture. After surface preparation, voids left in concrete surface must be filled with Sauereisen RestoKrete™ Filler Compound No. 209.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer. Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove old paints, protective coatings, and attacked or deteriorated concrete. Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform sound substrate.

Substrate surfaces requiring repairs in excess of 1/8-inch depth should be resurfaced with Sauereisen RestoKrete™ Underlayment No. F-120 to ensure proper rehabilitation of the substrate.

Brick - Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast all foreign particles and attacked or unsound mortar from the joints. Loose brickwork or open joints should be regrouted with appropriate Sauereisen mortar to ensure structural integrity.

All active hydrostatic leaks must be stopped with Sauereisen materials such as InstaPlug No. F-180™ or Hydroactive Urethane Grout No. F-370 prior to SewerGard® application.

If chemical cleaning is utilized to remove contaminants, substrate must be neutralized. If abrasive or high-pressure water blasting is used as the method of surface preparation, all sand and/or debris must be removed by thoroughly vacuuming the area with an industrial vacuum cleaner. If surface does not have desired conditions, repeat surface preparation procedure.

No. 210 may be applied over damp surfaces that are free of standing water; best results are achieved with dry surfaces.

APPLICATION

Mixing
SewerGard® No. 210 is packaged in premeasured units of Powder, Liquid, and Hardener components. Mixing should be done mechanically with a "Jiffy" mixer blade chucked into a drill motor. The mixing equipment must be clean and free of Portland cement or other contaminants.

Remix both Liquid and Hardener prior to combining components. Empty contents of the Liquid into a clean, dry mixing container. Empty contents of Hardener into Liquid and mix thoroughly until blended for at least one minute. Add Powder component gradually while mixing to a uniform consistency.

Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not try to retemper the material. Do not add solvent, additive or adulterant to any component or mixed material.

Remove the entire batch from the mixer when mixing is completed to prevent build-up in the equipment. While pouring one batch, another should be mixed in order to eliminate delays and to permit continuous operation.

Installation
SewerGard®No. 210 is applied by trowel at a minimum 1/8 inch thickness. Theoretical coverage is 44 ft2 per unit at 1/8-inch thickness. Actual coverage may vary, depending upon jobsite conditions. Screed bars may be used to control thickness on large surface areas.

To provide a pinhole-free surface and removal of trowel marks in No. 210, a short-nap mohair paint roller slightly dampened with water may be used. Excess water should be shaken off prior to backrolling.

After No. 210 has achieved a hardened surface, a holiday detector should be utilized to ensure a continuous pinhole-free lining. A Sauereisen SewerGard® Patch Kit may be used to conveniently repair any pinholes. Consult Sauereisen for details.

SewerGard® No. 210 may be topcoated with No. 210G within 24 hours.

For details regarding construction joints, protrusions or penetrations through concrete, consult Sauereisen for specific recommendations.

COVERAGE

No. 210 44 ft2 per unit at 1/8 inch.
*Coverage is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and specific project conditions.

SETTING/CURING

SewerGard® No. 210 may be exposed to a chemical environment in approximately 17 hours and can resist standing water or sewage shortly thereafter. Aggressive or turbulent flow that may inhibit film formation or displace materials while curing will result in poor bond to the substrate. Consult Sauereisen for parameters specific to your application.

Working Time: 45-50 minutes @ 70°F
Re-Coat Time: 12-24 hours @ 70°F
Maximum Re-Coat Time: 24 hours at 70°F
Chemical Exposure: 17 hours @ 70°F

PACKAGING

SewerGard® No. 210 Trowelable is packaged in a premeasured unit consisting of:

Part A Hardener: 3.2 lbs. in a 1-gal. can
Part B Liquid: 10.1 lbs. in a 2-gal. bucket
Part C Powder: 40 lbs. in a paper or plastic bag
*Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK before material cures. If removal is required after cure consult Sauereisen for specific recommendation.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen SewerGard® No. 210 has a shelf life of one (1) year, when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

LEGAL NOTICE

Sauereisen®, SewerGard®, ConoCrete™, RestoKrete™, ConoGlaze™, and FibreCrete™ are all products or services denoted with ™ or ®. These trademarks or registered trademarks of Sauereisen, Inc. Sauereisen trademarks may not be used in conjunction with any product or service that is not a Sauereisen product or service.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 215TL

 

FIBRECRETE TANK LINING

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Application time at 70°F
  • Working time30 minutes
  • Initial set12 - 24 hours
  • Bond strength to 3,000 psi concreteconcrete failure
  • Compressive strength (ASTM C-579)8,800 psi
  • Density (ASTM C-905)81.8 pcf
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)5,200 psi
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)4.8 x 105 psi
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)2,500 psi

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

FibreCrete TL 215 (TANK LININGS) is a two-component, fiber-reinforced, epoxy lining system that is used to protect concrete/steel tanks, ducts, scrubbers and other immersion environments from chemical attack and abrasion. FibreCrete TL 215 is specifically formulated for immersion service for tanks and scrubbers in the chemical, power, and municipal industries.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Excellent chemical resistance in high temperatures
  • Available in colors: 25 beige, 50 gray, 53 gray, 63 tile red, 99 white

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 50° - 85°F on air, substrate and materials during mixing, application and cure. Material temperature must be maintained between 65° - 80°F for a minimum of 48 hours prior to use. Lower temperatures will require a longer cure time. Above 80°F working time decreases.

Application in direct sunlight and/or rising surface temperature may result in blistering of materials due to entrapped air,
entrained air or moisture escaping from the substrate. When surface temperatures are rising, it may be necessary to delay installation or apply materials during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
New Concrete - The concrete must have the necessary physical strength to withstand the imposed loads during normal use and operation. Concrete should be floated free of ridges or depressions and all voids filled with Sauereisen RestoKrete No. F-208.

Chemical cleaning may be necessary to remove oil, grease and other contaminants that may inhibit bond of the epoxy monolithic. Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast to remove laitance and obtain a firm, uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate resembling coarse sandpaper.

Old Concrete - Concrete must have the physical strength to withstand the imposed loads during normal use and operation. Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove old paints, protective coatings, and deteriorated concrete.

Chemical cleaning may be necessary to remove oil, grease and other contaminants. Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast to remove laitance and obtain a firm, uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate and resembling coarse sandpaper. All structural cracks should be repaired, and all slopes reestablished with Sauereisen RestoKrete No. 208.

All prepared surfaces must be allowed to thoroughly dry prior to epoxy monolithic application. Regardless of preparation method used, all surfaces must be vacuumed to remove any loose deposits or contamination.

Metal - Metal must be structurally sound as specified by architect/engineer. Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove old paints or protective coatings. Chemical cleaning may be necessary to remove oil, grease and other contaminants. All welds must be continuous, free of flux, and have a smooth rounded radius without any sharp edges.

Abrasive blast to a nominal 2.5 mil profile employing SSPC SP-5 White Metal Blast for immersion conditions and SSPC SP-10 Near White Metal Blast for splash and spill or severe atmospheric environments.

Recommendations for less severe environments consult a Sauereisen representative.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be provided over existing expansion/control joints. Joints must also be placed around all fixed objects, peripheries of room and all points of movement in the base slab. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Primer- ConoWeld 501 or 502 are recommended for concrete and other porous surfaces. ConoPrime 506 is recommended for use on metallic surfaces where flash rusting cannot be controlled.

Primers are packaged in premeasured containers consisting of Hardener and Resin which must be mixed together before use. Remix all components before combining.

Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B and mix for 3 – 5 minutes with a Jiffy mixing blade affixed to a slow-speed 1/2"-drill motor. Primer is ready for use immediately after mixing.

FibreCrete - Packaging consists of premeasured unitized containers of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B components. Remix components before using.

Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B container and mix for 3 - 5 minutes with a Jiffy mixing blade affixed to a 1/2" slow-speed drill motor. Mix only complete units of material - do not mix partial batches.

Installation
Primer
ConoWeld 501/502 - Apply to concrete using a short nap adhesive roller with a nondegradable core, or nylon bristle brush. For horizontal surfaces, ConoWeld 501/502 must be allowed to cure at least two hours, but not more than 24 hours prior to application of FibreCrete. For vertical or overhead surfaces, allow a cure of 8 - 24 hours to eliminate sagging of the FibreCrete material. For best results, FibreCrete should be applied when primer is slightly tacky. If recoat time exceeds 24 hours, contact Sauereisen.

ConoPrime 506- Apply to steel with a short nap adhesive roller with a nondegradable core, nylon bristle brush, or suitable airless spray equipment. Allow ConoPrime to cure approximately 8-24 hours prior to FibreCrete application. For best results, FibreCrete should be applied when ConoPrime is tack-free.

FibreCrete
Trowel Application - Material should be delivered to finishers and spread into a continuous bead immediately after mixing. Do not let mixed material remain in the mixing vessel. Spread the material with a steel finishing trowel to the desired thickness. To improve surface texture and appearance of FibreCrete, lightly backroll the troweled surface with an adhesive roller lightly dampened with lacquer thinner. All troweling and backrolling must be completed within 30 minutes from mixing.

Spray Application - If spray application is chosen, contact Sauereisen for complete details on equipment requirements. The following equipment is typically used for spray application:

Mastic Pump - Graco King 56:1 (or higher) or equivalent. Remove filter from surge tank. Remove cage above lower ball valve located near "foot" (lower end) of pump.

Spray Gun - Graco Extrusion Flo Gun No. 207-945. Remove existing extrusion style tip and valve seat. Replace valve seat with Valve Seat No. 235-006.

Spray Tip - Heavy Duty Reverse-A-Clean Housing Part No. 222-674 with 0.035" orifice tip, Part No. GHD-535. If spray tip has a diffuser (small rod located behind the orifice), it should be removed prior to use.

Material Hose – 6-Foot whip end 3/8" i.d., 5,000 psi working pressure, 16,000 psi burst pressure.

0-25 Foot overall, 1/2" i.d., 4,000 psi working pressure, 16,000 psi burst pressure.

25-75 Foot overall, 3/4" i.d., 4,000 psi working pressure, 16,000 psi burst pressure.

Air Compressor - Minimum 100 cubic foot per minute at 100 psi.

Air Hose - 3/4" - 1" i.d.; 100-foot maximum length to mastic pump. To prevent sagging on vertical surfaces, the required coverage should be applied in two equal coats. Application should be done with a 50% overlap in a "cross hatch" pattern to reduce the possibility of pinholes and to assure complete coverage. If recoat time exceeds 24 hours, contact Sauereisen.

COVERAGE

ConoWeld - 200 ft2 per gallon at 8 mils.
ConoPrime - 400 ft2 per gallon at 4 mils.
FibreCrete - 40 ft2 per gallon at 40 mils.
All coverage rates are theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and specific project conditions.

SETTING/CURING

Do not allow water, chemicals or traffic on the FibreCrete for a minimum of 24 hours at 70°F. For harsh chemical or physical environments, allow a minimum of 72 hour cure at 70°F prior to exposure.

TOPCOATS

FibreCrete systems do not normally require a topcoat; however, for specific service conditions, a topcoat may be desirable.

Contact Sauereisen for a recommendation on an appropriate ConoGlaze topcoat for your application.

PACKAGING

Unit Size Part A Part B
1 Gallon 1 gal. can 1 gal. can
2.5 Gallon 1 gal. can 3.5 gal. pail
5 Gallon 2 gal. pail 6 gal. pail

Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with acetone, xylene or MEK before ConoWeld, ConoPrime or FibreCrete material cures.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen FibreCrete TL No. 215 (Tank Lining) has a shelf life of one year when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 218

 

FIBRECRETE – EPOXY NOVOLAK

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Application time (ASTM C-308 modified
  • Working time at 70°F30 minutes
  • Bond strength to concrete (ASTM D-4541)Concrete failure
  • Compressive strength (ASTM C-579)6,600 psi (464.0 kg/cm2)
  • Density (ASTM C-905)88.6 pcf (1.42 gm/cm3)
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)3,100 psi (217.9 kg/cm2)
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)10.5 x 105 psi (7.4 x 104 kg/cm2)
  • Maximum service temperature (Dry)180°F (82°C)
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)2,300 psi (161.7 kg/cm2)
  • Thickness40 mils

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

FibreCreteTM - Epoxy NovolaK No. 218 is a fiber-reinforced, chemically-resistant, 100% solids, epoxy NovolaK lining system used to protect concrete and steel from chemical and physical abuse. The interlocking fiber matrix of FibreCreteTM systems exhibits outstanding flexural and tensile strengths.

FibreCreteTM may be used in many kinds of manufacturing, processing, storage, and shipping areas. It is specifically formulated to resist strong oxidizing environments, especially high concentrations of sulfuric acid. This material is applied by spray and provides a protective barrier resistant to thermal shock in refrigeration areas and is resistant to higher temperatures.

The FibreCreteTM system utilizes Sauereisen ConoWeld No. 501 as a bond enhancing primer. For a glossy surface, FibreCrete may be topcoated with Sauereisen ConoGlaze.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Excellent resistance to sulfuric acid.
  • Meets USDA standards for use in federally inspected meat and poultry plants.
  • Inter-locking fiber matrix.
  • Colors available in 53 gray, 63 tile red.
  • Excellent resistance to hydrocarbon exposure.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
For optimum conditions, maintain a temperature of 60°-85°F on air, substrate, Liquid, and Hardener components during mixing, application, and cure.

The monolithic components should be maintained at 65°F to 80°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 65°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. Above 80°F, the material working time decreases.

Application in direct sunlight and rising surface temperature may result in blistering of the materials due to expansion of entrapped air or moisture in the substrate. In rising temperatures it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Metal - Abrasive blast to a nominal 2.5-mil profile employing SSPC-SP5 White Metal Blast for immersion and SSPCSP10 for other service conditions. All welds must be continuous, free of flux and have a smooth rounded radius without any sharp edges.

Concrete - Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of concrete" for detailed guidelines.

New Concrete - All structures must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and
operation. Surface should be floated free of ridges or depressions and all voids filled with Sauereisen Underlayment
No. F-120 or No. 209 Filler Compound. The choice of underlayment will depend on the severity of the voids to be filled. Surfaces should be sloped a maximum 1/4 inch per foot for drainage.

Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be
achieved by chemical cleaning. Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate resembling coarse sandpaper.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during
normal use and operation. Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove old paints, protective coatings, and deteriorated concrete. Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning.

Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and to obtain a uniform, sound substrate.

All prepared surfaces must be allowed to dry prior to the coating application. Regardless of preparation method used, all surfaces must be vacuumed to remove any loose deposits or contamination.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be placed around existing expansion joints, all fixed objects, peripheries of room and all points of movement in the base slab. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

An appropriate Sauereisen primer should be applied prior to the FibreCreteTM installation. This will enhance bond strength. ConoWeld No. 501 is the standard Sauereisen epoxy primer for concrete.

Where porosity of concrete is a concern, PenePrimeTM No. 500, a deep-penetrating waterborne epoxy primer, is recommended. Hi-Temp Primer No. 560 with Zinc Filler No. 561 is preferred over steel.

Mixing
Primer - Primers are supplied in premeasured containers. Remix individual containers before using.

Packaging of Primers No. 500 and 501 consists of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B which must be mixed together.

Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B container. Using a slow-speed ½-inch drill motor with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix thoroughly until blended for three minutes. Primer is ready for use immediately after mixing.

Primer No. 560 is a single-component urethane. Ferrous substrates require the addition of Zinc Filler No. 561.

FibreCrete™ - Packaging consists of premeasured unitized containers of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B. Remix Part A and B before combining.

Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B. Using a slow-speed ½-inch drill motor affixed with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix 3 - 5 minutes until thoroughly blended.

Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not add any solvent, additive, or adulterant to any component or mixed material.

Installation
Primers - Apply Primer to concrete or steel using a short nap adhesive roller with a nondegradable core, or nylon bristle brush. Consult Sauereisen for spray recommendations.

At 70°F, the epoxy primers must be allowed to cure at least eight hours, but no longer than 24 hours, prior to application of FibreCreteTM The moist-cured urethane No. 560 may be topcoated between two hours to 24 hours after
application. If recoat time is exceeds 24 hours consult Sauereisen for solvent wipe procedures.

Prior to application of FibreCreteTM inspect primed surface for voids, bubbles, or defects that may result in blistering or pinholes in the lining. Repair with Sauereisen No. 209 Fast Set to ensure a sealed surface.

FibreCrete No. 218
Spray application - A single coat of 40-mils thick is suitable for most FibreCreteTM applications. When building greater thicknesses, two equal coats may be necessary. In either case, application should be done with a 50% overlap in a "cross hatch" pattern to reduce the possibility of pinholes and to assure complete coverage. Recoat times shall not exceed 24 hours at 70°F.
After FibreCreteTM has sufficiently cured, a holiday detector may be utilized to ensure a continuous pinhole-free lining. Consult a Sauereisen representative for details.

The following equipment is typically used for spray application:

Airless Spray Pumps - FibreCrete may be sprayed with a minimum 56:1 pistonprimed, airless pump such as the model formerly manufactured by Graco. Alternative equipment such as the Graco 56:1 King Piston Primed Airless, Model 236-477 is also suitable. The current specification is the Graco Xtreme Sprayer X60 - MDL#X60-DH4. Other pumps may be suitable, depending on job site requirements. Remove all filters including the filter from surge tank.

Moisture Air Dryer - RFI Model DA-300 or equivalent. Moisture air dryer must be placed at least 50 ' from air compressor on air line.

Gun - Graco's Ultra-Lite pistol grip Flo- Gun, Model 235-628 is preferred. This gun must be combined with Seat Adapter Model 235-006. Alternatively, the Graco Flo-Gun Model 224-991 is acceptable.

Gun tip - For fiber filled materials, use Tip Housing Part No. XHD-001 with Graco Reversa Tips MDL No. XHD with orifices of 0.039 to 0.043 inches. Alternative brand tips may be suitable, however, never use tips that contain a diffuser pin.

Material hoses -
6' whip end, 3/8" i.d.; working pressure 5,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

0-25' overall, 1/2" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

25-75' overall, 3/4" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 12,000 psi burst.

Air compressor - 180 ft3 per minute at 100 psi, minimum.

Air hose from compressor - 3/4" to 1" i.d.: 100' maximum length to mastic pump.

Measures such as water traps, dryers, or filters should be used to prevent pump freeze-up.

COVERAGE

ConoWeld™ 501 200 ft2/gal. at 8 mils
PenePrime™ 500 200 ft2/gal. at 8 mils
Hi-Temp Primer 560 320 ft2/gal. at 5 mils
FibreCrete™ 40 ft2/gal.at 40 mils

Coverage is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and specific project conditions.

SETTING/CURING

Do not allow water or chemicals on the material surface for a minimum of 24 hours. For harsh chemical or physical environments cure a minimum of 72 hours prior to exposure.

PACKAGING

Unit Size Part A Part B
1 gallon 1 qt. can 2 gal. pail
2.5 gallon 1 gal. can 3.5 gal. pail
5 gallon 1 gal. can 6 gal. pail

*Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK before material cures. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen for specific recommendations.

SHELF LIFE

FibreCreteTM has a shelf life of one (1) year, when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at
70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 219 & 441

 

Fast-Trak NovolaK Lining | VE LINING

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

 
Fast-Trak NovolaK Lining No. 219
Fast-Trak VE Lining No. 441

Application time
 
 

Bond strength to concrete (ASTM D-4541)
concrete failure
concrete failure

Compressive strength (ASTM C-579)
6,600 psi (464.0 kg/cm2)
5,300 psi (372.6 kg/cm2)

Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)
3,100 psi (217.9 kg/cm2)
11.81 lbs/gl<

Maximum service temperature
180°F (82°C)
250°F (121°C)

Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)
10.5 x 105 psi (7.4 x 104 kg/cm2)
7.1 x 105 psi (5.0 x 104 kg/cm2)

Permeance (ASTM E-96-94, A)
0.0002 U.S. Perms (0.037 gm/m2)
0.0011 U.S. Perms (0.202 gm/m2)

Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)
2,300 psi (161.7 kg/cm2)
2,700 psi (189.8 kg/cm2)

Thickness (WFT)
60 mils, 100% solids
80 mils, 78% solids

Working time at 70°F
30 minutes
30 minutes

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation. Data should not be used for specification purposes.

The Sauereisen Fast-Trak Lining Series is a fiber-reinforced lining system specifically designed to protect concrete, steel or masonry surfaces in the pulp & paper industry. Fast-Trak has the chemical resistance to withstand the bleaches, liquors and other corrosive substances that attack unprotected trenches, sumps and chests in paper mills. Depending on the chemical and temperature environment, Fast-Trak is available in either vinyl ester or NovolaK epoxy formulations which are used with an appropriate Sauereisen Primer.

A monolithic lining applied by airless spray, the Fast-Trak system may be used to restore deteriorated tile linings that would otherwise require extensive demolition, re-pointing and replacement. Downtime of the Fast-Trak installation is minimized by the ability to coat existing tile structures with a uniform thickness of corrosion-resistant material. Since spray installations proceed at a much quicker rate than re-pointing or construction by the tile setter's method, pulp & paper infrastructure can return to service in a fraction of the time.

Fast-Trak is also ideal for new construction because it eliminates the possibility of disbonded tile falling into processing liquids and subsequently damaging plant equipment.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • An installation-friendly alternative to tile linings.
  • Fast chemical set - less down time.
  • Fiber reinforcement allows for maximum strength with moderate thickness.
  • Available in vinyl ester or NovolaK epoxy formulations.
  • Low porosity.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 60°-85°F on air, substrate, Hardener and Liquid components during mixing, application and
cure. The monolithic components and substrate should be maintained at 65°F to 80°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 60°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded.

Above 85°F, the working time decreases and it is recommended that the components be stored in a cooler area prior to mixing. Shading the substrate and using ice water to cool mixing equipment is not uncommon. In extreme temperatures it may be necessary to postpone the application or to apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Surfaces should be dry and made free of oil, grease and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning.

Concrete - Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of Concrete" for detailed guidelines.

New Concrete - Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture. Voids should be filled with an appropriate Sauereisen substrate repair material.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer. All structural cracks and voids must be repaired using Sauereisen No. F-120, Epoxy Filler Compound No. 209, or Vinyl Ester Mortar No. 400 depending on service conditions.

Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform sound and clean substrate.

If abrasive or high pressure water blasting is used as the method of surface preparation, all sand and/or debris must be removed by thoroughly vacuuming the area with an industrial vacuum cleaner. If surface does not have desired characteristics, repeat surface preparation procedure.

Existing Tile - Removal of all loose tile is recommended prior to the lining application. In cases where damaged tile may be refurbished, contact Sauereisen regarding back-filling procedures with epoxy grout.

Chemically clean to remove contaminants which may inhibit bonding of the monolithic. Abrasive blast to provide a profile and to remove deteriorated concrete and loose mortar. Thoroughly vacuum all blast media debris.

In applications subject to service temperatures less than 180°F, re-point mortar joints flush with the tile surfaces using
Epoxy Filler Compound No. 209. For higher temperature applications, joint repair may be accomplished with Vinyl Ester Mortar No. 400. Large voids resulting from disbonded tile may be filled with Underlayment No. F-120 Trowelable.

Metal - Abrasive blast to a nominal 2.5-mil profile employing SSPC-SP5 White Metal Blast for immersion and SSPCSP10 for other service conditions. All welds must be continuous, free of flux and have a smooth rounded radius or be ground flat without any sharp edges or protrusions.

APPLICATION

Sauereisen has four bond-enhancing primers recommended for use prior to the Fast-Trak Lining application. Each is designed for specific conditions.

ConoWeld No. 501 is the epoxy primer to be used with Fast-Trak NovolaK Lining No. 219.

VEPrime No. 550 is the vinyl ester primer for use with Fast-Trak VE Lining No. 441.

Hi-Temp Primer No. 560 and SparkPrime No. 562 are single-component, moist-cured urethane primers for use with both Nos. 219 and 441.

Both primers are suitable over concrete or tile. When applied over ferrous substrates, No. 560 requires the addition of Zinc Filler No. 561.

The moist-cured urethanes are designed for use where a higher temperature is expected than either Nos. 501 or 550 can tolerate or where atmospheric and/or substrate moisture is likely to be present. No. 562 is also a conductive primer designed to be used when holiday testing the topcoats. Nos. 560/561 must be used under No. 562 on ferrous substrates.

Mixing
Components of the Fast-Trak Linings and Primers No. 501 and 550 are packaged in premeasured containers consisting of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B which must be mixed together before use. Individual components should be remixed before combining. Nos. 560 and 562 are single-component and require only remixing before use. The following procedures are applicable to the mixing of the Linings and multiple-component Primers:

Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B container. Using a slow-speed drill motor with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix for a minimum of 3 minutes until thoroughly blended.

Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not try to retemper the material.

When mixing single-component, moist-cured urethanes, remix the containers with the lid in place. If mechanically
stirring, use a very slow mixer and avoid creating a vortex which will entrain atmospheric moisture in the coating causing gelation.

Installation
Primer - Apply Nos. 501 and 550 at a wet film thickness of 5-10 mils, whereas Nos. 560 and 562 are applied at a maximum of 5 mils wet. All four primers may be applied using specified airless spray equipment or a short nap roller with a non-degradable core.

The Fast-Trak Lining should be applied while the Nos. 501 and 500 Primers are firm but tacky. Nos. 560 and 562 however, must be fully cured prior to topcoating. Nos. 560 and 562 may be topcoated for up to 5 days. For more information on ConoWeld No. 501, VEPrime No. 550, SparkPrime No. 562, or Hi-Temp Primer No. 560, consult the specific Sauereisen data sheet.

Fast-Trak Lining - The monolithic lining is recommended to be applied by spray to allow for a more easily regulated thickness and to speed the installation process.

A single coat of 60 mils of the Fast-Trak NovolaK Lining No. 219 is suitable for most applications. Two 40-mil coats of the Fast-Trak VE Lining No. 441 are generally recommended when using the vinyl ester grade. This will result in a dry film thickness of 63 mils for No. 441. Allow a minimum of 4 hours between coats at 70°F.

If 24 hours elapse between the application of two coats, sand the surface, solvent wipe and remove any debris prior to re-coating.

Application should be done with a 50% overlap in a "cross-hatch" pattern to reduce the possibility of pinholes and to assure complete coverage. After Fast-Trak has sufficiently cured, a holiday detector should be used to ensure a continuous, pinhole-free lining. When spark testing a tile tank, grounding strips should be placed 16 feet apart, to allow for the proper testing of the lining.

The following equipment is typically used for spray application.:

Mastic pump - Fast-Trak Lining may be sprayed with a minimum 45:1 piston-primed, airless pump such as the model formerly manufactured by Graco. The current specifications for new equipment is the Graco 56:1 King Piston Primed Airless, Model 236-477. Remove filter from surge tank. Remove cage above lower ball valve located near "foot" (lower end) of pump. Other pumps may be suitable, depending on job site requirements.

Gun - Graco Pistol-Grip Flo Gun, Model 224-991.

Gun tip - Graco Reverse-a-CleanTM housing part No. 222-674 with 0.039" orifice, Model GHD-539. The diffuser should be removed prior to use.

Material hose - 6' whip end, 3/8" i.d.; working pressure 5,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

Material hose - 0-25' overall, 1/2" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

Material hose - 25-75' overall, 3/4" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 12,000 psi burst.

Air compressor - 180 ft3 per minute at 100 psi, minimum.

Air hose from compressor - 3/4" to 1" i.d.: 100' maximum length to mastic pump.

Measures such as water traps, dryers, or filters should be used to prevent pump freeze-up.

COVERAGE

ConoWeld No. 501 200 ft2 per gallon at 8 mils.

VEPrime No. 550 267 ft2 per gallon at 6 mils wet film thickness, resulting in a dry thickness of approximately 3 mils.

Hi-Temp Primer No. 560 320 ft2 per gallon at 5 mils wet film thickness resulting in a dry thickness of approximately 3 mils.

SparkPrime No. 562 320 ft2 per gallon at 5 mils wet film thickness resulting in a dry thickness of approximately 3 mils.

Fast-Trak NovolaK Lining No. 219 27 ft2 per gallon at 60 mils.

Fast-Trak VE Lining No. 441 40 ft2 per gallon at 40 mils wet film thickness, resulting in a dry thickness of approximately 31 mils.

All coverage data is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and project specific conditions.

HOLIDAY DETECTION

Spark testing is recommended to assure the quality of an application. A holiday detector will confirm complete coverage of the coating system and identify any pinholes that must be repaired.

Sauereisen offers SparkPrime No. 562 for projects that include spark testing as a control measure. The conductive primer will replace ConoWeld No. 501, VEPrime No. 550 or Hi-Temp Primer No. 560 in these cases.

SparkPrime is a single-component, moisture- cured urethane resistant to 400°F. It promotes excellent bond strength for epoxy and vinyl ester materials over concrete and tile. The SparkPrime contains carbon black that provides conductivity beneath the coating system which is necessary for holiday detection. Grounding strips should be placed 16 feet apart within the conductive primer.

SETTING/CURING

By properly maintaining air and substrate temperatures, the Fast-Trak System can be cured to meet production scheduling. Contact Sauereisen regarding specific curing parameters.

PACKAGING

ConoWeld No. 501

Unit Size Part A Part B
1 gallon 1/2 gal. can 1 gal. can
3 gallon 2 gal. pail 3.5 gal. pail

VEPrime No. 550

Unit Size Part A Part B
1 gallon 1 - 2 oz. bottle 1 gal. can

Hi-Temp Primer No. 560
Unit Size - 1 gallon, approximately 8.5 lbs.

SparkPrime No. 562
Unit Size - 1 gallon, single component, approximately 8.5 lbs. per can.

Fast-Trak NovolaK Lining No. 219

Unit Size Part A Part B
1 gallon 1 qt. can 2 gal. pail
2.5 gallon 1 gal. can 3.5 gal. pail
5 gallon 1 gal. can 6 gal. pail

Fast-Trak VE Lining No. 441

Unit Size Part A Part B
1 gallon 1 - 2 oz. bottle 1 gal.can
2.5 gallon 1 - 4 oz. bottle 1 pail

Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate exact volume of contents.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned by scrubbing with a stiff brush and solvent at the end of each working period or when build-up becomes pronounced. Use MEK for epoxies and urethanes and MCT Monochlorotoluene for the vinyl esters.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen Fast-Trak VE Lining No. 441, and VEPrime No. 550 have a shelf life of three months. Hi-Temp Primer No. 560, and SparkPrime No. 562 have a shelf life of six months when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Under the same conditions, Fast-Trak NovolaK Lining No. 219 and ConoWeld No. 501 have a shelf life of one year. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 220 & 221

 

EPOXY JOINT SEALANT

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

 
Epoxy Joint Sealan - 220
Epoxy NovolaK Joint - 221

Bond strength to concrete (concrete failure) (ASTM C-478)
>300 psi (21.1 kg/cm2)
>300 psi (21.1 kg/cm2)

Cure time
 
 

Foot traffic
24 hours
24 hours

Chemical service and ultimate cure
72 hours
72 hours

Hardness at 77°F (Shore A) (ASTM D-2240) 70-80 60
CCCCCCCCCCCCCC
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

Maximum service temperature (ASTM D-648)
150°F (66°C)
180°F (82°C)

Mixing ratio, by volume
1:1
1:1

Pot life (ASTM C-308 modified)
40 minutes
40 minutes

Tensile elongation (ASTM D-2370)
100%
50%

Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)
600 psi (42.2 kg/cm2)
800 psi (56.2 kg/cm2)

Viscosity (mixed) (ASTM D-2393)
2,200 cps
2,200 cps

Water absorption (ASTM C-413)
0.5 max %
0.5 max %

Weight per gallon (mixed)
9.72 lbs (4.41 kg)
9.8 lbs (4.44 kg)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen Epoxy Joint Sealants are used to provide a durable joint filler. The materials are 100% solids, pourable epoxies designed to effectively absorb the shock and impact of heavy loads and steel-wheeled vehicles over narrow joints. Available in two formulations, No. 220 is for general purpose applications and No. 221 is a NovolaK epoxy for more severe chemical environments.

Sauereisen Joint Sealants are non-shrinking due to their high-solids content and will not become brittle. These self priming materials will flow and self-level to the full depth of the joint. The joint compounds cure quick enough to be ready for foot traffic in 24 hours and chemical service in 3 days.

To use in vertical joints, add 1/2 to 1 pound of Thixotrope No. 220T (sold separately) to each unit of joint material and mix thoroughly. This results in a viscosity suitable for a caulking gun.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Absorbs heavy loads.
  • Resists chipping and wear at joint edges.
  • Nonshrinking.
  • Pourable and self-leveling.
  • Requires no primer.
  • Cures on damp surfaces.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 60°-90°F on air, substrate and Epoxy Joint Compounds during mixing, application and cure. Material components should be maintained at 60°-90°F for 48 hours prior to use.

Surface Preparation
The substrate should be made free of oil, grease, laitance and other contaminants that may inhibit the bond of the joint compound. Chemical cleaning is recommended. All surfaces must be firm and structurally sound as specified by the
architect/engineer. Any loose particles of dust, dirt or foreign matter should be removed by brushing or vacuuming.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Nos. 220 & 221 are packaged as premeasured, 1-gallon units containing two components - Liquid and Hardener -
which are mixed 1:1 by volume as used.

Completely empty contents of Hardener into Liquid component and mix thoroughly for three to five minutes using a slow-speed (150 rpm) paddle-type mixer. Avoid entrapment of air while mixing.

Do not add water, sand or any other adulterant to either component or the mixed compound unless specifically recommended by Sauereisen. Upon completion of mixing, the joint material is ready for use.

Installation
A bond breaker should be installed in the bottom of the joint prior to pouring No. 220/221. Polyethylene foam backer rods that are 50% wider than the width of the joint should be forced down to the substrate for this purpose. Where the
joint depth is less than 1/2 inch, vinyl electrical tape should be installed at the bottom of the joint to prevent bonding to the substrate. Pour the mixed joint compound into the clean, dry joint.

As a general rule, the depth of the material in the joint should be maintained at approximately 50% of the joint width in
order to provide the right combination of elongation and corrosion resistance. For applications where joints are very deep, additional layers of backer rods should be used.

For vertical applications, tape the open joint and then pour the No. 220/221 behind the tape. Do not attempt to pour more than 12 inches of material behind the tape. As the application moves up the wall, the procedure is repeated; applying tape and then pouring behind the tape.

The tape is left in place until curing takes place. As an alternative, approximately 1/2 to 1 gallon of Additive No. 220T may be added to each unit of mixed joint compound and blended thoroughly. This results in a material grade that may be applied with a caulking gun.

For deteriorated joints, repair the surrounding protective system with the proper Sauereisen material. The repair material should be "keyed in" by sawcutting beyond the spalled concrete on both sides of the joint and mechanically removing the loose concrete. The joint should be reformed when placing the repair material by using a removable spacer; or the deteriorated joint area may be completely sealed with the repair material and a new joint sawcut after it cures. Refill with No. 220/221.

COVERAGE

LINEAR FEET FILLED BY ONE UNIT
Joint Depth (Inches) Joint Width (Inches)
1/8 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4
1/4 616.0 308.0 205.4 154.0 123.2 102.6
1/2 308.0 154.0 102.8 77.0 61.6 51.4
3/4 205.4 102.8 68.4 51.4 41.0 34.2
1 154.0 77.0 51.4 38.6 30.8 25.8
1-1/4 123.2 61.6 41.0 30.8 24.6 20.6
1-1/2 102.6 51.4 34.2 25.6 20.6 17.2
1-3/4 88.0 44.0 29.4 22.0 17.6 14.6
2 77.0 38.6 25.6 19.2 15.4 12.8
2-1/2 77.0 38.6 25.6 19.2 15.4 12.8
2-3/4 51.4 25.6 17.2 12.8 10.2 8.6

SETTING/CURING

The compounds should be allowed to cure a minimum of 24 hours at 70°F prior to water or foot traffic; 72 hours prior to chemical service. At temperatures below 70°F, cure a minimum of 48 hours prior to water exposure or foot traffic.

PACKAGING

Nos. 220 & 221 are two-component materials packaged in a carton as follows:

Liquid 1 gallon can
Hardener 1 gallon can

Each container is partially filled to provide an approximate gallon of joint sealant material when mixed.

SHELF LIFE

Epoxy Joint Compounds have a shelf life of one (1) year when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. If there is doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

JOINT DIMENSIONS

The width is equal to two times the depth..... ( Width = 2 x Depth )

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK or N-methyl pyrol before joint compound cures. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 222

 

CONOGLAZE HC

ConoGlaze HC 222 is a two-component, NovolaK epoxy lining system that is used to protect concrete, steel and other substrates from chemical attack. ConoGlaze HC 222 is specifically formulated for maximum resistance to heat and chemical attack typically found in flue-gas and refining applications. When used as a topcoat for ConoCrete or FibreCrete systems, ConoGlaze improves appearance and ease of cleaning.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Excellent chemical resistance in high temperatures
  • NovolaK formulation
  • Available in colors: 25 beige, 50 gray, 53 gray, 63 tile red, 99 white

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 50 - 85°F on air, substrate and materials during mixing, application and cure. Material temperature must be maintained between 65 - 80°F for a minimum of 48 hours prior to use. Lower temperatures will require a longer cure time. Above 80°F working time decreases.

Application in direct sunlight and/or rising surface temperature may result in blistering of materials due to entrapped air, entrained air or moisture escaping from the substrate. When surface temperatures are rising, it may be necessary to delay installation, or apply materials during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
New Concrete - The concrete must have the necessary physical strength to withstand the imposed loads during normal use and operation. Concrete should be floated free of ridges or depressions and all voids filled with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120. Concrete should be sloped a maximum 1/4" to the foot for drainage.

Chemical cleaning with Degreaser 809 and/or ConoClean 704 may be necessary to remove oil, grease and other contaminants that may inhibit bond of the epoxy monolithic. Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast to remove laitance and obtain a firm, uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate resembling coarse sandpaper.

Old Concrete - Concrete must have the physical strength to withstand the imposed loads during normal use and operation. Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove old paints, protective coatings, and deteriorated concrete. Chemical cleaning with Degreaser 809 and/or ConoClean 704 may be necessary to remove oil, grease and other contaminants. Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast to remove laitance and obtain a firm, uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate and resembling coarse sandpaper. All structural cracks should be repaired, and all slopes reestablished with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120.

All prepared surfaces must be allowed to thoroughly dry prior to epoxy monolithic application. Regardless of preparation method used, all surfaces must be vacuumed to remove any loose deposits or contamination.

Metal - Metal must be structurally sound as specified by architect/engineer. Mechanical methods should be utilized to
remove old paints or protective coatings. Chemical cleaning may be necessary to remove oil, grease and other contaminants. All welds must be continuous, free of flux, and have a smooth rounded radius without any sharp edges. Abrasive blast to a nominal 2.5 mil profile employing SSPC SP-5 White Metal Blast for immersion conditions and SSPC SP-10 Near White Metal Blast for splash and spill or severe atmospheric environments. Recommendations for less severe environments consult a Sauereisen representative.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be placed over existing expansion/control joints. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Primer - ConoWeld 501/502 are recommended for concrete and other porous surfaces. ConoPrime 506 is recommended for use on metallic surfaces where flash rusting cannot be controlled. Primers are packaged in premeasured containers consisting of Hardener and Resin which must be mixed together before use. Remix all components before combining.

Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B and mix for 3 – 5 minutes with a Jiffy mixing blade affixed to a slow-speed 1/2"-drill motor. Primer is ready for use immediately after mixing.

ConoGlaze - Packaging consists of premeasured unitized containers of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B components. Remix components before using.

Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B and mix for 3 – 5 minutes with a Jiffy mixing blade affixed to a slow-speed 1/2"-drill motor. Mix only complete units of material - do not mix partial batches.

Installation
Primer
ConoWeld 501/502 - Apply to concrete using a short nap adhesive roller with a nondegradable core, or nylon bristle brush. For horizontal surfaces, ConoWeld 501/502 must be allowed to cure at least two hours, but not more than 24 hours prior to application of ConoGlaze. For vertical or overhead surfaces, allow a cure of 8 - 24 hours to eliminate sagging of the ConoGlaze material. For best results, ConoGlaze should be applied when primer is slightly tacky. If recoat time exceeds 24 hours, contact Sauereisen.

ConoPrime 506- Apply to steel with a short nap adhesive roller with a nondegradable core, nylon bristle brush, or suitable airless spray equipment. Allow ConoPrime to cure approximately 8-24 hours prior to ConoGlaze application. For best results, ConoGlaze should be applied when ConoPrime is tackfree.

ConoGlaze
RollerApplication- Material should be delivered to finishers immediately after mixing. Do not let mixed material remain in the mixing vessel. If application is for floor areas, spread the material with a squeegee to the desired thickness. To improve the surface texture of floor applications, lightly backroll the material with a short nap adhesive roller with a nondegradable core. For vertical application, material shall be lightly backrolled to desired thickness. All finishing and backrolling must be completed within 30 minutes from mixing.

Spray Application -
If spray application is chosen, contact Sauereisen for complete details on equipment requirements. The following equipment is typically used for spray application:

Airless Spray Pumps – SewerGard Glaze may be sprayed with a minimum 45:1 piston-primed, airless pump such as the model formerly manufactured by Graco. Alternative equipment such as the Graco 56:1 King Piston Primed Airless, Model 236-477 is also suitable. The current specification is the Graco Xtreme Sprayer X60 - MDL#X60-DH4. Remove all filters including the filter from surge tank.

Other pumps may be suitable, depending on the job site requirements.

Moisture Air Dryer - RFI Model DA-300 or equivalent. Moisture air dryer must be placed at least 50' from air compressor on air line.

Gun - Graco's Ultra-Lite pistol grip Flo- Gun, Model 235-628 is preferred. This gun must be combined with Seat Adapter Model 235-006. Alternatively, the Graco Flo-Gun Model 224-991 is acceptable.

Gun tip -Use Tip Housing Part No. XHD-001 with Graco Reversa Tips MDL No. XHD with orifices of 0.025 to 0.031 inch tip works best. Alternative brand tips may be suitable, however, never use tips that contain a diffuser pin.

Material Hose - 6 Foot whip end 3/8" i.d., 5,000 psi working pressure, 16,000 psi burst pressure.

0-25 Foot overall, 1/2" i.d., 4,000 psi working pressure, 16,000 psi burst pressure.

25-75 Foot overall, 3/4" i.d., 4,000 psi working pressure, 16,000 psi burst pressure

Air Compressor - Minimum 100 cubic foot per minute at 100 psi.
Air Hose - 3/4" - 1" i.d.; 100 foot maximum length to mastic pump.

To prevent sagging on vertical surfaces, the required coverage should be applied in two equal coats. Application should be done with a 50% overlap in a "cross-hatch" pattern to reduce the possibility of pinholes and to assure complete coverage. If recoat time exceeds 24 hours, contact Sauereisen.

COVERAGE

ConoWeld - 200 ft2 per gallon at 8 mils.
ConoPrime - 400 ft2 per gallon at 4 mils.
ConoGlaze - 160 ft2 per gallon at 10 mils.
All coverage rates are theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and specific project conditions.

CLEAN UP

All equipment should be cleaned with acetone, xylene or MEK before ConoWeld, ConoPrime or ConoGlaze material cures.

SETTING/CURING

Do not allow water, chemicals or traffic on the ConoGlaze for a minimum of 24 hours at 70°F. For harsh chemical or physical environments allow a minimum of 72 hours at 70°F prior to exposure.

PACKAGING

Unit Size Part A Part B
1 gallon 1 gal can 1 gal can
3 gallon 1 gal. can 3.5 gal. pail
5 gallon 2 gal. can 6 gal. pail

Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents.

SHELF LIFE

ConoGlaze Hardener, and Resin have a shelf life of six (6) months when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 228

 

CONOGLAZE – EPOXY NOVOLAK

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Application time (ASTM C-308 modified)
  • Working time at 70°F30 minutes
  • Components2 part
  • Thickness10 mils
  • Bond strength to concrete (ASTM D-4541)Concrete failure
  • Maximum service temperature (Dry)180°F (82°C)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

ConoGlaze - Epoxy NovolaK No. 228 is a chemically resistant, 100% solids, epoxy NovolaK coating system. It is used as a topcoat for Sauereisen ConoCrete or FibreCrete systems or as a coating to protect concrete and steel from chemical attack.

ConoGlaze may be used in many kinds of manufacturing, processing, storage, and shipping areas. It is specifically formulated as a sealer to resist strong oxidizing environments, especially high concentrations of sulfuric acid. This
material can be applied by roller or spray and provides an economical protective barrier against processing chemicals and higher temperatures.

The ConoGlaze system utilizes Sauereisen ConoWeld No. 501 as a bond enhancing primer for applications over concrete and steel.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Excellent resistance to sulfuric acid.
  • Authorized by USDA for use in federally inspected meat and poultry plants.
  • Easy to clean surface.
  • Colors: 53 gray, 63 tile red.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
For optimum conditions, maintain a temperature of 60°-85°F on air, substrate, Liquid, and Hardener components during mixing, application, and cure.

The monolithic components should be maintained at 65°F to 80°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 65°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. Above 80°F, the material working time decreases.

Application in direct sunlight and rising surface temperature may result in blistering of the materials due to expansion of entrapped air or moisture in the substrate. In rising temperatures it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Metal - Abrasive blast to a nominal 2.5-mil profile employing SSPC-SP5 White

Metal Blast for immersion and SSPCSP10 for other service conditions. All welds must be continuous, free of flux and have a smooth rounded radius without any sharp edges.

Concrete - Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of concrete" for detailed guidelines.

Surfaces should be free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by
chemical cleaning.

New Concrete - All structures must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Surface should be floated free of ridges or depressions and all voids filled with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120 or No. 209 Filler Compound. The choice of underlayment will depend on the severity of the voids to be filled. Surfaces should be sloped a maximum 1/4 inch per foot for drainage.

Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate resembling coarse sandpaper.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove old paints, protective coatings, and deteriorated concrete.

Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and to obtain a uniform, sound substrate.

All prepared surfaces must be allowed to dry prior to the coating application. Regardless of preparation method used, all surfaces must be vacuumed to remove any loose deposits or contamination.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be placed over existing expansion joints, around all fixed objects, peripheries of rooms and all points of movement in the base slab. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

ConoWeld No. 501 is is the epoxy primer recommended for metal, concrete and other porous substrates. Apply ConoWeld prior to the ConoGlaze installation to enhance bond strength. ConoGlaze No. 228

Mixing
Primer - ConoWeld primer is supplied in premeasured containers. Remix individual containers before using.

Packaging of Primer No. 501 consists of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B which must be mixed together. Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B container. Using a slow-speed ½-inch drill motor with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix thoroughly until blended for three minutes. Primer is ready for use immediately after mixing.

ConoGlaze - Packaging consists of premeasured unitized containers of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B. Remix Part A and B before combining.

Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B. Using a slow-speed ½-inch drill motor affixed with a
"Jiffy" type blade, mix three to five minutes until thoroughly blended.

Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not add any solvent, additive, or adulterant to any component or mixed material.

Installation
Primer - Apply primer to concrete or steel using either a short nap adhesive roller with a nondegradable core, or a nylon bristle brush. For horizontal applications, pour primer onto the surface and spread with a squeegee before backrolling or brushing.

ConoWeld may also be sprayed using airless spray equipment. Typical application thickness is 5-10 mils. Consult Sauereisen for specific details.

Prior to application of the Sauereisen epoxy topcoat, inspect the primed surface for voids, bubbles or defects that may result in blistering or pinholes in the lining. Repair with Sauereisen Filler Compound No. 209 Fast Set to ensure a sealed surface.

ConoGlaze No. 228
Roller application - Material should be delivered to finishers immediately after mixing. Do not let material remain in the mixing vessel.

If application is for floor areas, spread the material with a squeegee to the desired thickness. To improve the surface texture of floor applications, lightly backroll the material with a short nap adhesive roller with a nondegradable core. For vertical application, material shall be lightly backrolled to desired thickness. All finishing and backrolling must be completed within 30 minutes from mixing.

Spray application - ConoGlaze may be spray applied at a thickness of approximately 10 mils per coat. Installation by airless spray should be done with a 50% overlap in a "cross-hatch" pattern to reduce the possibility of pinholes and to assure complete coverage. Recoat times shall not exceed 24 hours at 70°F.

Measures such as water traps, dryers, or filters should be used to prevent pump freeze up.

After ConoGlaze has sufficiently cured, a holiday detector should be utilized to ensure a continuous pinhole-free lining. Consult a Sauereisen representative for details.

The following equipment is typically used for spray application:

Airless Spray Pumps - ConoGlaze may be sprayed with a minimum 45:1 piston-primed, airless pump such as the model formerly manufactured by Graco. Alternative equipment such as the Graco 56:1 King Piston Primed Airless, Model 236-477 is also suitable. The current specification is the Graco Xtreme Sprayer X60 - MDL#X60-DH4. Remove all filters including the filter from surge tank. Other pumps may be suitable, depending on job site requirements.

Moisture Air Dryer - RFI Model DA-300 or equivalent. Moisture air dryer must be placed at least 50' from air compressor on air line.

Gun - Graco's Ultra-Lite pistol grip Flo- Gun, Model 235-628 is preferred. This gun must be combined with Seat Adapter Model 235-006. Alternatively, the Graco Flo-Gun Model 224-991 is acceptable.

Gun tip -Use Tip Housing Part No. XHD- 001 with Graco Reversa Tips MDL No. XHD with orifices of 0.025 to 0.031 inch tip works best. Alternative brand tips may be suitable, however, never use tips that contain a diffuser pin.

Material hose - 6' whip end, 3/8" i.d.; working pressure 5,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

Material hose - 0-25' overall, 1/2" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

Material hose - 25-75' overall, 3/4" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 12,000 psi burst.

Air compressor - 180 ft3 per minute at 100 psi, minimum.

Air hose from compressor - 3/4" to 1" i.d.: 100' maximum length to mastic pump.

COVERAGE

ConoWeld 200 ft2 per gal. at 8 mils
ConoGlaze 160 ft2 per gal. at 10 mils
Coverage is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and specific project conditions.

SETTING/CURING

Do not allow water or chemicals on the material surface for a minimum of 24 hours. For harsh chemical or physical environments cure a minimum of 72 hours prior to exposure.

PACKAGING

Unit Size Part A Part B
1 gallon 1 qt. can 2 gal. pail
3 gallon 1 gal. can 3.5 gal. pail
5 gallon 1 gal. can 6 gal. pail

*Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK before material cures. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen for specific recommendations.

SHELF LIFE

ConoGlaze and ConoWeld have a shelf life of one (1) year when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 228C

 

CONOGLAZE – EPOXY NOVOLAK (Carbon Filled)

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Application time (ASTM C-308 modified)
  • Working time at 70°F30 minutes
  • Components2 part
  • Thickness10 mils
  • Bond strength to concrete (ASTM D-4541)Concrete failure
  • Maximum service temperature (Dry)180°F (82°C)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

ConoGlaze - Epoxy NovolaK No. 228C is a chemically-resistant, 100% solids, epoxy NovolaK coating system. It is used as a topcoat for Sauereisen ConoCrete or FibreCrete systems or as a coating to protect concrete and steel from chemical attack. No. 228C is carbon-filled and formulated specifically to resist hydrofluoric acid.

ConoGlaze may be used in many kinds of manufacturing, processing, storage, and shipping areas. It is commonly used as a sealer to resist strong oxidizing environments. This material can be applied by roller or spray and provides an economical protective barrier against processing chemicals and higher temperatures.

The ConoGlaze system utilizes Sauereisen ConoWeld No. 501 as a bond enhancing primer for applications over concrete and steel.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Resistant to hydrofluoric acid.
  • Conforms to USDA requirements for use in federally inspected meat and poultry plants.
  • Easy to clean surface.
  • Color: Black.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
For optimum conditions, maintain a temperature of 60°-85°F on air, substrate, Liquid, and Hardener components during mixing, application, and cure.

The monolithic components should be maintained at 65°F to 80°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 65°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. Above 80°F, the material working time decreases.

Application in direct sunlight and rising surface temperature may result in blistering of the materials due to expansion of entrapped air or moisture in the substrate. In rising temperatures it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Metal - Abrasive blast to a nominal 2.5-mil profile employing SSPC-SP5 White Metal Blast for immersion and SSPCSP10 for other service conditions. All welds must be continuous, free of flux and have a smooth rounded radius without any sharp edges.

Concrete - Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of concrete" for detailed guidelines.

Surfaces should be free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning.

New Concrete - All structures must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and
operation. Surface should be floated free of ridges or depressions and all voids filled with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120 or No. 209 Filler Compound. The choice of underlayment will depend on the severity of the voids to be filled. Surfaces should be sloped a maximum 1/4 inch per foot for drainage.

Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate resembling coarse sandpaper.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during
normal use and operation. Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove old paints, protective coatings, and deteriorated concrete.

Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and to obtain a uniform, sound substrate.

All prepared surfaces must be allowed to dry prior to the coating application. Regardless of preparation method used, all surfaces must be vacuumed to remove any loose deposits or contamination.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be placed over existing expansion joints, around all fixed objects, peripheries of rooms and all points of movement in the base slab. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

ConoWeld No. 501 is is the epoxy primer recommended for metal, concrete and other porous substrates. Apply ConoWeld prior to the ConoGlaze installation to enhance bond strength. ConoGlaze No. 228C

Mixing
Primer - ConoWeld primer is supplied in premeasured containers. Remix individual containers before using.

Packaging of Primer No. 501 consists of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B which must be mixed together. Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B container. Using a slow-speed ½-inch drill motor with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix thoroughly until blended for three minutes. Primer is ready for use immediately after mixing.

ConoGlaze - Packaging consists of premeasured unitized containers of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B. Remix Part A and B before combining.

Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B. Using a slow-speed ½-inch drill motor affixed with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix three to five minutes until thoroughly blended.

Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not add any solvent, additive, or
adulterant to any component or mixed material.

Installation
Primer - Apply primer to concrete or steel using either a short nap adhesive roller with a nondegradable core, or a nylon bristle brush. For horizontal applications, pour primer onto the surface and spread with a squeegee before backrolling or brushing.

ConoWeld may also be sprayed using airless spray equipment. Typical application thickness is 5-10 mils/coat. Consult Sauereisen for specific details.

Prior to application of the Sauereisen epoxy topcoat, inspect the primed surface for voids, bubbles or defects that may result in blistering or pinholes in the lining. Repair with Sauereisen Filler Compound No. 209 Fast Set to ensure a sealed surface.

ConoGlaze No. 228C
Roller application - Material should be delivered to finishers immediately after mixing. Do not let material remain in the mixing vessel.

If application is for floor areas, spread the material with a squeegee to the desired thickness. To improve the surface texture of floor applications, lightly backroll the material with a short nap adhesive roller with a nondegradable core. For vertical application, material shall be lightly backrolled to desired thickness. All finishing and backrolling must be completed within 30 minutes from mixing.

Spray application - ConoGlaze may be spray applied at a thickness of approximately 10 mils per coat. Installation by airless spray should be done with a 50% overlap in a "cross-hatch" pattern to reduce the possibility of pinholes and to
assure complete coverage. Recoat times shall not exceed twenty-four hours.

After ConoGlaze has sufficiently cured, a holiday detector should be utilized to ensure a continuous pinhole-free lining. Consult a Sauereisen representative for details.

The following equipment is typically used for spray application:

Airless Spray Pumps - SewerGard Glaze may be sprayed with a minimum 45:1 piston-primed, airless pump such as the model formerly manufactured by Graco. Alternative equipment such as the Graco 56:1 King Piston Primed Airless, Model 236-477 is also suitable. The current specification is the Graco Xtreme Sprayer X60 - MDL#X60-DH4. Remove all filters including the filter from surge tank.

Other pumps may be suitable, depending on the job site requirements.

Moisture Air Dryer - RFI Model DA-300 or equivalent. Moisture air dryer must be placed at least 50' from air compressor on air line.

Gun - Graco's Ultra-Lite pistol grip Flo- Gun, Model 235-628 is preferred. This gun must be combined with Seat Adapter Model 235-006. Alternatively, the Graco Flo-Gun Model 224-991 is acceptable.

Gun tip -Use Tip Housing Part No. XHD- 001 with Graco Reversa Tips MDL No. XHD with orifices of 0.025 to 0.031 inch tip works best. Alternative brand tips may be suitable, however, never use tips that contain a diffuser pin.

Material hose - 6' whip end, 3/8" i.d.; working pressure 5,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

Material hose - 0-25' overall, 1/2" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

Material hose - 25-75' overall, 3/4" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 12,000 psi burst.

Air compressor - 180 ft3 per minute at 100 psi, minimum.

Air hose from compressor - 3/4" to 1" i.d.: 100' maximum length to mastic pump.

COVERAGE

ConoWeld 200 ft2 per gal. at 8 mils
ConoGlaze 160 ft2 per gal. at 10 mils
Coverage is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and specific project conditions.

SETTING/CURING

Do not allow water or chemicals on the material surface for a minimum of 24 hours. For harsh chemical or physical environments cure a minimum of 72 hours prior to exposure.

PACKAGING

Unit Size Part A Part B
1 gallon 1 qt. can 2 gal. pail
3 gallon 1 gal. can 3.5 gal. pail
5 gallon 1 gal. can 6 gal. pail

*Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK before material cures. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen
for specific recommendations.

SHELF LIFE

ConoGlaze and ConoWeld have a shelf life of one (1) year when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 228SL

 

SELF-LEVELING EPOXY

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Application time (ASTM C-308 modified)
  • Working time at 70°F30 minutes
  • Components2 part
  • Thickness10 mils
  • Bond strength to concrete (ASTM D-4541)Concrete failure
  • Maximum service temperature (Dry)180°F (82°C)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen Self-Leveling Epoxy Nos. 201/228 SL are self-leveling coating systems for flooring applications. These products offer excellent application properties and are ideal chemical-resistant flooring materials for areas where traffic is not extreme. Where skid resistance is required, various sized aggregates may be incorporated as a broadcast system.

Self-Leveling Epoxy No. 201SL – General Purpose Grade is recommended for moderate chemical exposure in a wide
variety of industrial facilities. Where temperatures or chemical concentrations necessitate, the Epoxy NovolaK Grade No. 228SL offers additional protection. Consult Sauereisen chemical resistance charts.

These epoxy flooring systems should be used with an appropriate Sauereisen primer to enhance bonding. Consult Sauereisen for a primer recommendation depending on the type of substrate and surface conditions.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Resistant to a wide range of acids, alkalies and some solvents.
  • Recommended for the food & beverage, chemical processing, pharmaceutical, steel, and power industries.
  • 100% solids material, no noxious or toxic odors during application.
  • Available colors: 53 gray, 63 tile red

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
The monolithic components and substrate should be maintained at 65°F to 85°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work. Maintain a temperature of 60°-85°F on air, concrete substrate and material components during mixing, application, and cure.

At temperatures below 65°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. Above 85°F, the material working time decreases. It is recommended that the material components be stored in a cooler area prior to mixing.

Application in direct sunlight and rising surface temperatures may result in blistering of materials due to expansion of
entrapped air or moisture in the substrate. Concrete that has been in direct sunlight must be shaded 24 hours prior to application and remain shaded until after the initial set. When the surface temperatures are rising, it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of Concrete" for detailed guidelines.

Concrete must be dry, firm and structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer. Concrete shall have a pull off strength of 200 psi or greater as tested by ACI 515.1 Appendix A. Surfaces should be made free of oil grease, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture resembling coarse sandpaper.

New Concrete - Concrete should be floated free of ridges or depressions and all voids filled with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120 or Filler Compound No. 209, depending on the severity of the voids. Too much slope will result in puddling of the coatings in low spots and insufficient coverage on the higher areas.

If acid etching is utilized as the method of surface preparation, refer to ASTM D- 4260 "Standard Practice for Acid Etching Concrete" for appropriate procedure. All acid and residue must be removed prior to applying epoxy.

Old Concrete - All structural cracks must be repaired and slopes reestablished with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F 120.
Concrete should be sloped a maximum 1/8 inch per foot. If existing slope is greater it will be necessary to re-slope using Underlayment No. F-120 or other appropriate underlayments. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

If abrasive or high-pressure water blasting is used as the method of surface preparation, all sand and/or debris must be removed by thoroughly vacuuming the area with an industrial vacuum cleaner. Repeat the procedure if necessary. If surface does not have desired texture, repeat surface preparation procedure.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be provided on 14 foot centerlines and over existing expansion/control joints. Joints should also be placed around all fixed objects, peripheries of rooms and all points of movement in the base slab. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

An appropriate Sauereisen primer should be applied prior to the epoxy coating. This will enhance bond strength. ConoWeld No. 501 is the standard Sauereisen epoxy primer for concrete. Where porosity of concrete is a concern, Sauereisen PenePrime No. 500, a deep-penetrating waterborne epoxy primer, is recommended.

Mixing
Primer - Primers are supplied in premeasured containers. Remix individual containers before using.

Packaging of Primers No. 500 and 501 consists of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B which must be mixed together. Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B container. Using a slow-speed ½-inch drill motor with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix thoroughly until blended for three minutes. Primer is ready for use immediately after mixing.

Self-Leveling Epoxy Nos. 201/228 SL – Empty contents of Hardener into Liquid and mix thoroughly until blended for at least three minutes with a "Jiffy" mixing blade and drill motor.

Mix only complete units. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not try to retemper the material. Do not add solvent, additive or adulterant to any component or mixed material.

Material should be delivered to finishers immediately after mixing. Do not let material remain in the mixing vessel.

Installation
Primers - Apply primer to concrete using a squeegee. Lightly backroll the primer using a short nap adhesive roller with a nondegradable core. At 70°F, the epoxy primers must be allowed to cure at least eight hours, but no longer than 24 hours, prior to application of Self-Leveling Epoxy. Recoat time should not exceed 24 hours.

Prior to application of the floor coating, inspect primed surface for voids, bubbles, or defects that may result in blistering or pinholes in the topcoat. Repair with Sauereisen Filler Compound No. 209 Fast Set to ensure a sealed surface.

Self-Leveling Epoxy Nos. 201/228 SL
Workers are advised to wear spiked shoes to allow freshly applied material to self-level. Pour the material in a narrow band starting at any convenient wall or joint. Apply to the desired thickness using a squeegee. Nos. 201/228 SL may be applied from 10-15 mils per coat. If necessary, 2-3 coats may be specified for a maximum 30-mil thickness. To improve the surface texture and appearance, lightly backroll using a short-nap mohair roller or spiked roller.

Optional Broadcast Systems – Pure white silica sand may be incorporated by one of two methods to provide a more skid-resistant profile. Where a very thin system is specified, sand may be broadcast into wet primer prior to the application of Self-Leveling Epoxy. Use only ConoWeld Primer No. 501 when utilizing this application method. Remove excess sand from the surface of the primer before topcoating.

An alternate method of providing skid resistance is to broadcast directly into the Nos. 201/228 SL immediately after application. After adequate cure time, excess sand must be vacuumed. A final topcoat of Self-Leveling Epoxy is recommended to seal the broadcast.

Clean white silica sand for broadcasting may be purchased from Sauereisen or sourced locally. A particle size of 30 mesh is recommended.

COVERAGE

Primers

ConoWeld 501 200 ft2/gal. @ 8 mils
PenePrime 500 200 ft2/gal. @ 8 mils

Self - Leveling Epoxies 201/228 SL:
160 ft2/gal @10 mils
*Quantities do not include losses during application. Coverage is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and specific project conditions.

PACKAGING

Self - Leveling Epoxy No. 201SL

Unit Size Part A Part B
1 gallon 1 gal. can 2 gal. pail
3 gallon 1 gal. can 3.5 gal. pail
5 gallon 3 gal. pail 6 gal. pail

Self - Leveling Epoxy No. 228SL

Unit Size Part A Part B
1 gallon 1 qt. can 1 gal. can
3 gallon 1 gal. can 3.5 gal. pail
5 gallon 1 gal. can 6 gal. pail

*Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK or N-methyl pyrol before material cures. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen Self-Leveling Epoxy Nos. 201/228 SL Liquids and Hardeners have a shelf life of one year. Store in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult Sauereisen.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 229 & 473

 

Fast-Trak NovolaK Glaze (229) /Fast-Trak VE Glaze (473)

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

 
Fast-Trak NovolaK Lining No. 219
Fast-Trak VE Lining No. 441

Application time
 
 

Bond strength to concrete (ASTM D-4541)
concrete failure
concrete failure

Compressive strength (ASTM C-579)
6,600 psi (464.0 kg/cm2)
5,300 psi (372.6 kg/cm2)

Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)
3,100 psi (217.9 kg/cm2)
11.81 lbs/gl<

Maximum service temperature
180°F (82°C)
250°F (121°C)

Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)
10.5 x 105 psi (7.4 x 104 kg/cm2)
7.1 x 105 psi (5.0 x 104 kg/cm2)

Permeance (ASTM E-96-94, A)
0.0002 U.S. Perms (0.037 gm/m2)
0.0011 U.S. Perms (0.202 gm/m2)

Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)
2,300 psi (161.7 kg/cm2)
2,700 psi (189.8 kg/cm2)

Thickness (WFT)
60 mils, 100% solids
80 mils, 78% solids

Working time at 70°F
30 minutes
30 minutes

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation. Data should not be used for specification purposes.

The Sauereisen Fast-Trak Glaze Series is a coating system specifically designed to protect concrete, steel or masonry surfaces in the pulp & paper industry. Fast-Trak has the chemical resistance to withstand bleaches, liquors and other corrosive substances that attack unprotected trenches, sumps and chests in paper mills. Depending on the chemical and temperature environment, Fast-Trak is available in either vinyl ester or NovolaK epoxy formulations which are used with an appropriate Sauereisen Primer.

A monolithic coating applied by airless spray, the Fast-Trak system may be used to restore deteriorated tile linings that
would otherwise require extensive demolition, repointing and replacement. Downtime of the Fast-Trak installation is minimized by the ability to coat existing tile structures with a uniform thickness of corrosion-resistant material. Since spray installations proceed at a much quicker rate than repointing or construction by the tile setter's method, pulp & paper infrastructure can return to service in a fraction of the time and provide a seamless lining.

Fast-Trak is also ideal for new construction because it eliminates the possibility of disbonded tile falling into liquors and subsequently damaging plant equipment.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • An installation-friendly alternative to tile linings.
  • Available in vinyl ester or NovolaK epoxy formulations.
  • Fast chemical set - less down time.
  • Low porosity.
  • An economical coating to be used independently or as a glossy topcoat for the Fast-Trak fiber-filled linings.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 60°-85°F on air, substrate, Hardener and Liquid components during mixing, application and cure. The monolithic components and substrate should be maintained at 65°F to 80°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 60°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. Above 85°F, the working time decreases.

It is recommended that the components be stored in a cooler area prior to mixing. Shading the substrate and using ice water to cool mixing equipment is not uncommon. In extreme temperatures it may be necessary to postpone the application or to apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning.

Concrete - Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of concrete" for detailed guidelines.

New Concrete - Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture. Voids should be filled with an appropriate Sauereisen substrate repair material.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer. All structural cracks should be repaired using FastPatch No. 149 and all voids repaired using Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120, Epoxy Filler Compound No. 209, or Vinyl Ester Mortar No. 400 depending on service conditions.

Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform sound and clean substrate.

If abrasive or high pressure water blasting is used as the method of surface preparation, all sand and/or debris must be
removed by thoroughly vacuuming the area with an industrial vacuum cleaner. If surface does not have desired characteristics, repeat surface preparation procedure.

Existing Tile - Removal of all loose tile is recommended prior to the lining application. In cases where damaged tile may be refurbished, contact Sauereisen regarding back-filling procedures with epoxy grout.

Abrasive blast to provide a profile and to remove deteriorated concrete and loose mortar. Thoroughly vacuum all blast media.

In applications subject to service temperatures less than 180°F, re-point mortar joints flush with the tile surfaces using
Epoxy Filler Compound No. 209. For higher temperature applications, joint repair may be accomplished with Vinyl Ester Mortar No. 400. Large voids resulting from disbonded tile may be filled with Underlayment No. F-120 Trowelable.

Metal - Abrasive blast to a nominal 2.5-mil profile employing SSPC-SP5 White Metal Blast for immersion and SSPCSP10 for other service conditions. All welds must be continuous, free of flux and have a smooth rounded radius or be ground flat without any sharp edges or protrusions.

APPLICATION

There are four bond-enhancing primers recommended for use when Fast-Trak Glaze is applied directly to concrete, metal or tile substrates. ConoWeld No. 501 is an epoxy primer to be used with Fast-Trak NovolaK Glaze. Two primers used with Sauereisen Fast-Trak VE Glaze include Hi-Temp Primer No. 560, a single-component moisture-cured urethane, and VEPrime No. 550, a general vinyl ester primer. SparkPrime No. 562 is specified over concrete and tile for projects in which spark testing is utilized. See the section entitled "Holiday Detection" within this bulletin for details.

Mixing
Components of the Fast-Trak Glazes and two-part primers are packaged in premeasured containers consisting of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B which must be mixed together before use. Individual components should be remixed before combining. The following procedures are applicable to the mixing of the multi-component Linings and Primers:

Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B container. Using a slow-speed drill motor with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix for a minimum of 3 minutes until thoroughly blended.

Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not try to retemper the material.

Installation
Primer - Apply primer to a thickness of 5 to 10 mils using specified airless spray equipment or a short nap roller with a
non-degradable core. The Fast-Trak Glaze should be applied while the 501 and 550 primers are tacky. If Sauereisen Hi-Temp Primer No. 560 is used, apply at 5-6 mils on concrete or tile and 3-5 mils on steel. Allow No. 560 to fully cure before topcoating. For more information on Sauereisen primers, consult the specific product data sheet.

Fast-Trak Glaze - The monolithic coating is recommended to be applied by spray to allow for a more easily regulated thickness and to speed the installation process.

Spray installation should be done in coats of 10 mils thick. A single coat of the Fast-Trak Glaze is suitable for most applications. When applying multiple coats, allow four hours between coats at 70°F.

If 24 hours elapse between the application of a coat, sand the surface, solvent wipe and remove any debris prior to recoating. Application should be done with a 50% overlap in a "cross-hatch" pattern to reduce the possibility of pinholes and to assure complete coverage. After Fast-Trak has sufficiently cured, a holiday detector should be used to ensure a continuous, pinhole free lining.

The following equipment is typically used for spray application:

Mastic pump - Fast-Trak Glaze may be sprayed with a minimum 45:1 piston-primed, airless pump such as the model
formerly manufactured by Graco. The current specifications for new equipment is the Graco 56:1 King Piston Primed Airless, Model 236-477. Remove filter from surge tank. Remove cage above lower ball valve located near "foot" (lower end) of pump. Other pumps may be suitable, depending on job site requirements.

Gun - Graco Pistol-Grip Flo Gun, Model 224-991.

Gun tip - Graco Reverse-a-CleanTM housing part No. 222-674 with 0.039" orifice, Model GHD-539. The diffuser should be removed prior to use.

Material hose - 6' whip end, 3/8" i.d.; working pressure 5,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

Material hose - 0-25' overall, 1/2" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

Material hose - 25-75' overall, 3/4" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 12,000 psi burst.

Air compressor - 180 ft3 per minute at 100 psi, minimum.

Air hose from compressor - 3/4" to 1" i.d.: 100' maximum length to mastic pump.

Measures such as water traps, dryers, or filters should be used to prevent pump freeze-up.

COVERAGE

ConoWeld No. 501
200 ft2 per gallon at 8 mils.

VEPrime No. 550
267 ft2 per gallon at 6 mils wet film thickness, resulting in a dry thickness of approximately 3 mils.

Hi-Temp Primer No. 560
320 ft2 per gallon at 5 mils wet film thickness resulting in a dry thickness of approximately 3 mils.

SparkPrime No. 562
320 ft2 per gallon at 5 mils wet film thickness, resulting in a dry thickness of approximately 3 mils.

Fast-Trak VE Glaze No. 473
160 ft2 per gallon at 10 mils wet film thickness, resulting in a dry thickness of approximately 7 mils.

Fast-Trak NovolaK Glaze No. 229
160 ft2 per gallon at 10 mils.

All coverage data is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and project specific conditions.

HOLIDAY DETECTION

Spark testing is recommended to assure the quality of an application. A holiday detector will confirm complete coverage of the coating system and identify any pinholes that must be repaired.

Sauereisen offers SparkPrime No. 562 for projects that include spark testing as a control measure. The conductive primer will replace ConoWeld No. 501, VEPrime No. 550 or Hi-Temp Primer No. 560 in these cases.

SparkPrime is a single-component, moisture- cured urethane resistant to 400°F. It promotes excellent bond strength for
epoxy and vinyl ester materials over concrete and tile. The SparkPrime contains carbon black that provides conductivity beneath the coating system which is necessary for holiday detection. Grounding strips should be placed 16 feet apart within the conductive primer.

Conductive Primer Application
Sauereisen SparkPrime No. 562 may be applied by roller or spray. No mixing is required, simply shake the single component container prior to opening. Appropriate ventilation and/or respiratory equipment is recommended.

A dry film thickness in the range of 3-5 mils should be attained. Excess thickness will adversely effect the cure. To
attain the proper dry thickness, application of five mils wet is suggested. Apply the primer using specified airless spray equipment or a short nap roller with a non-degradable core. If material within the container forms a skin, cut out the residue, stir and transfer Primer into a clean pail.

SparkPrime No. 562 will dry to the touch in approximately 45 minutes to one hour at 70°F. Recoating should occur no sooner than two hours after application, but within six hours.

SYSTEM SETTING & CURING

By properly maintaining air and substrate temperatures, the Fast-Trak Glazes can be cured to meet production scheduling. Contact Sauereisen regarding specific curing parameters.

PACKAGING

ConoWeld No. 501

Unit Size Part A Part B
1 gallon 1/2 gal. can 1 gal. can
3 gallon 2 gal. can 3.5 gal. pail

VEPrime No. 550

Unit Size Part A Part B
1 gallon 1 - 2 oz. bottle 1 gal.can

Hi-Temp Primer No. 560

Unit Size 1 gallon, approximately 8.5 lbs.

SparkPrime No. 562

Unit Size 1 gallon, single component, approximately 8.5 pounds per can.

Unit Size
1 gallon, single component, approximately 8.5 pounds per can.

Fast-Trak VE Glaze No. 473

Unit Size Part A Part B
1 gallon 1 - 2 oz. bottle 1 pail
3 gallon 1 - 4 oz. bottle 1 pail

Fast-Trak NovolaK Glaze No. 229

Unit Size Part A Part B
1 gallon 1 gal. can 1 gal. can
3 gallon 1 gal. can 3.5 gal. pail
5 gallon 1 gal. can 6 gal. pail

Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned by scrubbing with a stiff brush and MEK or MCT (Monochlorotoluene) at the end of each working period or when build-up becomes pronounced.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen Fast-Trak VE Glaze, VEPrime, Hi-Temp Primer, and SparkPrime have a shelf life of three months when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Under the same conditions, Fast- Trak NovolaK Glaze and ConoWeld Primer have a shelf life of one year.

Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 230

 

ARCTIKURE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Application time 35°F
  • Working time30 minutes
  • Initial set17 hours
  • Bond strength to 3,000 psi concreteConcrete failure
  • Compressive strength (ASTM C-579)
  • 24 hours @35°F5,500 psi (387 kg/cm2)
  • 7 days @ 70°F14,500 psi (1,019 kg/cm2)
  • Density (ASTM C-905)140.7 pcf (2.25 gm/cm3)
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)5,000 psi (352 kg/cm2)
  • Maximum service temperature (Dry, continuous)120°F (49°C)
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)2.6 x 106 psi (1.8 x 105 kg/cm2)
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)2,600 psi (183 kg/cm2)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation. Data should not be used for specification purposes.

Arctikure No. 230 is a three-component epoxy monolithic floor system that is used to protect concrete and other substrates from chemical and physical abuse. No. 230 is designed for cold room applications and will cure at temperatures as low as 35°F. Arctikure has the durability to withstand the physical abuse, fatty acids, by-products, oils and sanitizers typically found in food processing environments.

This skid-resistant system has the versatility for use in freezers, refrigeration rooms and higher temperature areas. The cold-curing capability allows for a faster turnaround and less disruptive application in dairies, bottling facilities and food plants.

ArctiPrime No. 530 is recommended as a bond enhancing primer for use with Arctikure. The primer has the same cold curing attributes as Arctikure.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Excellent resistance to food acids and by-products.
  • Conforms to USDA requirements for use in federally inspected meat and poultry plants.
  • Easily cleaned, skid-resistant surface.
  • Available in colors 53 gray & 63 tile red.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
For optimum conditions, maintain a temperature of 35°-70°F on air, substrate, and materials during mixing, application and cure. The monolithic components should be maintained at 65°F to 80°F for a minimum of 48 hours prior to beginning work. Do not store or apply below 35°F. Cure time will increase at low temperatures. Above 80°F, material working time decreases significantly and cure may occur too quickly for practical use.

Application in direct sunlight and/or rising surface temperature may result in blistering of the materials due to expansion of entrapped air or moisture in the substrate.

Surface Preparation
Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning.

New Concrete - All structures must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Surfaces are to be floated free of ridges or depressions and all voids filled with Underlayment No. F-120 or Filler Compound No. 209. The choice of underlayment will depend on the severity of the voids to be filled. Surfaces should be sloped a maximum 1/4 inch per foot for drainage.

Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate resembling coarse sandpaper.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and strong enough to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove old paints, protective coatings, and deteriorated concrete.

Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to obtain uniform sound substrate.

All structural cracks should be repaired, and all slopes reestablished with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120.
All prepared surfaces must be allowed to dry prior to monolithic application. Regardless of preparation method used, all surfaces must be vacuumed to remove any loose deposits or contamination.

Transition Detail "Key"
All exposed perimeter edges, including doorways, drains, traffic aisle sides, etc., must be saw cut to a minimum depth of 1/2 inch then chipped out at a 45° angle on the inside of the area to be resurfaced with Arctikure. All saw cutting and keying should be be done prior to final surface preparation. Contact Sauereisen if more detail is required.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be provided on 20 foot centerlines and over existing expansion/control joints. Joints must also be placed
around all fixed objects, peripheries of rooms and all points of movement in the base slab. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

Mixing
ArctiPrime No. 530 - Primer is packaged in premeasured containers consisting of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B which must be mixed together before use. Remix each component before combining.

Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B container. Using a slow-speed ½-inch drill motor with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix thoroughly until blended for 3-5 minutes. Primer is ready for use immediately after mixing.

Arctikure No. 230 - Packaging consists of premeasured unitized containers of Hardener, Resin and Aggregate components. The Hardener and Resin should be remixed before combining.

Arctikure units are packaged in two 20-ft2 batches to allow for a quick placement of material. The following instructions are for one 20-ft2 batch:

Mix Part B Resin with a Jiffy mixing blade affixed to a ½-inch slow-speed drill motor until the pigmented Resin is completely blended and color is uniform. Empty one half-gallon can of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B and mix for 30 seconds to one minute. After mixing, empty the mixed material into a clean five-gallon bucket and add one half of the 42 lb. box of Part C Aggregate. Mix for 1 to 1.5 minutes and add the remaining Aggregate. Continue mixing until all Aggregate is wetted out and material is a uniform consistency (approximately 2.5 to 3 minutes).

Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not add any solvent, additive, or adulterant to any component or mixed material.

Installation
ArctiPrime No. 530 - Apply Primer to concrete using a short nap adhesive roller with a nondegradable core or a nylon bristle brush. Arctikure can be placed immediately after application of the Primer.

The No. 530 Primer should be wet to tacky when the topcoat is applied by trowel. If the ArctiPrime cures hard before application of the No. 230, apply an additional coat of primer.

Arctikure No. 230 - Material should be delivered to finishers and spread onto the floor immediately after mixing. Do not let mixed material remain in the mixing vessel. Spread Arctikure with a spreader box, screed, or by hand to the desired thickness (1/4-inch minimum). Use a steel trowel to compact and finish the surface. Finishing must be completed within 30 minutes from mixing.

COVERAGE

ArctiPrime No. 530
320 ft2 per gallon unit at 5-mils thickness.

Arctikure No. 230
40 ft2 per unit at ¼-inch thickness.

Coverage is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and specific project conditions.

SETTING/CURING

Do not allow water or chemicals on the Arctikure surface for a minimum of 8 hours at 70°F or 17 hours at 35°F. For harsh chemical or physical environments cure a minimum of 36 hours at 35°F prior to exposure.

TOPCOAT

Arctikure No. 230 does not usually require a topcoat. For specific service conditions, a topcoat may be desirable. Contact Sauereisen for a recommendation and appropriate ConoGlaze topcoat for your application.

PACKAGING

ArctiPrime No. 530 - 12 lbs. shipping wt.

Hardener Part A (1) 1 gallon can
Resin Part B (1) 1 gallon can

Arctikure No. 230 - 105 lbs. shipping wt.

Hardener Part A (2) 1 gallon cans
Resin Part B (2) 1 gallon cans
Aggregate Part C (2) 42 pound boxes

Arctikure units are packaged in two 20-ft2 batches which will accommodate mixing in a pail mixer.

Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK before Primer or No. 230 material cures. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen for a specific recommendation.

SHELF LIFE

Arctikure No. 230 has a shelf life of one (1) year when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. ArctiPrime Hardener and Resin shelf life matches that of No. 230. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 240 & 241

 

EPOXY MATTE REINFORCED SYSTEM

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

 
ConoWeld Primer No. 501
Basecoat No. 240
Saturant No. 241

Application time
 
 
 

Working time at 70°F
30 minutes
40 minutes
40 minutes

Initial set at 70°F
2 hours
18 hours
18 hours

Components
2 part
3 part
2 part

Thickness
8 mils
1/16" (63 mils) per coat
20 mils

Bond strength to concrete (ASTM C-478)
Concrete failure
Concrete failure
Concrete failure

Maximum service temperature
--
150°F (65°C)
150°F (65°C)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

The Sauereisen Epoxy Matte Reinforced System No. 240 is a multiple layer, 1/8-inch thick, fiberglass reinforced lining for chemical-resistant construction of sumps, dikes, containment areas, trenches, walls, and floors. The Epoxy Matte Reinforced System offers superior resistance to most caustics, strong oxidizing solutions, and acids.

The basic system consists of separate Sauereisen materials including ConoWeld No. 501, Basecoat No. 240 and Saturant No. 241 combined with specified fiberglass matte which is purchased locally. Depending on service conditions, the system should be sealed with either ConoGlaze No. 202 or a second layer of Basecoat No. 240.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Excellent resistance to splash and spillage of concentrated mineral acids, alkalies and some solvents.
  • Maximum service temperature of 150°F (65°C).
  • Superior tensile/flexural strengths.
  • 100% solids material, no noxious or toxic odors during application.
  • Low porosity.

AREA PREPARATION

Surface Preparation
Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning.

Metal - Abrasive blast to a nominal 2.5-mil profile employing SSPC-SP10 Near White Metal Blast for immersion and SSPC-SP6 Commercial Blast for other service conditions. All welds must be continuous, free of flux and have a smooth rounded radius without any sharp edges.

Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm, have attained 3000 psi compressive strength or be structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer. Concrete should be floated free of ridges or depressions; all structural cracks must be repaired; voids filled, and slopes reestablished.

Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast to remove laitance and obtain uniform sound substrate.

If chemical cleaning is utilized to remove contaminates, substrate must be neutralized. If abrasive- or high-pressure water blasting is used as the method of surface preparation, all sand and/or debris must be removed by thoroughly vacuuming the area with an industrial vacuum cleaner. If surface does not have desired profile, repeat surface preparation procedure.

APPLICATION

Mixing
With each component of the matte reinforced system, remix contents of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B components for a minimum of 2 minutes with a slow-speed paddle or "Jiffy" mixer. Add Hardener to Resin and mix for a minimum of 2 minutes until thoroughly blended. For Sauereisen Basecoat No. 240, mix Hardener/Resin combination for 2minutes and then gradually add Powder while mixing continuously for another 3 minutes.

Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not try to retemper the material.

Installation
The Epoxy Matte Reinforced System is installed in 5 steps including the following... ConoWeld Primer, Basecoat, fiberglass reinforcement, Saturant, and a final topping of either ConoGlaze or Basecoat. Installation steps are as follows:

Step one
Apply ConoWeld Primer No. 501 by roller to a thickness of 5-10 mils using a short nap roller with a non-degradable core. For horizontal applications, installation of the basecoat of Basecoat may proceed immediately after placement of the Primer. For vertical applications, the Primer should be firm but tacky when the Basecoat is applied.

Step two
After mixing, trowel Basecoat No. 240 to 1/16" (approx. 70 ft2 per unit) over the Primer. This layer of the system will serve as the underlying body for the fiberglass reinforcement.

Step three
Immediately press woven fiberglass matte reinforcement into Basecoat No. 240. Apply fiberglass cloth in a uniform manner. Be careful not to wrinkle or intertwine material. Use 2" overlaps on the adjacent strips of cloth. Smooth matte reinforcement with a short nap mohair roller to eliminate air entrapment or pinholes.

Step four
Mix Epoxy Saturant No. 241 thoroughly and apply by brush, roller or spray until the fiberglass becomes translucent (approx. 100 ft2 per unit). Allow the installation to cure a minimum of 8 hours at 70°F before proceeding.

Step five
After Saturant No. 241 has cured, apply a sealing layer of ConoGlaze No. 202 at a thickness of 10 to 20 mils. The ConoGlaze may be applied by roller, spray or brush.

A skid-resistant surface may be attained by broadcasting silica sand into 10 mils of ConoGlaze. After a 12-hour cure, vacuum excess sand and seal with an additional 10 mils of ConoGlaze.

For areas subject to heavy loads and physical abuse, trowel a second 1/16-inch thickness of Basecoat No. 240 over the Saturant in lieu of the ConoGlaze topping. Finish with a short nap roller to eliminate voids and to remove trowel marks. Allow to cure at least 48 hours at 70°F prior to chemical exposure.

COVERAGE

ConoWeld Primer
No. 501 200 ft2 per gallon at 8 mils.

Basecoat
No. 240 A unit will cover 70 ft2 at a thickness of 1/16-inch.

Saturant
No. 241 100 ft2 per unit.

ConoGlaze (if specified)
No. 202 160 ft2 per gallon at 10 mils

*Coverages are theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and project specific conditions.

SETTING/CURING

The Epoxy Matte Reinforced System will take an initial set in 18 hours at 70°F. Do not allow water or chemicals on the material surface for a minimum of 48 hours. For temperatures below 70°F, cure a minimum of 72 hours prior to water or chemical exposure.

PACKAGING

ConoWeld Primer No. 501 is available in one-gallon and three-gallon kits.

Basecoat No. 240 is packaged in a unit that includes:
Hardener 1 half-gallon can
Liquid 1 gallon can
Powder 1 bag with 36.7 pounds

Saturant No. 241 is unitized as follows:
Hardener 1 half-gallon can
Liquid 1 gallon can

ConoGlaze No. 202 is available in one-gallon, three-gallon, and five-gallon units.

*Unitized packages are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents. Fiberglass matte is to be purchased locally.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned by scrubbing with a stiff brush and xylene or MEK at the end of each working period or when build-up becomes pronounced.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen Epoxy Matte Reinforced System components have a shelf life of one (1) year when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70oF. Avoid freezing. If there is doubt about the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 250/251/252 Series

 

CONOSPREAD – CHEMICAL AND FOOD GRADE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

 
ConoWeld No. 501
ConoSpread No. 250
Broadcast No. 251
Vertical No. 252

Application time
 
 
 
 

Working time at 70°F
20 minutes
20 minutes
30 minutes
30 minutes

Initial set at 70°F
6 hours
17 hours
17 hours
17 hours

Components
2 part
3 part
3 part
3 part

Thickness
5-10 mils (0.024mm)
1/8" (3mm)
15 mils (0.036mm)
1/8" (3mm)

Bond strength to concrete (ASTM C-478)
--
Concrete failure
--
Concrete failure

Compressive strength
--
20,000 psi
--
9,000 psi

Density (ASTM C-905)
--
120.8 pcf
--
116.1 pcf

Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)
--
8,200 psi
--
4,600 psi

Maximum service temperature (Dry)
--
150°F (65°C)
150°F (65°C)
150°F (65°C)

Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)
--
1.90 x 106 psi
--
1.58 x 105 psi

Moisture absorption (ASTM C-413)
--
0.11%
--
0.1%

Shrinkage (ASTM C-531)
--
0.14%
--
<0.1%

Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)
--
3,800 psi
--
2,500 psi

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation. Data should not be used for specification purposes.

Sauereisen ConoSpread - Chemical and Food Grade No. 250 Series is a group of epoxy coatings that provides a corrosion-resistant flooring system. The No. 250 is a pour and spread material for quick and easy application. Where greater skid-resistance is required, use the No. 251 Broadcast system in conjunction with the No. 250. The trowelable formulation is the Vertical No. 252 which is suitable for cove bases.

These products offer excellent application properties and are ideal chemical resistant lining/flooring materials. The ConoSpread system is recommended for food & beverage, chemical processing, pulp & paper, pharmaceutical, wastewater treatment, textile, steel, mining, power, and metal finishing industries.

The No. 250 Series meets the requirements of the Meat and Poultry Inspectionprogram of the U.S. Department of Agriculture for use in federally inspected meat and poultry plants.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Resistant to a wide range of acids, alkalies and some solvents.
  • Maximum service temperature of 150°F (65°C).
  • 100% solids material, no noxious or toxic odors during application.
  • Conforms to USDA requirements for meat and poultry plants.
  • Available in red or gray color.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 50°-85°F on air, concrete substrate, Liquid, Hardener, and Powder components during mixing, application, and cure. The monolithic components and substrate should be maintained at 65°F to 85°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 65°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. Above 85°F, the material working time decreases.

It is recommended that the material components be stored in a cooler area prior to mixing.

Application in direct sunlight and rising surface temperatures may result in blistering of materials due to expansion of entrapped air or moisture in the substrate. Concrete that has been in direct sunlight must be shaded 24 hours prior to application and remain shaded until after the initial set. When the surface temperatures are rising, it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Concrete must be dry, firm and structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer. Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning.

Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture resembling coarse sandpaper.

New Concrete - Concrete should be floated free of ridges or depressions and all voids filled with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120 or Filler Compound No. 209, depending on the severity of the voids. Concrete should be sloped 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch per foot for proper drainage.

If acid etching is utilized as the method of surface preparation, the acid should remain in contact with the concrete until bubbling stops. The concrete should then be flushed with clean water and scrubbed with a stiff bristle broom to remove acid salts and loose deposits. All acid and residue must be removed prior to placing the No. 250 systems.

Old Concrete - All structural cracks must be repaired and slopes reestablished with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120. Concrete should be sloped 1/8 inch to ¼ inch per foot for proper drainage.

If abrasive or high-pressure water blasting is used as the method of surface preparation, all sand and/or debris must be removed by thoroughly vacuuming the area with an industrial vacuum cleaner.

If surface does not have desired texture, repeat surface preparation procedure.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be provided on 14-foot centerlines and over existing expansion/control joints. Joints should also be placed around all fixed objects, peripheries of rooms and all points of movement in the base slab. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Empty contents of the Liquid into a clean, dry mixing container. Empty contents of Hardener into Liquid and mix thoroughly until blended for at least one minute with a slow-speed paddle mixer. Gradually add Powder component to blended Hardener/Liquid while mixing to a uniform consistency.

Mix only complete units. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not try to retemper the material. Do not add solvent, additive or adulterant to any component or mixed material.

Installation
ConoWeld No. 501
Pour a bead of the primer and spread with a squeegee before rolling to a minimum thickness of 5-10 mils. Use a short nap roller with a non-degradable core or nylon brush for working the primer into the substrate. At 70°F, allow the primer to dry for 6-24 hours before topcoating with No. 250. For additional information regarding No. 501, consult the ConoWeld data sheet or call Sauereisen.

ConoSpread No. 250
Pour the epoxy basecoat and spread with a screed rake to a minimum thickness of1/8 inch. Next, lightly backroll with a "spiked" roller to remove any high/low spots left in the material.

Broadcast No. 251
The broadcast system consists of an aggregate and sealer. Broadcast all of the aggregate to rejection on to the No.
250 within one hour. Excess aggregate is removed by vacuum after 17 hours and the sealer is then applied by roller.

Vertical No. 252
The vertical formulation for cove base construction is trowel applied at a minimum thickness of 1/8 inch. No primer is required. To remove trowel marks, backroll the material with a water-dampened short nap mohair roller.

COVERAGE

ConoWeld No. 501 200 ft2/gal. at 8 mils
ConoSpread No. 250 30 ft2 at 1/8 inch
Broadcast No. 251 40 ft2 at 15 mils
Vertical No. 252 35ft2 at 1/8 inch

*Quantities do not include losses during application.

SETTING/CURING

The ConoSpread - Chemical and Food Grade No. 250 series will take an initial set in 17 hours at 70°F. Do not allow water or chemicals on the material surface for a minimum of 48 hours. For temperatures below 70°F, cure a minimum of 72 hours prior to water or chemical exposure.

PACKAGING

ConoWeld No. 501 1 & 3 gal. units
ConoSpread No. 250 40.7 lb. unit/pail
Broadcast No. 251 56.7 lb. unit
Vertical No. 252 47.2 lb. unit/pail

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK before material cures. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen No. 250 Series Liquids, Hardeners, and Powders have a shelf life of one (1) year when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult Sauereisen.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 255

 

HI-TEMP EPOXY POLYMER CONCRETE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Application time
  • Working time at 70°F40 minutes
  • Initial set at 70°F 6 Hours
  • Density (ASTM C-580)145 pcf (2.3 gm/cm3)
  • Compressive strength (C-579) 1 day14,100 psi (991 kg/cm2)
  • Maximum service temperature165°F (74°C)
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)2.29 x 106 psi (1.6 x 105 kg/cm2)
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)4,000 psi (281 kg/cm2)
  • Shrinkage (ASTM C-531) 7 days0.050%
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)1,800 psi (126 kg/cm2)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen Hi-Temp Epoxy Polymer Concrete No. 255 is a castable for the chemical-resistant construction of sumps, dikes, containment areas, trenches, walls, floors, and structural support columns or bases. No. 255 has been
specifically formulated for foundation construction and should be installed with proper reinforcement. Mixing and forming methods are similar to those used for Portland cement installations.

Hi-Temp Epoxy Polymer Concrete can also be used as a monolithic topping to rehabilitate chemically deteriorated concrete or to protect new construction. This system incorporates Sauereisen ConoWeld No. 501, ArctiPrime No. 530 or Hi-Temp Primer No. 560/Zinc Filler No. 561 to promote a strong bond.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Resistant to a wide range of solvents, oils, acids and acid salts (except hydrofluoric) over a pH range of 0.0 to 14.0
  • Maximum service temperature of 165°F (74°C).
  • Fast chemical set - less down time.
  • Low porosity

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 35°-85°F on air, substrate, Aggregate, Liquid, and Hardener components during mixing, application, and cure. The monolithic components and substrate should be maintained at 60°F to 85°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

Do not use if temperatures are expected to be below 40°F. Consult Sauereisen for a recommendation.

Above 85°F, the material working time decreases. It is recommended that the material components be stored in a cooler area prior to mixing.

Shading the substrate and using ice water to cool mixing equipment is not uncommon. In extreme temperatures it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Reinforcement
When applying Hi-Temp Epoxy Polymer concrete No 255, appropriate corrosion resistant reinforcement must be incorporated. All monolithic applications must be affixed to the substrate by rebar anchors. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

Surface Preparation
Foundation Construction - The foundation base should be constructed with appropriate materials to support the engineering design and loads. No. 255 must not be applied over standing water or loose soil.

New Concrete - Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning.

Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of concrete for detailed guidelines.

Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer. Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. All structural cracks must be repaired. Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform sound substrate.

Brick - Remove oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. Abrasive blast or hydroblast mortar joints to a depth of 1/2 inch to remove all loose material and provide a clean, firm surface.

If abrasive or high-pressure water blasting is used as the method of surface preparation, all sand and/or debris must be removed by thoroughly vacuuming the area with an industrial vacuum cleaner. If surface does not have desired profile or degree of cleanliness, repeat surface preparation procedure. Brick must be firmly bonded to the substrate.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be provided on 14 ft. centerlines, around all fixed objects, peripheries of rooms and over all points of movement in the base slab. The joint should then be filled with the appropriate expansion joint filler. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

ConoWeld No. 501 is the epoxy primer recommended for concrete and other porous substrates. Hi-Temp Primer No. 560/Zinc Filler No. 561 is preferred over metal. At temperatures below 60°F, ArctiPrime No. 530 is recommended.

Mixing
Primers - Primers are packaged in premeasured containers. No. 501 and 530 packaging consists of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B which must be mixed together before use. Remix the Part A and Part B before combining.

Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B container. Using a slow-speed ½-inch drill motor with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix thoroughly until blended for three minutes. Primer is ready for use immediately after mixing.

No. 560 is a single-component moist-cured urethane.

Hi-Temp Epoxy Polymer Concrete No. 255 is packaged in pre-measured units of Aggregate, Liquid, and Hardener components. Mixing should be done mechanically with a slow-speed mortar mixer. The mixing equipment must be clean and free of Portland cement or other contaminants.

Remix both Liquid and Hardener prior to combining components. Empty contents of the Liquid into a clean, dry mixing container. Empty contents of Hardener into Liquid and mix thoroughly with a "Jiffy" mixer blade and drill motor until blended for at least two minutes. Empty liquids into a clean, dry mortar mixer. Add aggregate component gradually while mixing to a uniform consistency.

Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not try to retemper the material. Do not add solvent, additive or adulterant to any component or mixed material.

Remove the entire batch from the mixer when mixing is completed to prevent setting up in the equipment. While pouring one batch, another should be mixed in order to eliminate delays and to permit continuous operation.

Installation
Primers - Apply primer to concrete or steel using a short nap adhesive roller with a nondegradable core or a nylon bristle brush. Consult Sauereisen for spray recommendations. At 70°F, the epoxy primers must be allowed to cure at least eight hours, but no longer than 24 hours, prior to application of Hi-Temp Epoxy Polymer Concrete No. 255. If recoat time exceeds 48 hours, consult Sauereisen.

Prior to application of Hi-Temp Epoxy Polymer Concrete No. 255, inspect primed surface for voids, bubbles, or defects. Repair with Sauereisen Filler Compound No. 209 Fast Set to ensure a sealed surface.

Hi-Temp Epoxy Polymer Concrete No. 255 - When casting No. 255, forms should be constructed of firmly braced wood or metal, which have been given a light coating of release agent. The release agent will prevent No. 255 from adhering to the screeds or forms, but should not leave a residue on the freshly cast material.

Forms are to be completely sealed and rendered watertight with heavy consistency-pliable caulking. Seal forms placed over rough surfaces. Do not apply polymer concrete over standing water. The form and screed systems should be strong enough to retain No. 255 in place without deformation. Forms and screeds may be removed after set has occurred and No. 255 has sufficient strength to support itself approximately 6 hours at 70°F.

Tamping methods or pencil vibrators are suitable for distributing the material. Use a trowel or screed board to level the polymer concrete flush with the top of the form. Trowel finish within 15 minutes after mixing. Avoid imposing loads until a final set has been achieved.

COVERAGE

ConoWeld No. 501
1 gallon unit 200 ft2 @ 8 mils thick
3 gallon unit 600 ft2 @ 8 mils thick

ArctiPrime No. 530
1 gallon unit 320 ft2 @ 5 mils thick

Hi-Temp Primer No. 560
1 gallon unit 320 ft2 @ 5 mils thick

Hi-Temp Epoxy Polymer Concrete

No. 255
QUANTITIES* REQUIRED PER SQUARE FOOT (GUNITE) Approximate

Thickness (inches) Amount (Lbs.)
1 12.04

*Quantities do not include losses incurred during application or normal density variations.

No. 255 must be cast at a minimum 1-1/2 inches thick. A 1-1/2 inch thickness of No. 255 will require approximately 18 lbs. of material per square foot*
*Quantity estimations do not include losses during application or normal density variations.

SETTING/CURING

The No. 255 will take an initial set in 18 hours at 70°F. Proper curing of No. 255 is critical to the serviceability of the completed structure; therefore, the substrate and the material temperatures should not be allowed to fall below 40°F until final cure has been achieved. Do not allow water or chemicals on the material surface for a minimum of 48 hours. For temperatures below 70°F, cure a minimum of 72 hours prior to water or chemical exposure.

PACKAGING

Standard Unit:

Part A Hardener 4.4 lbs. in 1-gal. can
Part B Liquid 8.8 lbs. in 2-gal. pail
Part C Aggregate 132 lbs. in (3) 44 - lb. paper bags

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned by scrubbing with a stiff brush and acetone, N-methyl pyrol or MEK at the end of each working period or when build-up becomes pronounced. A mixture of sand and solvent aids in cleanup. Consult Sauereisen for recommendation.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen No. 501, No. 530 Liquid and No. 255 Liquid, Hardener, and Aggregate have a shelf life of one year when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. No. 530 Hardener and No. 560 have a shelf life of (6) six months when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 256

 

CONOSPREAD – CHEMICAL & FOOD GRADE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Absorption (ASTM C-413)<0.2%
  • Application time
  • Working time at 70°F45 minutes
  • Initial set at 70°F 12 Hours
  • Density (ASTM C-580)145 pcf (2.3 gm/cm3)
  • Bond strength to concrete (ASTM D-4541)Concrete failure
  • Compressive strength11,800 psi
  • Density (ASTM C-905)111.4 pcf (14.89 lbs./gal.)
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)6,375 psi
  • Maximum service temperature (Dry)180°F (82°C)
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)7.5 x 105 psi
  • Shrinkage (ASTM C-531)0.14%
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)3,075 psi
  • Thickness1/4 inch, filled and broadcast; 6 mils, sealant

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data are subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen ConoSpread - Chemical & Food Grade No. 256 is a versatile epoxy flooring system catering to standard pour and spread application methods.

This product offers excellent application properties and diverse chemical resistance. Typical installations involve the application of a basecoat slurry that is topped with a broadcast for additional skid resistance. Sealing of the broadcast is optional, but recommended for best overall performance and aesthetics.

ConoSpread No. 256 is packaged in 1-gallon, large, and bulk sizes to facilitate project needs. Refer to estimating table
for coverages of the various system options.

ConoSpread is commonly specified as protective flooring for process areas in the food & beverage, chemical processing, pharmaceutical, steel, mining, power, and metal finishing industries. The ConoSpread system should be used with an appropriate Sauereisen primer to enhance bonding. Consult Sauereisen for a primer recommendation depending on the type of substrate and surface conditions.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Excellent thermal shock resistance.
  • Resistant to a wide range of acids, alkalies and some solvents.
  • Available colors: 53 gray, 63 tile red, 01 black

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
The monolithic components and substrate should be maintained at 65°F to 85°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

For optimum conditions, maintain a temperature of 65°-85°F on air, concrete substrate and material components during
mixing, application, and cure.

At temperatures below 65°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is prolonged. Above 85°F, the material working time decreases.

Application in direct sunlight and rising surface temperatures may result in blistering of materials due to expansion of
entrapped air or moisture in the substrate. Concrete that has been in direct sunlight must be shaded 24 hours prior to application and remain shaded until after the initial set. In rising temperatures, it may be necessary to postpone the application or to apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of Concrete" for detailed guidelines.

Concrete must be dry, firm and structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer. Concrete shall have a
tensile pull off strength of 200 psi or greater as tested by ACI 515.1 Appendix A. Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and to obtain uniform surface texture resembling coarse sandpaper. All
sand and/or debris must be removed by thoroughly vacuuming the area with an industrial vacuum cleaner.

If surface does not have desired texture, repeat surface preparation procedure.

New Concrete - Concrete should be floated free of ridges or depressions and all voids filled with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120 or Filler Compound No. 209, depending on the severity of the voids. Concrete should be sloped a maximum 1/8 inch per foot for drainage. Too much slope may result in inconsistent coverage or require a stiffer mix. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations. If acid etching is utilized as the method of surface preparation, refer to ASTM D-4260 "Standard Practice for Acid Etching Concrete" for the appropriate procedure. All acid and residue must be removed prior to placing the ConoSpread system.

Old Concrete - All structural cracks must be repaired and slopes reestablished with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120. Finished substrate should be sloped to a maximum 1/8 inch per foot.

If abrasive or high-pressure water blasting is used as the method of surface preparation, all sand and/or debris must
be removed by thoroughly vacuuming the area with an industrial vacuum cleaner. If surface does not have desired texture, repeat surface preparation procedure.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be provided on 14 foot centerlines and over existing expansion/control joints. Joints should also be placed
around all fixed objects, peripheries of rooms and all points of movement in the base slab. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

Primers - An appropriate Sauereisen primer should be applied prior to the epoxy flooring installation. ConoWeld
No. 501 or PenePrime No. 500 may be used depending on the conditions of the substrate. Review the primer data sheets for mixing, curing, and application instructions.

Mixing of ConoSpread - GENERAL - When using ConoSpread, empty contents of Part A Hardener, Part B Resin and
Part D Pigment into clean container and mix thoroughly with a drill motor and "Jiffy" blade for at least 3 minutes.
Immediately pour entire contents onto floor and spread with a trowel, roller, or epoxy screed to specified thickness.

Mixing of ConoSpread – UNFILLED SYSTEM - When using ConoSpread as an unfilled coating or sealer, mix as above.

Slurry mixes - When using No. 256 as a slurry, empty Parts A, B, D, as above into a clean mixing vessel and mix for at least two minutes.

System Coverage Part A Part B Part D Part C
Standard 256 Packaging @ 1/4 inch
Large Unit 100 sq. ft. 1-gal., 109.8 oz. 4-gal., 23.3 oz. 27.53 oz. 350#
Bulk Unit 1,000 sq. ft. 18-gal., 73.8 oz. 41-gal., 105.5oz. 2-gal., 19.3 oz. 3,250#
Sealer (Topcoat) @ 6 mils
1 Gallon Unit 134 sq. ft. 50.19 oz. 69.40 oz. 6.82 oz. -N/A

Add Aggregate Part C to obtain the desired consistency. Aggregate loading rates will vary depending on the thickness
specified.

Installation of Basecoat Slurry – Pour the material in a narrow band starting at any convenient wall or joint. Spread using an epoxy screed rake or cam rake. After the material has been spread, backroll using a ¼-inch short nap roller and spiked roller. Workers should wear spiked shoes to allow the slurry to self-level.

When building towards a total system thickness of 1/4 inch, distribution of the basecoat slurry may be by assisted with a trowel.

Broadcast Procedure – Immediately after backrolling, additional Aggregate should be broadcast into the slurry to thicken the basecoat and/or provide skid resistance.

For a uniform surface texture, Aggregate should be broadcast to rejection. The recommended Aggregate filler for the No. 256 is a clean, white silica sand.

The Aggregate sizing should meet the parameters of 95% passing through a 30 mesh screen but 100% being retained on a 100 mesh screen.

The Aggregate should be rounded with a purity of 99.8% and a moisture content of less than .1%.

For more information consult Sauereisen for aggregate quality assurance standards.

Sealing Procedure - The final step of a sealer coat is optional, yet recommended. Left unsealed, the greatest degree of skid resistance will remain.

Sealing provides a more easily cleaned surface. Another consideration is that a small degree of wear, due to abrasion,
should be expected when an unsealed floor is put into service. Unfilled components A,B, and D are used for purposes of sealing. The mixed combination of Hardener, Resin and Pigment should be spread with a squeegee and backrolled.

SETTING/CURING

Primers
Allow the ConoWeld No. 501 to cure a minimum 8 hours or until firm but tacky prior to applying ConoSpread.
PenePrime 500 must be allowed to cure at least three hours prior to application of ConoSpread. The maximum cure time for primers prior to the ConoSpread application is 24 hours.

ConoSpread No. 256
The ConoSpread will take an initial set in 8 hours at 70°F. Do not allow water or chemicals on the material surface for a minimum of 24 hours. For temperatures below 70°F, cure a minimum of 48 hours prior to water or chemical exposure.

PACKAGING

ConoSpread No. 256 - Gallon Unit
Part A Hardener: (2.281 lbs.) 1-qt. can
Part B Resin: (5.922 lbs.) 1-gal. can
Part D Pigment: (.3964 oz.) 1-pint can

ConoSpread No. 256 - Large ABD Unit
Part A Hardener: 2-gal. pail
(1 gal., 109.8 oz. or 15.48 lbs.)
Part B Resin: 5-gal. pail
(4 gal., 23.3 oz. or 40.185 lbs.)
Part D Pigment: 1 quart can
(27.53 oz. or 2.685 lbs.)

ConoSpread No. 256 - Bulk ABD Unit
Part A Hardener: 3 pails plus 1 can
(18 gal., 73.8 oz. or 154.8 lbs.)
Part B Resin: 55-gal. drum
(41 gal., 105.5 oz. or 401.85 lbs.)
Part D Pigment: 3-1/2 gal. pail
(2 gal., 19.3 oz. or 26.85 lbs.)

ConoSpread No. 256 Part C Aggregate
Sauereisen packages ConoSpread Aggregate in 50 lb. bags that are ordered separately.
*Containers are filled by weight, not by volume. Container size does not indicate volume contents.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK or N-methyl pyrol before material cures. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen.

SHELF LIFE

ConoSpread, ConoWeld, and PenePrime have a shelf life of one year. Store in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult Sauereisen.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 260/261/262 Series

 

CONOSPREAD – EPOXY NOVOLAK

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

 
ConoWeld No. 501
ConoSpread No. 260
Broadcast No. 261
Vertical No. 262

Application time
 
 
 
 

Working time at 70°F
20 minutes
20 minutes
30 minutes
30 minutes

Initial set at 70°F
6 hours
18 hours
18 hours
18 hours

Components
2 part
3 part
3 part
3 part

Thickness
5-10 mils (0.024mm)
1/8" (3mm)
15 mils (0.036mm)
1/8" (3mm)

Bond strength to concrete (ASTM C-478)
--
Concrete failure
--
Concrete failure

Coefficient of thermal expansion
--
2.1 x 10-5 in/in/F°
--
1.6 x 10-5 in/in/F°

Compressive strength
--
15,500 psi
--
11,000 psi

Density (ASTM C-905)
--
121.2 pcf
--
122.5 pcf

Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)
--
8,000 psi
--
6,000 psi

Maximum service temperature (Dry)
--
180°F (82°C)
180°F (82°C)
180°F (82°C)

Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)
--
1.5 x 106 psi
--
1.1 x 105 psi

Moisture absorption (ASTM C-413)
--
0.25%
--
0.25%

Shrinkage (ASTM C-531)
--
0.1%
--
<0.1%

Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)
--
4,800 psi
--
3,000 psi

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen ConoSpread – Epoxy NovolaK No. 260 Series is a group of epoxy coatings that provides a corrosion-resistant flooring system. The No. 260 is a pour and spread material for quick and easy application. By virtue of its NovolaK epoxy formulation, No. 260 is suitable for severe chemical environments. Where greater skid resistance is required, use the No. 261 Broadcast system in conjunction with the No. 260. The trowelable formulation is the Vertical No. 262 which is suitable for cove bases.

These products offer excellent application properties and are ideal chemical resistant lining/flooring materials. The ConoSpread system is recommended for food & beverage, chemical processing, pulp & paper, pharmaceutical, wastewater treatment, textile, steel, mining, power, and metal finishing industries.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Excellent resistance to splash and spillage of concentrated mineral acids, alkalies and some solvents.
  • Conforms to U.S.D.A. standards.
  • 100% solids material, no noxious or toxic odors during application.
  • Available in red or gray color.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 50°-85°F on air, concrete substrate, Liquid, Hardener, and Powder components during mixing, application, and cure.

The monolithic components and substrate should be maintained at 65°F to 85°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 65°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. Above 85°F, the material working time decreases. It is recommended that the material components be stored in a cooler area prior to mixing.

Application in direct sunlight and rising surface temperatures may result in blistering of materials due to expansion of entrapped air or moisture in the substrate. Concrete that has been in direct sunlight must be shaded 24 hours prior to application and remain shaded until after the initial set. When the surface temperatures are rising, it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
New Concrete - Surface must be clean dry, firm, free of laitance, and have attained 3,000 psi compressive strength or be structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer. Concrete should be floated free of ridges or depressions and all voids filled with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120 or Filler Compound No. 209, depending on the severity of the voids. Concrete should be sloped 1/8" to 1/4" per foot for proper drainage.

Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture resembling coarse sandpaper.

If acid etching is utilized as the method of surface preparation, the acid should remain in contact with the concrete until bubbling stops. The concrete should then be flushed with clean water and scrubbed with a stiff bristle broom to remove acid salts and loose deposits. All acid and residue must be removed prior to placing the No. 260 systems.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer. Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. All structural cracks must be repaired and slopes reestablished with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120. Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture resembling coarse sandpaper.

If abrasive or high-pressure water blasting is used as the method of surface preparation, all sand and/or debris must be removed by thoroughly vacuuming the area with an industrial vacuum cleaner. If surface does not have desired texture, repeat surface preparation procedure.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be provided on 14' centerlines and over existing expansion/control joints. Joints should also be placed around all fixed objects, peripheries of rooms and all points of movement in the base slab. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Empty contents of the Liquid into a clean, dry mixing container. Empty contents of Hardener into Liquid and mix thoroughly until blended for at least one minute with a slow-speed paddle mixer. Gradually add Powder component to blended Hardener/Liquid while mixing to a uniform consistency.

Mix only complete units. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not try to retemper the material. Do not add solvent, additive or adulterant to any component or mixed material.

Installation
ConoWeld No. 501 - Pour a bead of the primer and spread with a squeegee before rolling to a minimum thickness of
5-10 mils. Use a short nap roller with a non-degradable core or nylon brush for working the primer into the substrate.

At 70°F, allow the primer to dry for 6-24 hours before topcoating with No. 250. For additional information regarding No. 501, consult the ConoWeld data sheet or call Sauereisen.

ConoSpread No. 260 - Pour the epoxy basecoat and spread with a screed rake to a minimum thickness of 1/8 inch. Next,
lightly backroll with a "spiked" roller to remove any high/low spots left in the material.

Broadcast No. 261 - The broadcast system consists of an aggregate and sealer. Broadcast all of the aggregate to rejection onto the No. 260 within one hour. Excess aggregate is removed by vacuum after 17 hours and the sealer is then applied by roller.

Vertical No. 262 - The vertical formulation for cove base construction is trowel applied at a minimum thickness of 1/8
inch. No primer is required. To remove trowel marks, backroll the material with a water-dampened short nap mohair roller.

COVERAGE

ConoWeld No. 501 200 ft2/gal. at 8 mils
ConoSpread No. 260 29 ft2 at 1/8 inch
Broadcast No. 261 40 ft2 at 15 mils
Vertical No. 262 35 ft2 at 1/8 inch

*Quantities do not include losses during application.

SETTING/CURING

ConoSpread - Epoxy NovolaK No. 260 Series takes an initial set in 18 hours at 70°F. Do not allow water or chemicals on the material surface for a minimum of 48 hours. For temperatures below 70°F, cure a minimum of 72 hours prior to water or chemical exposure.

PACKAGING

ConoWeld No. 501 1 & 3 gal. units
ConoSpread No. 260 37 lb. unit/pail
Broadcast No. 261 57.1 lb. unit
Vertical No. 262 44.7 lb. unit/pail

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK before material cures. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen No. 260 Series Liquids, Hardeners, and Powders have a shelf life of one (1) year when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult Sauereisen .

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 264

 

CONOSPREAD – EPOXY NOVOLAK

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Absorption (ASTM C-413)<0.2%
  • Application time
  • Working time at 70°F45 minutes
  • Initial set at 70°F12 hours
  • Bond strength to concrete (ASTM D-4541)Concrete failure
  • Compressive strength7,233 psi
  • Density (ASTM C-905)105 pcf (14.01 lbs./gal.)
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)3,267 psi
  • Maximum service temperature (Dry)180°F (82°C)
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)5.4 x 107 psi
  • Shrinkage (ASTM C-531)0.15%
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)1,847 psi
  • Thickness1/4 inch, filled and broadcast; 6 mils, sealant

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen ConoSpread – Epoxy NovolaK No. 264 is a versatile epoxy flooring system catering to standard pour and spread application methods.

This product offers excellent application properties and diverse chemical resistance. Typical installations involve the application of a basecoat slurry that is topped with a broadcast for additional skid resistance. Sealing of the broadcast is optional, but recommended for best overall performance and aesthetics.

ConoSpread No. 264 is packaged in 1-gallon, large, and bulk sizes to facilitate project needs. Refer to estimating table for coverages of the various system options.

ConoSpread is commonly specified as protective flooring for process areas in the food & beverage, chemical processing, pharmaceutical, steel, mining, power, and metal finishing industries. The ConoSpread system should be used with an appropriate Sauereisen primer to enhance bonding. Consult Sauereisen for a primer recommendation depending on the type of substrate and surface conditions.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Excellent thermal shock resistance.
  • Resistant to a wide range of acids, alkalies and some solvents.
  • Available colors: 53 gray, 63 tile red, 01 black

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
The monolithic components and substrate should be maintained at 65°F to 85°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

For optimum conditions, maintain a temperature of 65°-85°F on air, concrete substrate and material components during
mixing, application, and cure.

At temperatures below 65°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is prolonged. Above 85°F, the material working time decreases.

Application in direct sunlight and rising surface temperatures may result in blistering of materials due to expansion of
entrapped air or moisture in the substrate. Concrete that has been in direct sunlight must be shaded 24 hours prior to
application and remain shaded until after the initial set. In rising temperatures, it may be necessary to postpone the application or to apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of Concrete" for detailed guidelines.

Concrete must be dry, firm and structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer. Concrete shall have a
tensile pull off strength of 200 psi or greater as tested by ACI 515.1 Appendix A. Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and to obtain uniform surface texture resembling coarse sandpaper. All sand and/or debris must be removed by thoroughly vacuuming the area with an industrial vacuum cleaner.

If surface does not have desired texture, repeat surface preparation procedure.

New Concrete - Concrete should be floated free of ridges or depressions and all voids filled with Sauereisen
Underlayment No. F-120 or Filler Compound No. 209, depending on the severity of the voids. Concrete should be sloped a maximum 1/8 inch per foot for drainage. Too much slope may result in inconsistent coverage or require a stiffer mix. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations. If acid etching is utilized as the method of surface preparation, refer to ASTM D-4260 "Standard Practice for Acid Etching Concrete" for the appropriate procedure. All acid and residue must be removed prior to placing the ConoSpread system.

Old Concrete - All structural cracks must be repaired and slopes reestablished with Sauereisen Underlayment No. F-120. Finished substrate should be sloped to a maximum 1/8 inch per foot.

If abrasive or high-pressure water blasting is used as the method of surface preparation, all sand and/or debris must be removed by thoroughly vacuuming the area with an industrial vacuum cleaner. If surface does not have desired texture, repeat surface preparation procedure.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be provided on 14-foot centerlines and over existing expansion/control joints. Joints should also be placed around all fixed objects, peripheries of rooms and all points of movement in the base slab. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

Primers - An appropriate Sauereisen primer should be applied prior to the epoxy flooring installation. ConoWeld No. 501 or PenePrime No. 500 may be used depending on the conditions of the substrate. Review the primer data sheets for mixing, curing, and application instructions.

Mixing of ConoSpread - GENERAL - When using ConoSpread, empty contents of Part A Hardener, Part B Resin and Part D Pigment into clean container and mix thoroughly with a drill motor and "Jiffy" blade for at least 3 minutes. Immediately pour entire contents onto floor and spread with a trowel, roller, or epoxy screed to specified thickness.

Mixing of ConoSpread – UNFILLED SYSTEM - When using ConoSpread as an unfilled coating or sealer, mix as above.

Slurry mixes - When using No. 264 as a slurry, empty Parts A, B, D, as above into a clean mixing vessel and mix for at least two minutes.

COVERAGE

1 Gallon Unit - 134 sq.ft. @ 6 mils
Part A (Hardener) - 3.34 lbs in qt. can
Part B (Resin) - 13.25 lbs. in plastic pail
Part D (Pigment) - 1.84 lbs. in a quart can

Large Unit - 100 sq. ft. @ 250 mils
Part A (Hardener) - 8.01 lbs (0.9503 gallons) in 1- gallon metal can
Part B (Resin) - 31.78 lbs.(3.225 gallons) in 5-gallon plastic pail
Part D (Pigment) - 4.42 lbs. (0.3870 gallons) in a1-gallon metal can
Part C (powder) if required 200 lbs. (4-50 lb. bags or 2 - 100 lb. bags).

Bulk Units - 1,000 sq. ft. @ 250 mils
Part A (Hardener) - 80.01 lbs in 3/ 5- gallon pails
Part B (Resin) - 317.8 lbs. in 55 gallon drum
Part D (Pigment) - 44.42 lbs. in a 5 / gallon plastic pail
Part C (powder) if required 3,500lbs. (35/100lb. bags)

Installation of Basecoat Slurry – Pour the material in a narrow band starting at any convenient wall or joint. Spread using an epoxy screed rake or cam rake. After the material has been spread, backroll using a ¼-inch short nap roller and spiked roller. Workers should wear spiked shoes to allow the slurry to self-level.

When building towards a total system thickness of 1/4 inch, distribution of the basecoat slurry may be by assisted with a trowel.

Broadcast Procedure – Immediately after backrolling, additional Aggregate should be broadcast into the slurry to thicken the basecoat and/or provide skid resistance.

For a uniform surface texture, Aggregate should be broadcast to rejection. The recommended Aggregate filler for the No. 264 is a clean, white silica sand.

The Aggregate sizing should meet the parameters of 95% passing through a 30 mesh screen but 100% being retained on a 100 mesh screen.

Add Aggregate Part C to obtain the desired consistency. Aggregate loading rates will vary depending on the thickness specified.

The Aggregate should be rounded with a purity of 99.8% and a moisture content of less than .1%.

For more information consult Sauereisen for aggregate quality assurance standards.

Sealing Procedure - The final step of a sealer coat is optional, yet recommended. Left unsealed, the greatest degree of skid resistance will remain. Sealing provides a more easily cleaned surface. Another consideration is that a small degree of wear, due to abrasion, should be expected when an unsealed floor is put into service. Unfilled components A,B, and D are used for purposes of sealing. The mixed combination of Hardener, Resin and Pigment should be spread with a squeegee and backrolled.

SETTING/CURING

Primers
Allow the ConoWeld No. 501 to cure a minimum 8 hours or until firm but tacky prior to applying ConoSpread. PenePrime 500 must be allowed to cure at least three hours prior to application of ConoSpread. The maximum cure time for primers prior to the ConoSpread application is 24 hours.

ConoSpread No. 264
The ConoSpread will take an initial set in 8 hours at 70°F. Do not allow water or chemicals on the material surface for a minimum of 24 hours. For temperatures below 70°F, cure a minimum of 48 hours prior to water or chemical exposure.

PACKAGING

ConoSpread No. 264 - Gallon Unit
Part A Hardener: (3.34 lbs.) 1-gal.
Part B Resin: (13.25 lbs.) 2-1/2 -gal. pail
Part D Pigment: (1.84 lbs.)

ConoSpread No. 264 - Large ABD Unit
Part A Hardener: (8.01 lbs) 1-gal can
Part B Resin: (31.78 lbs) 5-gal. pail
Part D Pigment: (4.42 lbs) 1 quart can
Part C Powder (if Required) 200 lbs.

ConoSpread No. 264 - Bulk ABD Unit
Part A( Hardener): 80.01 lbs. 3 6-gal. pails
Part B Resin: 317.8 lbs. 55-gal. drum
Part D Pigment: 44.20 lbs. 5- gal. pail
Part C (if required) 35/100 lb. bags

ConoSpread No. 264 Part C Aggregate
Sauereisen packages ConoSpread Aggregate in 50 lb. bags that are ordered separately.
*Containers are filled by weight, not by volume. Container size does not indicate volume contents.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK or N-methyl pyrol before material cures. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen.

SHELF LIFE

ConoSpread, ConoWeld, and PenePrime have a shelf life of one year. Store in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult Sauereisen.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 265

 

EPOXY NOVOLAK POLYMER CONCRETE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Application time
  • Working time at 70°F30 minutes
  • Initial set at 70°F18 hours
  • Density (ASTM C-580)142.8 pcf (2.3 gm/cm3)
  • Compressive strength (C-579) 7 days16,125 psi (1,133 kg/cm2)
  • Maximum service temperature250°F (121.1°C)
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)1.78 x 106 psi (1.2 x 105 kg/cm2)
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)3,900 psi (274 kg/cm2)
  • Shrinkage (ASTM C-531) 7 days0.090%
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)2,260 psi (159 kg/cm2)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen Epoxy NovolaK Polymer Concrete No. 265 is a castable for the chemical-resistant construction of sumps, dikes, containment areas, trenches, walls, floors, and structural support columns or bases. No. 265 has been specifically formulated for foundation construction and should be installed with proper reinforcement. Mixing and forming methods are similar to those used for Portland cement installations.

Epoxy NovolaK Polymer Concrete can also be used as a monolithic topping to rehabilitate chemically deteriorated concrete or to protect new construction. This system incorporates Sauereisen ConoWeld No. 501 primer to promote a strong bond.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Resistant to a wide range of solvents, oils, acids and acid salts (except hydrofluoric) over a pH range of 0.0 to 14.0.
  • Maximum service temperature of 250°F (121.1°C).
  • Fast chemical set - less down time.
  • Low porosity.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 60°-85°F on air, substrate, Aggregate, Liquid, and Hardener components during mixing, application, and cure. The monolithic components and substrate should be maintained at 60°F to 85°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 60°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded.

Above 85°F, the material working time decreases. It is recommended that the material components be stored in a cooler area prior to mixing.

Shading the substrate and using ice water to cool mixing equipment is not uncommon. In extreme temperatures it may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Reinforcement
When applying Epoxy NovolaK Polymer Concrete No. 265, appropriate corrosion-resistant reinforcement must be incorporated. All monolithic applications must be affixed to the substrate by rebar anchors. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

Surface Preparation
Foundation Construction - The foundation base should be constructed with appropriate materials to support the engineering design and loads. No. 265 must not be applied over standing water or loose soil.

Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of Concrete" for detailed guidelines.

New Concrete - Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning.

Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer. Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond.

This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. All structural cracks must be repaired. Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform sound substrate.

Brick - Remove oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. Abrasive blast or hydroblast mortar joints to a depth of 1/2 inch to remove all loose material and provide a clean, firm surface.

If abrasive or high-pressure water blasting is used as the method of surface preparation, all sand and/or debris must be
removed by thoroughly vacuuming the area with an industrial vacuum cleaner. If surface does not have desired profile or degree of cleanliness, repeat surface preparation procedure.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be provided on 14-ft. centerlines, around all fixed objects, peripheries of rooms and over all points of movement in the base slab. The joint should then be filled with the appropriate expansion joint filler. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Primer No. 501: Refer to product data sheet for detailed mixing instructions.

Epoxy NovolaK Polymer Concrete
No. 265 is packaged in pre-measured units of Aggregate, Liquid, and Hardener components. Mixing should be done mechanically with a slow-speed mortar mixer. The mixing equipment must be clean and free of Portland cement or other contaminants.

Remix both Liquid and Hardener prior to combining components. Empty contents of the Liquid into a clean, dry mixing container. Empty contents of Hardener into Liquid and mix thoroughly with a "Jiffy" mixer blade and drill motor until blended for at least one minute. Empty liquids into a clean, dry mortar mixer. Add aggregate component gradually while mixing to a uniform consistency.

Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not try to retemper the material.
Do not add solvent, additive or adulterant to any component or mixed material.

Remove the entire batch from the mixer when mixing is completed to prevent build-up in the equipment. While pouring one batch, another should be mixed in order to eliminate delays and to permit continuous operation.

Installation
ConoWeld No. 501
Apply primer at a nominal thickness of 5- 10 mils using a short nap roller with a non-degradable core or by nylon brush. Epoxy NovolaK Polymer Concrete No. 265 can be placed immediately after application of Primer. Polymer Concrete should be applied while the primer is tacky. If topcoat time exceeds six hours, consult Sauereisen.

Polymer Concrete No. 265
When casting No. 265, forms should be constructed of firmly braced wood or metal, which has been given a light coating of release agent.

The release agent will prevent No. 265 from adhering to the screeds or forms, but should not leave a residue on the freshly cast material.

Forms are to be completely sealed and rendered watertight with heavy consistency pliable caulking. Seal forms placed over rough surfaces. Do not apply polymer concrete over standing water.

The form and screed systems should be strong enough to retain No. 265 in place without deformation. Forms and screeds may be removed after set has occurred and No. 265 has sufficient strength to support itself.

Tamping methods or pencil vibration are suitable for distributing the material. Use a trowel or screed board to level the polymer concrete flush with the top of the form. Trowel finish within 15 minutes after mixing. Avoid imposing loads until a final set has been achieved.

COVERAGE

ConoWeld No. 501
1 gallon unit 200 ft2 @ 8 mils thick
3 gallon unit 600 ft2 @ 8 mils thick

Epoxy NovolaK Polymer Concrete No. 265
Regular unit yields 1.2 ft3
Large unit yields 1.98 ft3

No. 265 must be cast at a minimum 1-1/2 inches thick. A 1-1/2 inch thickness of No. 265 will require approximately 18 pounds of material per square foot*
*Quantity estimations do not include losses during application or normal density variations.

SETTING/CURING

The No. 265 will take an initial set in 18 hours at 70°F. Proper curing of No. 265 is critical to the serviceability of the completed structure; therefore, the substrate and the material temperatures should not be allowed to fall below 60°F until final cure has been achieved. Do not allow water or chemicals on the material surface for a minimum of 48 hours. For temperatures below 70°F, cure a minimum of 72 hours prior to water or chemical exposure.

PACKAGING

No. 265 Regular unit:
Hardener: 3.5 lbs. in a can
Liquid: 15.2 lbs. in plastic pail
Aggregate: 150 lbs. (3-50 lb. bags)
Unit weight is approximately 168.7 lbs.

No. 265 Large unit:
Hardener: 5.9 lbs. in a can
Liquid: 25.3 lbs. in plastic pail
Aggregate: 250 lbs. (5-50 lb. bags)
Unit weight is approximately 281.2 lbs.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned by scrubbing with a stiff brush and acetone, N-methyl pyrol or MEK at the end of each working period or when build-up becomes pronounced. A mixture of sand and solvent aids in cleanup. Consult Sauereisen for recommendation.

SHELF LIFE

ConoWeld and Epoxy NovolaK Polymer Concrete have a shelf life of one year when stored in unopened, tightly sealed
containers in a dry location at 70°F. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 270/271 Series

 

EPOXY NOVOLAK MATTE REINFORCED SYSTEM

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

 
ConoWeld Primer No. 501
NovoMatte No. 270
Saturant No. 271

Application time
 
 
 

Working time at 70°F
30 minutes
40 minutes
40 minutes

Initial set at 70°F
2 hours
18 hours
18 hours

Components
2 part
3 part
2 part

Thickness
5-10 mils
1/16" (63 mils) per coat
15 mils

Bond strength to concrete (ASTM C-478)
Concrete failure
Concrete failure
Concrete failure

Maximum service temperature
--
180°F (82°C)
180°F (82°C)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

The Sauereisen Epoxy NovolaK Matte Reinforced System No. 270 is a multiple layer, 1/8 inch thick, fiberglass reinforced lining for chemical-resistant construction of sumps, dikes, containment areas, trenches, walls, and floors. The Epoxy NovolaK Matte Reinforced System offers superior resistance to most caustics, strong oxidizing solutions, and acids, including high concentrations of sulfuric acid. The system consists of three Sauereisen materials including ConoWeld Primer No. 501, NovoMatte No. 270 and Saturant No. 271 combined with specified fiberglass mat which is purchased locally. For applications requiring the optimum standards of aesthetics and ease of cleaning, the system may be sealed with Sauereisen ConoGlaze - Epoxy NovolaK No. 228.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Excellent resistance to splash and spillage of concentrated mineral acids, alkalies and some solvents.
  • Maximum service temperature of 180°F (82°C).
  • Superior tensile/flexural strengths.
  • 100% solids material, no noxious or toxic odors during application.
  • Low porosity.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 60°-85°F on air, substrate, Powder, Liquid, and Hardener components during mixing, application, and cure. The monolithic components and substrate should be maintained at 65°F to 85°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 60°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. Above 85°F, the material working time decreases. It is recommended that the material components be stored in a cooler area prior to mixing.

Shading the substrate and using ice water to cool mixing equipment is not uncommon. In extreme temperatures it
may be necessary to postpone the application or apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning.

Metal - Abrasive blast to a nominal 2.5-mil profile employing SSPC-SP10 Near White Metal Blast for immersion and SSPC-SP6 Commercial Blast for other service conditions. All welds must be continuous, free of flux and have a smooth rounded radius without any sharp edges.

Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm, have attained 3000 psi compressive strength or be structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer. Concrete should be floated free of ridges or depressions; all structural cracks must be repaired; voids filled, and slopes reestablished.

Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast to remove laitance and obtain uniform sound substrate.

If chemical cleaning is utilized to remove contaminates, substrate must be neutralized. If abrasive- or high-pressure water blasting is used as the method of surface preparation, all sand and/or debris must be removed by thoroughly vacuuming the area with an industrial vacuum cleaner. If surface does not have desired profile, repeat surface preparation procedure.

APPLICATION

Mixing
With each component of the matte reinforced system, remix contents of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B components for a minimum of 2 minutes with a slow-speed paddle or "Jiffy" mixer. Add Hardener to Resin and mix for a minimum of 2 minutes until thoroughly blended. For Sauereisen NovoMatte No. 270, mix Hardener/Resin combination for 2 minutes and then gradually add Powder while mixing continuously for an additional 3 minutes.

Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not try to retemper the material.

Installation
The Epoxy NovolaK Matte Reinforced System is installed in 5 steps including the following...ConoWeld Primer, a
basecoat of NovoMatte, fiberglass reinforcement, Saturant, and a topcoat of NovoMatte. As an option for applications requiring a high gloss surface, a final layer of ConoGlaze No. 228may be used. Installation steps are as follows:

Step one
Apply ConoWeld Primer No. 501 by roller to a thickness of 5-10 mils using a short nap roller with a non-degradable core. For horizontal applications, installation of the basecoat of NovoMatte may proceed immediately after placement of the Primer. For vertical applications, the Primer should be firm but tacky when the basecoat is applied.

Step two
After mixing, trowel NovoMatte No. 270 to 1/16" (approx. 110 ft2 per unit) over the Primer. This layer of the system will serve as a basecoat for the fiberglass reinforcement.

Step three
Immediately press woven fiberglass matte reinforcement into NovoMatte No. 270. Apply fiberglass cloth in a uniform manner. Be careful not to wrinkle or intertwine material. Use 2" overlaps on the adjacent strips of cloth. Smooth matte reinforcement with a short nap mohair roller to eliminate air entrapment or pinholes.

Step four
After mixing, apply Epoxy NovolaK Saturant No. 271 by brush, roller or spray until fiberglass becomes translucent (approx. 100 ft2 per unit). Allow installation to cure a minimum of 8 hours at 70°F before proceeding.

Step five
After Saturant No. 271 has cured, trowel a 1/16" thickness of NovoMatte No. 270 onto the surface of the applied system. Finish with a short nap roller to eliminate voids and remove trowel marks. Allow to cure at least 48 hours at 70°F prior to chemical exposure.

Step six (optional)
For applications where aesthetics or ease of cleaning is required, a sealing layer of ConoGlaze - Epoxy NovolaK No. 228 can be applied. See the ConoGlaze data sheet for further details on application and packaging. Contact Sauereisen for recommendations.

COVERAGE

ConoWeld Primer
No. 501 200 ft2 per gallon at 8 mils.

NovoMatte
No. 270 A unit will cover 40 ft2 at a thickness of 1/16 inch.

Saturant
No. 271 100 ft2 per unit.

ConoGlaze (if specified)
No. 228 160 ft2 per gallon at 10 mils
*Coverages are theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and project specific conditions.

SETTING/CURING

The Epoxy NovolaK Matte Reinforced System will take an initial set in 18 hours at 70°F. Do not allow water or chemicals on the material surface for a minimum of 48 hours. For temperatures below 70°F, cure a minimum of 72 hours prior to water or chemical exposure.

PACKAGING

ConoWeld Primer No. 501 is available in one (1) gallon and three (3) gallon kits.

NovoMatte No. 270 is packaged in a 51.6 pound unit that includes:
Liquid (2) 1-gallon cans
Hardener (2) 1-quart cans
Powder (2) 3-gallon pails lined with a plastic bag

Saturant No. 271 is packaged in a 9.4 pound unit that includes:
Liquid (1) 1-gallon can
Hardener (1) 1-quart can
*Unitized packages are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents. Fiberglass matte is to be purchased locally.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned by scrubbing with a stiff brush and xylene or MEK at the end of each working period or when build-up becomes pronounced.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen Epoxy NovolaK Matte Reinforced System components have a shelf life of one (1) year when stored in
unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 309

 

URETHANE FILLER COMPOUND

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Bond Strength to Concrete (ASTM D4541)Concrete Failure
  • Components3-Parts
  • Percent Solids by Volume100%
  • Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC)0.0 g/L
  • Working Time @ 70°F15 minutes

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen Urethane Filler Compound No. 309 is an urethane formulation specifically designed to fill voids, irregularities, and air pockets in concrete. The filler compound provides a uniform surface for the application of Sauereisen ConoFlex Urethane No. 381.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Fills and seals irregularities in concrete and brick substrates.
  • Must be applied over ConoPrime No.502
  • Easy to apply.
  • Quick set time.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 50°-90°F on air, substrate, activator, resign and powder components during mixing, application,and cure for optimum results. The material components should be maintained at 50°F - 80°F for 48 hours prior to use. Ambient temperature must be at least 5°F above dew point.

Surface Preparation
All concrete and masonery surfaces require application of ConoPrime No. 502 prior to application of Sauereisen Urethane Filler Compound No. 309.

Concrete - Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6"Surface Preparation of concrete" for detailed guidelines.

New Concrete - All structures must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation.

Substrates must be free of oil, grease, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. Abrasive blast, or high-pressure water blast to remove laitance and to obtain a uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate resembling coarse sandpaper.

After ConoPrime No. 502 is applied, the surfaces should be floated with Sauereisen Urethane Filler Compound No. 309 to fill all voids and depressions.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation.

Surfaces must be free of oil, grease, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove laitance, old paints, protective coatings, and attacked or deteriorated concrete.

For concrete substrates, abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast to obtain a clean, uniform, and sound substrate. All structural cracks should be repaired. All slopes should be reestablished.

Brick - Surfaces must be free of oil, grease, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. Abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast all foreign particles and attacked or unsound mortar
from the joints.

Loose brickwork should be regrouted with appropriate Sauereisen mortar to ensure structural integrity. Mortar joints should be repointed to be flush with the face of the masonry units.

When chemical cleaning, abrasive or high-pressure water blasting is used as the method of surface preparation, all sand and/or debris must be removed by thoroughly vacuuming the area with an industrial vacuum cleaner.

If surfaces do not meet desired conditions, repeat surface preparation procedures.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Add Part C Powder to the Part B Resin component and blend thoroughly. See Material Safety Data Sheet for proper handling of Part C powder.

Add contents of Part A Activator to the resin-powder component and mix for a minimum of 3 minutes. Mix only complete batches.

Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not try to retemper the material.

Installation
Apply ConoPrime No. 502 prior to application of Urethane Filler Compound No. 309

To maximize working time, spread mixed No. 309 onto a plasterer's hawk upon completion of the mixing. Apply No. 309 to the primed concrete or masonery substrate with a smooth plasterer's rubber float or steel trowel. Remove excess of No. 309 with the edge of the float, trowel, or squeegee.

COVERAGE

No. 309 Regular Unit
1604 ft2 per unit at 1 mil thick.

Coverage is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and project specifics.

SETTING/CURING

Sauereisen No. 309 has a working time of approximately fifteen minutes at 65°F. The material takes an initial set in roughly three hours at 65°F. This minimum cure time of 15 minutes should elapse prior to topcoating.

No. 309 may be recoated with Sauereisen Urethane No. 381 within 24 hours when the surface temperature is maintained at 50°F-90°F. In all cases, the surface must be free from any contaminants.

Please consult Sauereisen's Technical Service Department prior to any recoat applications exceeding 24 hours.

PACKAGING

No. 309 (Gallon Unit) - 11.5 lbs

Part A Activator 2.58 lbs. in a quart can
Part B Resin 8.14 lbs in a 2-gallon pail
Part C Powder 0.33 lbs in a plastic bag

A two-gallon plastic pail will allow adequate room for proper mixing.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK before material cures. If removal is required after cure consult Sauereisen for specific recommendation.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen Filler Compound No. 309 has a shelf-life of 1 year when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 310

 

CONOTHANE GLAZE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Abrasion resistance (ASTM D-5060)80 mg. loss after 1,000 cycles (CS-10 Wheel)
  • Accelerated weathering (ASTM G-53)95% Gloss retention @ 1000 hours
  • Adhesion (ASTM D-3359)Pass 5B
  • Flash point49°F (Seta)
  • Flexibility (ASTM D-1737)Pass 1/4" Mandrel
  • Percent solidsWeight - 60.0%
    Volume - 56.5%
  • Pot life4 to 6 hours @ 70°F
  • Resin typeAliphatic Acrylic Urethane (3:1 mixing ratio, kit)
  • Sag ratingPass 6 mils (Lenetta)
  • Specular gloss85-90% @ 60 degrees
  • Thickness3.5 mils (wet), 2 mils (dry)
  • Viscosity65 + 5 Krebs units (mixed)
  • Weight per gallon11.9 lbs.

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen ConoThane Glaze provides outstanding gloss and color retention along with excellent resistance to abrasion and chemicals, including solvents. This product matches the performance of baked finishes and may be used on properly prepared and primed substrates of nearly any composition. ConoThane Glaze No. 310 white and clear are
U.S.D.A. approved. The product is suitable for both interior and exterior environments.

ConoThane Glaze may be used on metal buildings, ships, offshore equipment, chemical plants, water towers, structural
supports, tanks, bridges, heavy equipment, floors, or other surfaces where maximum chemical, solvent and weather resistance is demanded. Not recommended for direct application over zinc rich primers, unprimed galvanized or concrete surfaces or in areas of continuous food contact.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Apply by spray, brush or roller
  • Chemical resistant.
  • Authorized by USDA for use in federally inspected meat and poultry plants.
  • Meets performance MIL-C-83286, MIL-C-83445.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 60°-90°F on air, substrate, Liquid, and Hardener components during mixing, application, and cure. The material components should be maintained at 65°F to 85°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 65°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. Above 80°F, the material working time decreases.

Application in direct sunlight and rising surface temperatures may result in blistering of materials due to expansion of
entrapped air or moisture in the substrate. Concrete that has been in direct sunlight must be shaded 24 hours prior to application and remain shaded until after the initial set. When the surface temperatures are rising, it may be necessary to postpone the application or to apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Metal - Abrasive blast to a nominal 2.5-mil profile employing a near white metal SSPC-SP10 finish. All welds must be continuous, free of flux and have a smooth rounded radius without any sharp edges. For applications over metal surfaces, ConoThane Glaze should be used in conjunction with an appropriate epoxy or urethane primer.

New Concrete - All structures must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Surface should be floated free of ridges or depressions and all voids are to be filled with Sauereisen UnderlaymentNo. F-120, Filler Compound No. 209 or Universal Block Filler No. 509. The choice of underlayment will depend on the severity of the voids to be filled and the type of primer specified. Surfaces should be sloped a maximum of 1/4 inch per foot for drainage.

Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be
achieved by chemical cleaning. Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate resembling coarse sandpaper. For applications over new concrete surfaces, ConoThane Glaze should be used in conjunction with an appropriate epoxy or urethane primer.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation.

Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove laitance, old paints, protective coatings, and attacked or deteriorated
concrete. Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can
be achieved by chemical cleaning.

Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to obtain uniform sound substrate. All prepared surfaces must be allowed to dry prior to the primer application.

Structural cracks should be repaired with Sauereisen Filler Compound No. 209 or Universal Block Filler No. 509, and all slopes reestablished with Underlayment No. F-120 prior to applying an appropriate epoxy or urethane primer.

Prior to application of the ConoThane Glaze, inspect the primed surface for voids, bubbles or defects that may result in blistering or pinholes in the lining. Repair as necessary to ensure a sealed surface.

Other substrates - ConoThane Glaze is commonly used as a topcoat over other basecoat materials. In these applications, apply ConoThane Glaze while the basecoat is still tacky. If the basecoat has cured significantly, contact Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Stir No. 310 Part B component to assure even dispersement of pigment. Mix the 'A' and 'B' components together (3 to 1 ratio) thoroughly and allow 15-minute induction time before application.

Installation
Apply ConoThane Glaze by conventional, airless, or HVLP spray equipment. Material should be applied at a nominal 3.5 mils to achieve the necessary 2.0 mils dry film thickness. ConoThane Glaze can also be brushed or rolled.

It is very important to use an NIOSH-23Capproved respirator when spraying ConoThane Glaze. Do not apply Conothane Glaze over lacquers. Do not apply ConoThane Glaze when surface or air temperatures are below 60°F or above 90°F. Do not apply if rain is threatening or if surface temperature is with 5°F of critical dew point.

COVERAGE

Estimated coverage is 440 square feet per gallon at 3 mils wet film thickness.

PACKAGING

Part A - Hardener is packaged in a quart container.
Part B - Resin is packaged in a gallon container.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. F-370

 

HYDROACTIVE POLYURETHANE GROUT

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • ComponentPolyurethane resin and catalyst
  • Density, molded core (ASTM D-1622)2.03 pcf (0.03 gm/cm3)
  • Elongation (ASTM D-1623):
  • Perpendicular9.8%
  • Low temperature aging (% volume change at -25°F)(ASTM D-2126):
  • 1 Day0.00%
  • 7 Days0.10%
  • Maximum service temperature175°F (79°C)
  • Shear modulus (ASTM C-273):
  • Perpendicular117 psi (8.2 kg/cm2)
  • Shear strength (ASTM C-273):
  • Perpendicular14.5 psi (1.0 kg/cm2)
  • Tensile strength (ASTM D-1623):
  • Perpendicular15.6 psi (1.1 kg/cm2)
  • Viscosity500 cps
  • Water absorption (% weight change) (ASTM D-2127)< 1%

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen No. F-370 is a catalyzed hydrophobic polyurethane liquid. No. F-370 expands when it meets any source of water or moisture before curing. No. F-370 adheres tenaciously to practically any substrate - wet or dry.

Grout No. F-370 is used to stop leakage through cracked or honeycombed concrete, voids, expansion joints and pipe intrusions. Applied by injection, the grout is commonly specified to repair concrete walls, ceilings and floors. It is also recommended for use in tunnels, manholes, sewer lines, tanks, dikes, and dams. Sauereisen No. F-370 has excellent chemical resistance and may be used in a wide range of chemical environments.

No. F-370 packaged in a 5 Gallon unit is a hydrophobic grade non-flexible system.

No. F-370 packaged in a 22-ounce, (300 ml) dual-cartridge is a hydrophobic grade flexible system.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Stops active leaks.
  • Bonds to wet or dry surfaces.
  • Expands to 20 times its original volume when exposed to moisture.
  • Chemical resistant.
  • A 22-ounce (300 ml) dual cartridge system is available for smaller applications

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 40° - 90°F on air and substrate. Sauereisen No. F-370should be stored at 65° - 75°F. No. F 370 thickens in cooler weather and will react to moisture more rapidly in hot weather, including atmospheric moisture. Material freezes at 40°F; do not allow material to freeze. If No. F-370 freezes, warm to 70°-80°F and stir thoroughly to reconstitute. Do not allow material to come into contact with temperature in excess of 175°F.

Surface Preparation
It is recommended that cracks containing contaminants such as bentonite clay be flushed with Sauereisen Pump Flush prior to pumping No. F-370.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Open the pail of resin and slowly stir in the pint of catalyst. If using an electric paddle mixer, use slow speed to avoid whipping air, which contains moisture, into the grout. The grout may begin to react if too much moisture contaminates the mixture.

It is rare that more than one pint of catalyst is needed for each 5-gallon pail of resin. It is best to use less than a pint
and then increase depending on need. When in doubt, under catalyze approximately 10%.

Mix only the amount of material that can be used within eight hours. If thickening occurs, Sauereisen Pump Flush can be added to return the material to its original viscosity (no more than 10% by volume).

It is normal for a thin crust to develop on the surface of the material, removal is not required. This crust is formed as a result of moisture in the air. Simply pump the material underneath the crust. Do not use the crusted material.

Installation
Injection Packers - Injection Packers should be placed in pre-drilled holes at strategic locations to ensure complete injection of the No. F-370. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

No. F-370 - Flush the pump and all lines with Pump Flush prior to pumping the Grout No. F-370 to remove all traces of water and other contaminants. Do not add this contaminated material to the mixed grout.

Pump No. F-370 into or behind fissures or voids to block infiltration and/or exfiltration. No. F-370 is pumped through pre-placed injection packers (available from Sauereisen). Pumping equipment must be capable of attaining 250 psi, but most projects will require at least 1,000 psi.

Pump the No. F-370 for a short time and wait for the material to flow into all of the cracks and crevices under its own pressure. This will eliminate material waste and will prevent surrounding areas from exposure to traveling material.

Watch for material flow to appear in surface cracks, and for water leakage todecrease. After the material stops moving, drill another hole near the end of the material vein and repeat.

It is desirable, although not necessary, that the No. F-370 be injected into active leaks. No. F-370 reacts with water to generate its expansion. "Dry" concrete does contain enough moisture to allow the No. F-370 to cure, although set times will be greatly extended.

If very fast set times are required, for example, in a gushing leak, additional catalyst may be added to the base resin. Addition of extra catalyst will significantly reduce pot life. A 1:1 ratio will catalyze almost instantaneously. This rich mix is only recommended when using a two-component pump. When using more than one pint of catalyst, test in a separate container to determine pot life.

As the job progresses, return at least twice to previously injected ports and re-inject with more grout. This procedure aids in getting a denser resin into all sections of the void. Sauereisen recommends injecting each port three separate times.

After completion of grouting, the injection packers may be cut off flush with the concrete surface, or left in place.

If the grout is to be exposed to ultraviolet light, i.e. sunlight, it is recommended that it be topcoated within 24 hours with an ultraviolet resistant coating compatible with urethanes.

EQUIPMENT

Pumps
A variety of pumps may be used to dispense No. F-370. When utilizing the injection packers, the pump must have the capacity of producing a minimum pressure of 250 psi to bypass the check valve. (Most chemical grouting contractors use pressure exceeding 1,000 psi). CFM capacity must be suitable for void size and water flow rate. Generally four gpm will handle most conditions.

For small projects, a hand or electric pump can be used which attaches to a five-gallon bucket. The Lincoln bucket pump models 1297 and 1292 are suitable for this purpose. The Lily CP-5 Grouter is also an excellent choice.

For very small projects, a grease gun or dual-cartridge gun can also be used.

Injection Packers
Sauereisen recommends the use of a 5/8-inch diameter by 2.25-inch long packer with a male zerk fitting and check valve.

For larger projects, there are a variety of pumps that can be used. Essentially any airless spray pump that is capable of attaining 2500 psi at 2-6 gallons/minute pumping rate is sufficient. The following are commonly used:

Manufacturer Model
Binks Super Bee
Wasp
Graco 590
433
President Tradeworks 170
Speeflo Commander
Classic

Packers are used to inject No. F-370 into concrete, not soil. After drilling a 5/8-inch diameter hole into concrete, insert the packer with the zerk fitting pointed outward. Tighten the packer very tight to prevent it from coming out of the concrete. Packers are not reusable.

PUMP FLUSH

Immediately after using a pump, it should be flushed so that all the No. F-370 is cleared from the pump and lines. If grout is left in the pump and/or hoses, it will react with moisture (even from the air), and could render the pump useless.
NEVER FLUSH THE PUMP WITH WATER!

Pump Flush is clear, nonflammable and odorless. It is a medium viscosity, solvent- free liquid which can be used as a flush for urethane pumps. Pump Flush is not harmful to the pump, hose or rings, and can be left in the pump and hoses. This practice is recommended during breaks in grouting.

PACKAGING

When ordering, specify amounts of Grout No. F-370, Pump Flush, Extra Catalyst and Packer Injection Nozzles separately. The products are packaged as follows.:

No. F-370 - Hydrophobic/Non-Flexible
5-gal pail of Part B Resin (liquid)
1-pint can of Part A Catalyst (liquid)

Pump Flush 5-gal. pail
Extra Catalyst 1-pint can

Packer Injection Nozzles -
Packaged per order requirement

No. F-370 - Hydrophobic/Flexible
A 22-ounce (300ml) dual cartridge system is available for smaller applications

*A dual-cartridge caulk gun is required

*Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK before material cures. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen for specific recommendations.

SHELF LIFE

Grout No. F-370, Pump Flush and Catalyst have a shelf life of one year when stored in unopened containers in a dry location at 70°F. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No.  381.61

 

CONOFLEX URETHANE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Abrasion Resistance (ASTM D4060,CS-17)-(1,000 gms/1,000 cycles)45 mg
  • Adhesion to Steel (ASTM D4541)2,940 psi
  • Elongation at Break (ASTM D412)41%
  • Flexibility (ASTM D 1737)30 mils: 180° over 0.125 in. Mandrel
  • Hardness Shore D (ASTM D2240-86)68 +/- 3
  • Mixing Ratio3:1 - Resin to Activator
  • Moisture Vapor Transmission (ASTM F1249-06)35-40 mils: 0.012g/100 in2
  • Percent Solids100%
  • Pot Life12-15 minutes
  • Service TemperatureDry:
  • Continuous:-40°F to 200°F
  • Maximum Surge350°F
  • Immersion: Insulated:150°F
  • Non-Insulated:120°F
  • Tensile Strength (ASTM D412)2,775 psi
  • Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs)0.0 g/L

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen ConoFlex Urethane No. 381.61 is an aromatic polyurethane lining that provides excellent flexibility and impact resistance for concrete, steel, and other substrates. No. 381.61 is a chemically resistant, lining combining toughness, elongation, and low permeability with a fast cure time.

Typical uses: flexible lining for various applications, including primary/secondary containment structures subject to movement and for applications including tank coatings and linings, and food processing areas (FDA & USDA compliant).

CERTIFICATION

NSF Certified for Potable Water ANSI/NSF Standard 61 See current NSF Listing for restrictions.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Chemically resistant - withstands a wide range of acids and bases
  • Highly impermeable - eliminates corrosion of substrates
  • Flexible - moves with substrate
  • Impact and abrasion resistant
  • 100% Solids
  • High-build characteristics
  • Color: Dark Gray 53
  • USDA BioPreferred based on high content of renewal materials

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 50°F - 90°F on air, substrate, liquid and hardener components during mixing, application, and curing for optimum results. Ambient temperature must be at least 5°F above dew point.

Applications in direct sunlight and rising surface temperatures may result in blistering of the material due to expansion of entrapped air or moisture in the substrate. Concrete that has been in direct sunlight must be shaded for 48 hours prior to application and remain shaded until after the initial set. When the surface temperatures are rising, it may become necessary to postpone the application and to apply the materials when temperature of the substrates are decreasing.

Surface Preparation
All surfaces must be made free of oils, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit the bond.

Metal - Abrasive blast to a minimum 3 mil profile employing a near white metal SSPC-SP10 finish, accordance with Nace 2 specifications. All welds must be continuous, free of flux, and have a smooth rounded radius without any sharp edges or protrusions.

Prepare concrete surfaces in accordance with SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "surface preparation of concrete" for detailed guidelines.

ConoFlex Urethane No. 381.61 should be used in conjunction with ConoPrime No. 502.

New Concrete - All structures must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. After ConoPrime No. 502 is applied, the surfaces should be floated with Sauereisen Urethane Filler
Compound No. 309 to fill all voids and depressions.

Substrates must be free of oil, grease, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical
cleaning. Abrasive blast, or high-pressure water blast to remove laitance and to obtain a uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate resembling coarse sandpaper.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. Surfaces must be free of oil, grease, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove laitance, old paints, protective coatings, and attacked or deteriorated concrete.

For concrete substrates, abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast to obtain a clean, uniform, and sound substrate. All structural cracks should be repaired. All slopes should be reestablished.

For irregular surfaces with voids exceeding 1/4 inch, Sauereisen Substrate Resurfacer No. F-121 may be used as an underlayment for ConoFlex No. 381.61.

Prior to application of ConoFlex No. 381.61, inspect the primed surface for voids, bubbles, and other defects that may result in blistering or pinholes. Repair as necessary to ensure a sealed surface.

Other Surfaces: Conoflex No. 381.61 may be used as a coating or lining over other substrates. Please contact Sauereisen for technical assistance.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Contact Sauereisen for technical assistance.

APPLICATION

Mixing / Installation
Premix No. 381.61 Part B Resin component to assure even dispersion of pigment.

For applications by plural component spray equipment:
Apply ConoFlex Urethane No. 381.61 with a GracoTM "Hydra-Cat" with a King Air-Head or Gusmer 20/35, set to spray at a fixed volumetric ratio of 3:1. Use GracoTM R-A-C IV spray tips in sizes from 0.021 to 0.043.

ConoFlex Urethane No. 381.61 can also be applied by roller, trowel, or squeegee. Consult Sauereisen for specific details.

It is very important to use a NIOSH-23C approved respirator when spraying ConoFlex Urethane No. 381.61. Please consult No. 381.61 MSDS for proper personal protective equipment.

COVERAGE

Theoretical coverage is 26.7 ft2 per gallon at 60 mils.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK before material cures. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen.

SETTING/CURING

If Sauereisen ConoPrime No. 502 is used, please refer to the ConoPrime No. 502 data sheet for curing and top coat instructions.

ConoFlex Urethane No. 381.61 must be allowed to cure a minimum of 1 hour.

1-hour Dry to touch
1-24 hours Recoat window time
24 hours Full Cure

PACKAGING

ConoFlex Urethane No. 381.61 is packed in 220-gallon (bulk) units, 4-gallon (regular) units, and patch-kits.

Ratio:
3-part B-Resin :1-part A- Activator

Bulk Units - 220 Gallon

Part B - Resin 3-55 Gallon Drums
Part A - Activator 1-55 Gallon Drum

Regular Units - 4 Gallon Units

Part B-Resin 3 gallons packaged in a 5 - gallon plastic bucket
Part A- Activator 1 - gallon pail (filled)

*Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents.

Patch-kits are available upon request.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen ConoFlex Urethane No. 381.61 Resin and Activator have a shelf life up to one (1) year when stored in tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F.

Do not freeze. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen Representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 381

 

CONOFLEX URETHANE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Abrasion Resistance (ASTM D4060,CS-17)-(1,000 gms/1,000 cycles)45 mg
  • Adhesion to Steel (ASTM D4541)2,940 psi
  • Elongation at Break (ASTM D412)41%
  • Flexibility (ASTM D 1737) 30 mils: 180° over 0.125 in. Mandrel
  • Hardness Shore D (ASTM D2240-86) 68 +/- 3
  • Mixing Ratio 3:1 - Resin to Activator
  • Moisture Vapor Transmission (ASTM F1249-06)35-40 mils: 0.012g/100 in2
  • Percent Solids100%
  • Pot Life12-15 minutes
  • Service Temperature Dry:
  • Continuous:-40°F to 200°F
  • Maximum Surge350°F
  • Immersion: Insulated:150°F
  • Non-Insulated:120°F
  • Tensile Strength (ASTM D412)2,775 psi
  • Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs)0.0 g/L

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen ConoFlex Urethane No. 381 is an aromatic polyurethane lining that provides excellent flexibility and impact resistance for concrete, steel, and other substrates. No. 381 is a chemically resistant lining combining toughness, elongation, and low permeability with a fast cure time.

Typical uses: flexible lining for various applications, including primary/secondary containment structures subject to movement, tank coatings and linings, cooling tower basins, and food processing areas (FDA & USDA compliant).

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Chemically resistant - withstands a wide range of acids and bases
  • Highly impermeable - eliminates corrosion of substrates
  • Flexible - moves with substrate
  • Impact and abrasion resistant
  • 100% Solids
  • High-build characteristics
  • Color: Dark Gray 53
  • USDA BioPreferred based on high content of renewal materials

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 50°F - 90°F on air, substrate, liquid and hardener components during mixing, application, and curing for optimum results. Ambient temperature must be at least 5°F above dew point.

Applications in direct sunlight and rising surface temperatures may result in blistering of the material due to expansion of entrapped air or moisture in the substrate. Concrete that has been in direct sunlight must be shaded for 48 hours
prior to application and remain shaded until after the initial set. When the surface temperatures are rising, it may become necessary to postpone the application and to apply the materials when temperature of the substrates are decreasing.

Surface Preparation
All surfaces must be made free of oils, grease, water, and other contaminants that may inhibit the bond.

Metal: Abrasive blast to a minimum 3-mil profile employing a near white metal SSPC-SP10 finish, in accordance with Nace 2 specifications. All welds must be continuous, free of flux, and have a smooth rounded radius without any sharp edges or protrusions.

Prepare concrete surfaces in accordance with SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "surface preparation of concrete" for detailed guidelines.

ConoFlex Urethane No. 381 should be used in conjunction with ConoPrime No. 502.

New Concrete - All structures must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation. After ConoPrime No. 502 is applied, the surfaces should be floated with Sauereisen Urethane Filler Compound No. 309 to fill all voids and depressions.

Substrates must be free of oil, grease, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical
cleaning. Abrasive blast, or high-pressure water blast to remove laitance and to obtain a uniform surface texture exposing fine aggregate resembling coarse sandpaper.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and must have the necessary strength to withstand imposed loads during normal use and operation.

Surfaces must be free of oil, grease, and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. Mechanical methods should be utilized to remove laitance, old paints, protective coatings, and attacked or deteriorated concrete.

For concrete substrates, abrasive blast or high-pressure water blast to obtain a clean, uniform, and sound substrate. All structural cracks should be repaired. All slopes should be reestablished.

For irregular surfaces with voids exceeding 1/4 inch, Sauereisen Substrate Resurfacer No. F-121 may be used as an underlayment for ConoFlex No. 381.

Prior to application of ConoFlex No. 381, inspect the primed surface for voids, bubbles, and other defects that may result in blistering or pinholes. Repair as necessary to ensure a sealed surface.

Other Surfaces: Conoflex No. 381 may be used as a coating or lining over other substrates. Please contact Sauereisen for technical assistance.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Contact Sauereisen for technical assistance.

APPLICATION

Mixing / Installation
Premix No. 381 Part B Resin component to assure even dispersion of pigment.

For applications by plural component spray equipment:
Apply ConoFlex Urethane No. 381 with a GracoTM "Hydra-Cat" with a King Air- Head or Gusmer 20/35, set to spray at a fixed volumetric ratio of 3:1. Use GracoTM R-A-C IV spray tips in sizes from 0.021 to 0.043.

ConoFlex Urethane No. 381 can also be applied by roller, trowel, or squeegee. Consult Sauereisen for specific details.

It is very important to use a NIOSH-23C approved respirator when spraying ConoFlex Urethane No. 381. Please consult No. 381 SDS for proper personal protective equipment.

COVERAGE

Theoretical coverage is 26.7 ft2 per gallon at 60 mils.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with MEK before material cures. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen.

SETTING/CURING

If Sauereisen ConoPrime No. 502 is used, please refer to the ConoPrime No. 502 data sheet for curing and top coat instructions.

ConoFlex Urethane No. 381.61 must be allowed to cure a minimum of 1 hour.

1-hour Dry to touch
1-24 hours Recoat window time
24 hours Full Cure

PACKAGING

ConoFlex Urethane No. 381.61 is packed in 220-gallon (bulk) units, 4-gallon (regular) units, and patch-kits.

Ratio:
3-part B-Resin :1-part A- Activator

Bulk Units - 220 Gallon

Part A Activator 3-55 Gallon Drums
Part B Resin 1-55 Gallon Drum

Regular Units - 4 Gallon Units

Part A Activator 1 - gallon pail (filled)
Part B Resin 3 gallons packaged in a 5 - gallon plastic bucket

*Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Container size does not indicate volume of contents.

Patch-kits are available upon request.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen ConoFlex Urethane No. 381.61 Resin and Activator have a shelf life up to one (1) year when stored in tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F.

Do not freeze. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen Representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 400

 

VINYL ESTER – SILICA FILLED MORTAR

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Absorption (ASTM C-413)0.27%
  • Application time at 70°F
  • Working time25 minutes
  • Tack free1 hour
  • Bond strength (ASTM C-321)> 300 psi, brick failure (21 kg/cm2)
  • Colorwhite
  • Compressive strength (ASTM C-306)12,000 psi (844 kg/cm2)
  • Density (ASTM C-905)120 pcf (1.922 gm/cm3)
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)4,500 psi (316 kg/cm2)
  • Maximum service temperature (ASTM D-648)250°F (121°C)
  • Mix ratio (powder to liquid, by weight)3.25:1
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580)1.90 x 106 psi (1.33 x 105 kg/cm2)
  • Shrinkage (ASTM C-531).30%
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)2,200 psi (154 kg/cm2)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen Vinyl Ester Mortar No. 400 is used in the construction of floors, sumps, trenches, tanks, vessels and bleach towers in chemical processing; food & beverage plants; dairies; laboratories; textile, steel and pulp & paper mills. No. 400 has excellent resistance to oxidizing bleach solutions, mineral and organic acids, alkaline solutions and some organic solvents. When used with chemical-resistant masonry units and the proper membrane, No. 400 will protect concrete and steel substrates from chemical attack and physical abuse. No. 400 is a silica-filled vinyl ester mortar supplied in twoparts - Powder and Liquid - which must be mixed together in the proper proportions prior to use.

Sauereisen Vinyl Ester Mortar No. 400 meets standards of the USDA for use in federally inspected meat and poultry plants.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Resistant to strong oxidizing agents, acids, alkalies and bleaches through 250°F (121°C).
  • Low absorption and shrinkage.
  • High bond, tensile and compressive strengths.
  • Rapidly develops physical properties ...initial set time is one hour 70°F.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 60° - 80°F on air, substrate, No. 400 Powder, No. 400 Liquid, and masonry units during mixing, application, and cure. Maintain materials and substrate between 70°F - 80°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 60°F, the viscosity increases, application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded. When
using No. 400 at temperatures between 50°-60°F, No. 400A Accelerator can be added to the Liquid to hasten the cure of the mortar. Consult Sauereisen for specific recommendations. Above 80°F, working time of the material decreases. In higher temperatures it is recommended that the Liquid be cooled by placing the pail in a large container filled with water and ice or storing in a cool area.

Surface Preparation
All surfaces in contact with No. 400 must be clean, dry, and free of dust, dirt, grease, oil, and other contaminants. Surface prep should be in accordance with membrane requirements.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Empty correct proportion of Liquid into a clean mixing vessel. Gradually add measured amount of Powder while mixing continuously with a trowel, hoe or mechanical mixer until mortar is uniformly blended to a workable consistency. After mixing, spread mortar in a thin layer onto a mortar pan to ensure the maximum working time of 25 minutes at 70°F.

The recommended mix ratio, parts by weight, is as follows:
Powder Liquid
3.25 1

For application in colder environments, No. 400A Low Temperature Accelerator may be added to assist workability and cure as needed.

Material which has begun to set cannot be retempered and must be discarded. Never add Liquid or other materials to mixed material or any component part.

Installation
Trowel an average 1/8-inch thick bed joint of No. 400 directly on top of membrane or preceding course of brickwork. Apply the mortar by buttering on side and one head joint of each masonry unit. Set the masonry units in place and position by tapping to form an average 1/8-inch wide vertical joint.

FINISHING

Strike extruded mortar off the face of the masonry unit with a trowel. For floors where appearance is a factor, waxed face units are recommended.

When waxed units are used, wait until No. 400 Mortar has achieved full cure (24 hours at 70°F) and clean face of masonry units using 60 psi (minimum) steam pressure at the nozzle.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned with acetone or MEK before No. 400 cures. If removal is required after cure, consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

SETTING/CURING

No. 400 is self-hardening due to a chemical reaction which occurs when the Powder and Liquid are mixed together. An initial set occurs in one hour at 70°F.The material is ready for service after 24 hours at 70°F.

Brickwork should not be subjected to water, steam or chemical environment before the mortar is completely cured.

COVERAGE

Estimating Table - material quantities per square foot
Common floor and tank brick quarry tile sizes

Length (in) 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 9 9 9 9 6 6
Width (in) 3-7/8 3-7/8 4 4 3-3/4 2-1/4 4-1/2 3-3/4 4-1/2 4-1/2 2-1/2 3 6 6
Thickness (in) 1-3/16 1-3/8 1-3/8 1-1/2 2-1/4 3-3/4 3-3/4 4-1/2 2-1/2 3 4-1/2 4-1/2 1/2 3/4
No. of Brick with 1/8-in joints 4.43 4.43 4.3 4.3 4.58 7.47 3.83 4.58 3.42 3.42 6.02 5.05 - -
No. of Brick with 1/4-in joints 4.23 4.23 4.11 4.11 - - - - - - - - 3.69 3.69
Lbs Mortar for 1/8" side joints 0.54 0.63 0.62 0.67 1.05 2.40 1.56 2.10 1.00 1.20 2.70 2.37 - -
Lbs Grout for 1/4" joints 1.04 1.20 1.18 1.28 - - - - - - - - 0.38 0.58
Lbs Mortar for 1/8" setting bed or back joint 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25

The above quantity requirements are based upon physical dimensions of chemical-resistant masonry units and actual weight of mortar as determined by ASTM C-905. Actual usage rate will vary dependent upon scope of installation, experience of workmen, field conditions and other contingencies. Personnel using the above chart should, therefore, add an appropriate wastage factor.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be provided on 20-foot centerlines, around all fixed objects, peripheries of rooms and all points of movement in the base slab. Consult Sauereisen for product recommendations.

PACKAGING

No. 400 Liquid: 30 lbs. in a 5-gal pail.
No. 400 Powder: 100 lbs. in 2 plastic-lined 6-gal pail, 50 lbs each.
No. 400A: 2 ounce bottle.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen Vinyl Ester Mortar No. 400 should be stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing.

Under these conditions, the No. 400 Powder has a shelf life of six months, No. 400 Liquid has a shelf life of four months and the No. 400A Low Temperature Accelerator has a shelf life of one year. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 410

 

VINYL ESTER POLYMER CONCRETE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Application time at 70°F
  • Working time25 minutes
  • Tack free1 hour
  • Density (ASTM C-905)142 pcf (2.3 gm/cm3)
  • Compressive strength (C-579) 7 days12,700 psi (894 kg/cm2)
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580) 7 days3,500 psi (246 kg/cm2)
  • Maximum service temperature220°F (104°C)
  • Modulus of elasticity (ASTM C-580) 7 days4.16 x 105 psi (2.9 x 104 kg/cm2)
  • Moisture absorption (ASTM C-413)0.10%
  • Shrinkage (ASTM C-531) 7 days.12%
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307) 7 days2,200 psi (155 kg/cm2)

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen Vinyl Ester Polymer Concrete No. 410 is a vinyl ester castable for chemical-resistant construction of sumps, dikes, containment areas, trenches, walls and other structural support columns or bases. No. 410 has been specifically formulated for independent foundation construction and should be installed with proper reinforcement. Mixing, forming and finishing will proceed with similar methods used for Portland cement installations.

Vinyl Ester Polymer Concrete No. 410 can also be used as a monolithic topping to rehabilitate chemically deteriorated concrete or to protect new construction. This system incorporates Sauereisen VEPrime No. 550 to promote a strong bond.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Vinyl ester polymer offers superior chemical resistance.
  • Maximum service temperature of 220°F (104°C).
  • Fast chemical set - less down time.
  • Low porosity.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 60°-85°F on air, substrate, Hardener, Liquid, and Aggregate components during mixing, application, and cure. The monolithic components and substrate should be maintained at 60°F to 85°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 60°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded.

Above 85°F, the material working time decreases. Under these conditions, the material components should be stored in a cooler area prior to mixing.

Shading the substrate and using ice water to cool mixing equipment is not uncommon. In extreme temperatures it may be necessary to postpone the application or to apply during cooler hours.

Reinforcement
When applying Vinyl Ester Polymer Concrete No. 410, appropriate corrosion resistant reinforcement must be incorporated. All monolithic applications must be affixed to the substrate by "T" type anchors. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

Surface Preparation
Foundation Construction - The foundation base should be constructed with appropriate materials to support load of the engineered design. No. 410 must not be applied over standing water or loose soil.

Concrete -Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6"Surface Preparation of concrete" for detailed guidelines.

New Concrete - Surfaces should be dry and made free of oil, grease and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This
can be achieved by chemical cleaning. Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and to obtain a uniform surface texture.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer. Surfaces should be made free of oil, grease, water and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning. All structural cracks must be repaired. Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and to obtain a uniform sound substrate.

Brick - Remove oil, grease, water and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. Abrasive blast or hydroblast mortar joints to a depth of 1/2 inch to remove all loose material and provide a clean, firm surface.

If abrasive or high-pressure water blasting is used as the method of surface preparation, all sand and/or debris must be removed by thoroughly vacuuming the area with an industrial vacuum cleaner. If surface does not have desired conditions, repeat surface preparation procedure.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

Joints are to be provided on 14 foot centerlines, around all fixed objects, peripheries of rooms and over all points of movement in the base slab. The joint should then be filled with the appropriate expansion joint filler. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

Mixing
Vinyl Ester Polymer Concrete No. 410 is packaged in pre-measured units of Aggregate, Liquid and Hardener components. Mixing should be done mechanically with a slow-speed mortar mixer. The mixing equipment must be clean and free of Portland cement or other contaminants.

Remix Part B Liquid prior to combining components. Empty contents of the Liquid into a clean, dry mixing container.
Pour contents of Hardener into Liquid and mix thoroughly until blended for at least one minute. Empty liquids into a clean, dry mortar mixer. Add Aggregate component gradually while mixing to a uniform consistency.

Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not try to retemper the material. Do not add solvent, additive or adulterant to any component or mixed material.

Remove the entire batch from the mixer when mixing is completed to prevent build-up in the equipment. While pouring one batch, another should be mixed in order to eliminate delays and permit continuous operation.

Installation
VEPrime No. 550 - Apply primer to a nominal thickness of 5-10 mils using a short nap roller with a non-degradable core or nylon brush. For more detailed information regarding VEPrime No. 550, consult the specific Sauereisen product data sheet.

Polymer Concrete No. 410 - When casting No. 410, forms should be constructed of firmly braced wood or metal which have been given a light coating of release agent. The release agent will prevent No. 410 from adhering to the screeds or forms, but should not leave a residue on the freshly cast material.

Forms are to be completely sealed and rendered watertight with heavy consistency pliable caulking, especially when
placed over rough surfaces. Do not apply over standing water or damp surfaces.

The form and screed systems should be strong enough to retain No. 410 in place without deformation. Forms and screeds may be removed after set has occurred and No. 410 has sufficient strength to support itself. Lower temperatures will require longer cure periods before removing forms.

Tamping methods or pencil vibration are suitable for distributing the material. Use a trowel or screed board to level the polymer concrete flush with the top of the form. Trowel finish within 15 minutes after mixing. Avoid imposing loads until a final set has been achieved.

COVERAGE

VEPrime No. 550:
1-gal. unit coverage is 267 ft2 @ 6 mils. WFT

Vinyl Ester Polymer Concrete No. 410:
Regular unit yields 1.3 ft3
Large unit yields 2.6 ft3

No. 410 must be cast at least 1-1/2 inches thick. A 2-inch thickness of No. 410 will require approximately 24 lbs. of material per square foot.*
*Quantity estimations do not include losses during application or normal density variations.

SETTING/CURING

VEPrime No. 550 can be topcoated after twelve (12) hours at 70°F. If the duration before topcoating exceeds 24 hours, consult Sauereisen to discuss solvent-wipe procedures.

Vinyl Ester Polymer Concrete No. 410 will take an initial set in one (1) hour at 70°F. Proper curing of No. 410 is critical to the serviceability of the completed structure; therefore, the substrate and material temperatures should not be allowed to fall below 60°F until final cure has been achieved. Do not allow water or chemicals on the material surface for a minimum of 48 hours. For temperatures below 70°F, cure a minimum of 72 hours prior to water or chemical exposure.

PACKAGING

VEPrime No. 550 is packaged in a one gallon Regular Unit that include:

Regular Unit

Part A Hardener 0.053 pounds in a 2 ounce bottle
Liquid 1 - pail includes 16.5 lbs.
Part B Liquid 7.375 pounds in a 1 gallon can

No. 410 Regular unit:

Hardener 1 - bottle includes 0.328 lbs.
Liquid 1 - pail includes 16.5 lbs.
Aggregate 3 - 55 lb. bags

Unit weight is approximately 181.8 lbs.

No. 410 Large unit:

Hardener 1 - bottle includes 0.658 lbs.
Liquid 1 - pail includes 33 lbs.
Aggregate 6 - 55 lb. bags

Unit weight is approximately 363.7 lbs.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned by scrubbing with a stiff brush and acetone or MEK at the end of each working period or when build-up becomes pronounced.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen No. 410 Liquid and Hardener have a shelf life of three (3) months when stored in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Shelf life for the Aggregate component is one year. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 440

 

NOVOLAK VINYL ESTER FIBRELINE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

  • Application time
  • Working time at 70°30 minutes
  • Initial set at 70°F2 hours
  • Components2 parts
  • Coefficient of thermal expansion1.59 x 10-5/F° (2.9 x 10-5/C°)
  • Compressive strength (ASTM C-579)7,800 psi (548.4 kg/cm2)
  • Flexural strength (ASTM C-580)5,200 psi (365.6 kg/cm2)
  • Maximum service temperature
  • continuous exposure350°F (176.6°C)
  • intermittent or flue gas exposure400°F (204°C)
  • Permeability (ASTM D1653)1.75 x 10-1 Perm-inch (2.54 x 10-10 g/m.s.Pa)
  • Shrinkage<0.4%
  • Tensile strength (ASTM C-307)2,600 psi (182.8 kg/cm2)
  • Thickness (WFT)80 mils (2.0mm) WFT = 74.7 mils DFT
  • Volume Solids93.4%

* All values at 7 days unless specified*

Physical properties were determined on specimens prepared under laboratory conditions using applicable ASTM procedures. Actual field conditions may vary and yield different results; therefore, data is subject to reasonable deviation.

Sauereisen NovolaK Vinyl Ester FibreLine No. 440 is a fiber-filled lining used for the chemical-resistant construction or rehabilitation of structures common to the power, pulp & paper, and petrochemical industries. Typical applications are the protection of sumps, ducts, tanks, containment areas, trenches, walls, and other support columns or bases. No. 440 is specifically formulatedfor vertical and overhead applications over concrete and steel.

The FibreLine system utilizes Sauereisen VEPrime No. 550 or Hi-Temp Primer No. 560 as bond enhancing primers depending on the service temperature of the environment. For applications that require a smoother surface texture, a topcoat of Sauereisen VEGlaze No. 472 is recommended.

CHARACTERISTICS

  • Novolak vinyl ester polymer offers superior chemical resistance.
  • Fast chemical set - less down time.
  • Strong bond to concrete and steel.
  • Low permeability.
  • High temperature resistance for flue gas environments.

AREA PREPARATION

Temperature of Working Area
Maintain a temperature of 60°-85°F on air, substrate, Hardener and Resin components during mixing, application and cure. The monolithic components and substrate should be maintained at 65°F to 80°F for 48 hours prior to beginning work.

At temperatures below 60°F, the application becomes more difficult and curing is retarded.

Above 85°F, the material working time decreases. It is recommended that the material components be stored in a cooler area prior to mixing. Shading the substrate and using ice water to cool mixing equipment is not uncommon.

In extreme temperatures it may be necessary to postpone the application or to apply during cooler hours.

Surface Preparation
Surfaces should be dry and made free of oil, grease and other contaminants that may inhibit bond. This can be achieved by chemical cleaning.

Concrete - Refer to SSPC-SP13/NACE 6 "Surface Preparation of concrete" for detailed guidelines.

New Concrete - Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and obtain uniform surface texture.

Old Concrete - Concrete must be dry, firm and structurally sound as specified by the architect/engineer. All structural cracks must be repaired.

Abrasive blast, high-pressure water blast, or acid etch concrete to remove laitance and to obtain a uniform, sound substrate.

If abrasive or high pressure water blasting is used as the method of surface preparation, all sand and/or debris must be
removed by thoroughly vacuum ing the area with an industrial vacuum cleaner. If surface does not have desired conditions, repeat surface preparation procedure.

Metal - Abrasive blast to a nominal 2.5-mil profile employing SSPC-SP5 White Metal Blast for immersion and SSPCSP10Near White Blast for other service conditions. All welds must be continuous, free of flux and have a smooth rounded radius or be ground flat without any sharp edges or protrusions.

EXPANSION/CONTROL JOINTS

When installed over concrete or masonry, joints are to be provided on 20-foot centerlines, around all fixed objects and peripheries of rooms, and over all points of movement in the base slab. The joint should then be filled with the appropriate expansion joint filler. Consult Sauereisen for recommendations.

APPLICATION

Mixing
VEPrime No. 550 and NovolaK FibreLine No. 440 are each packaged in premeasured containers consisting of Hardener Part A and Resin Part B which must be mixed together before use. Individual components should be remixed before combining. The following procedures are applicable to the mixing of both products.

Completely empty contents of Hardener Part A into Resin Part B container. Using a slow-speed drill motor with a "Jiffy" type blade, mix for a minimum of three minutes until thoroughly blended.

Mix only complete batches. Material which has begun to set must be discarded. Do not try to retemper the material.

Hi-Temp Primer No. 560 may be applied by brush, roller or spray. No mixing is required, simply shake the single component container prior to opening. Appropriate ventilation and/or respiratory equipment is recommended.

If No. 561 Zinc Filler is to be added, the Filler must be kept absolutely dry and at a temperature of 60°-80°F. Slowly add 5 lbs. of Zinc Filler to each gallon of No. 560.

Çare must be taken to avoid entrapping air which will contain moisture. The Zinc will rapidly settle out if not kept continually agitated at slow speeds.

Do not use wooden tools or implements as the moisture in the wood will react with the No. 560.

Installation
VEPrime No. 550 - Apply primer to a thickness of 5-10 mils using a short nap roller with a non-degradable core or a
nylon brush. For more information on VEPrime No. 550, consult the specific Sauereisen data sheet.

Hi-Temp Primer No. 560 - A dry film thickness in the range of 3-5 mils should be attained. Excess thickness will
adversely effect the cure. To attain the proper dry thickness on concrete, application of 5-8 mils wet is suggested. On steel apply at 5-6 mils wet using No. 561 Zinc Filler.

No. 561 must be kept absolutely dry and at a temperature of 60°-80°F. Slowly add 5 lbs. of Zinc Filler to each gallon of No. 560 to avoid entrapping air which will contain moisture.

If material within the container forms a skin, cut out and remove. Carefully stir and transfer remainder of primer into a
clean pail. Take care not to transfer gelled material.

NovolaK FibreLine No. 440
Trowel - Material should be delivered to finishers and spread in a thin layer onto a mortar pan immediately after mixing. Do not let mixed material remain in the mixing vessel. Spread the material with a trowel to a wet film thickness of 40 mils.

All troweling and backrolling must be completed within 30 minutes from mixing.

Spray - Application by spray should be done in two coats, with a thickness of 40 mils each. This will result in a dry film thickness of approximately 63 mils. Allow a minimum of four hours between coats at 70°F. If 24 hours elapses before the application of the second coat, sand the surface, solvent wipe and remove any debris prior to re-coating.
Application should be done with a 50% overlap in a "cross-hatch" pattern to reduce the possibility of pinholes and to assure complete coverage.

If spray application is chosen, contact Sauereisen for complete details on equipment requirements. The following equipment is typically used for spray application:

Mastic pump - FibreLine may be sprayed with a minimum 45:1 piston-primed, airless pump such as the model formerly manufactured by Graco. The current specifications for new equipment is the Graco 56:1 King Piston Primed Airless, Model 236-477. Remove filter from surge tank. Remove cage above lower ball valve located near "foot" (lower end) of pump. Other pumps may be suitable, depending on job site requirements.

Gun - Graco's pistol grip Flo-Gun, Model 235-628 is preferred. This gun should be combined with Adapter Model 235-006. Alternatively, the Graco Flo-Gun Model 224-991 is acceptable.

Gun tip - For fiber filled linings, use a Graco Reverse-a-CleanTM housing part No. 222-674 with an orifice of 0.039 to 0.043 inches. For unreinforced coatings, the 0.039-inch tip works best. In either case, the diffuser should be removed prior to use.

Material hoses -
6' whip end, 3/8" i.d.; working pressure 5,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

0-25' overall, 1/2" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 16,000 psi burst.

25-75' overall, 3/4" i.d.; working pressure 4,000 psi, 12,000 psi burst.

Air compressor - 180ft3 per minute at 100 psi, minimum.

Air hose from compressor - 3/4 to 1 inch i.d.: 100 feet maximum length to mastic pump.

COVERAGE

VEPrime No. 550
260 ft2 per unit at 6 mils wet film thickness, resulting in a dry thickness of approximately 5 mils.

Hi-Temp Primer No. 560
320 ft2 per one gallon unit at 5 mils wet film thickness, resulting in a dry thickness of approximately 3 mils.

NovolaK FibreLine No. 440
1 gallon unit
40 ft2 per unit at 40 mils wet film thickness, resulting in a dry thickness of approximately 37 mils per coat.

2.5 gallon unit
100 ft2 per unit at 40 mils wet film thickness, resulting in a dry thickness of approximately 37 mils.

All coverage data is theoretical and will vary depending upon surface conditions, porosity, application techniques and project specific conditions.

SETTING/CURING

VEPrime No. 550 may be topcoated after 12 hours at 70°F. If the duration before topcoating exceeds 24 hours, apply another coat of primer.

Hi-Temp Primer No. 560 will dry to the touch in approximately 45 minutes to one hour at 70°F. Recoating should occur no sooner than two hours after application. Must be topcoated within 24 hours. If the duration exceeds 24 hours, consult Sauereisen to discuss proper solvent-wipe procedures. NovolaK Vinyl Ester FibreLine No. 440 will take an initial set in two hours at 70°F. Do not allow water or chemicals on the material surface for a minimum of 24 hours.

For temperatures below 70°F, cure a minimum of 72 hours prior to water or chemical exposure.

PACKAGING

VEPrime No. 550 is packaged in a one-gallon Regular Unit that contains:

Regular Unit:

Part A - Hardener 0.067 pounds in a 2-ounce bottle
Part B - Liquid (Resin) 8.9 pounds in a 1-gallon can

Hi-Temp Primer No. 560. Packaged in a one-gallon can. Material weight is approximately 8.5 pounds per gallon.

Zinc Filler No. 561. Packaged in a one quart can (mix ratio is 1 qt. Zinc Filler to 1 gal. of Hi-Temp Primer). Material weight is approximately 5 pounds.

NovolaK Vinyl Ester FibreLine No. 440.
Unitized packaging includes:
Gallon Units:

Part A - Hardener 0.09 lbs. in a 4 ounce plastic bottle
Part B - Liquid (Resin) 12.55 lbs. in a 2-1/2 gallon metal pail

Regular Unit (2-1/2 gallon unit)

Part A - Hardener 0.22 lbs. in a 4 ounce plastic bottle
Part B - Liquid (Resin) 31.37 lbs. in a 5 gallon metal pail

*Containers are filled by weight, not volume. Approximate weights for the gallon and 2.5-gallon units are 12.64 pounds and 31.59 pounds, respectively.

CLEAN-UP

All equipment should be cleaned by scrubbing with a stiff brush and MEK at the end of each working period or when build-up becomes pronounce.

SHELF LIFE

Sauereisen Vinyl Ester FibreLine No. 440 and VEPrime No. 550 have a shelf life of three months. Hi-Temp Primer No. 560 has a shelf life of six months. Zinc Filler No. 561 has a shelf life of one year. Store in unopened, tightly sealed containers in a dry location at 70°F. Avoid freezing. If there is a doubt as to the quality of the materials, consult a Sauereisen representative.

CAUTION

Consult Safety Data Sheets and container label Caution Statements for hazards in handling these materials.

WARRANTY

We warrant that our goods will conform to the description contained in the order, and that we have good title to all goods sold. WE GIVE NO WARRANTY, WHETHER OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR PURPOSE OR OTHERWISE, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OTHER THAN AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH HEREIN. We are glad to offer suggestions or to refer you to customers using Sauereisen cements and compounds for a similar application. Users shall determine the suitability of the product for intended application before using, and users assume all risk and liability whatsoever in connection therewith regardless of any suggestions as to application or construction. In no event shall we be liable hereunder or otherwise for incidental or consequential damages. Our liability and your exclusive remedy hereunder or otherwise, in law or in equity, shall be expressly limited to our replacement of nonconforming goods at our factory or, at our sole option, to repayment of the purchase price of nonconforming goods.

• Distributors and agents in major cities throughout the world. Consult manufacturer for locations.
• Information concerning government safety regulations available upon request.
• Sauereisen also produces inorganic compounds for assembling, sealing, electrically insulating and grouting

No. 441

 

FAST-TRAK LINING SERIES